Project and Specification No. 22-07
1 CITY OF COSTA MESA
PUBLIC WORKS AGREEMENT FOR
CITY PROJECT NO. 22-07
T
HIS PUBLIC WORKS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), dated January 17, 2023 (“Effective Date”), is made by the CITY OF COSTA MESA, a political subdivision of the State of California (“CITY”), and Ele cnor Belco Electric, Inc., a California corporation (“CONTRACTOR”).
W
HEREAS, CITY desires to construct the public improvements described below under Paragraph 1, Scope of Work (the “Project”); and
W
HEREAS, CITY has determined that CONTRACTOR is the lowest responsible bidder; and
W
HEREAS, CITY now desires to contract with CONTRACTOR to furnish construction and related services for the Project; and
W
HEREAS, CITY and CONTRACTOR desire to set forth their rights, duties and liabilities in connection with the services to be performed.
N
OW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and conditions contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. SCOPE O F WORK.
The s
cope of work generally consists of the Citywide New Traffic Signal and HAWK Signal Installation Project (the “Work”).
The W
ork is further described in the “Contract Documents” referred to below.
The P
roject is known as City Project No. 22-07 (the “Project”).
2. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
The c
omplete Agreement consists of the following documents relating to the Project:
(a) This Agreement;
(
b) CONTRACTOR’s bid, attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein; (
c) Bid package , including, but not limited to, notice inviting bids, complete plans, profiles, detailed drawings and specifications, general provisions and special provisions. The bid package is attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein;
ATTACHMENT 1
Project and Specification No. 22-07
2 (d) Faithful Performance Bond and Labor and Material Bond, including agent’s Power of Attorney for each bond, attached hereto as Exhibit C;
(e) Drug-Free Workplace Policy, attached hereto as Exhibit D and incorporated herein; and
(f) Provisions of the most current edition of The Greenbook: Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (“The Greenbook”). Provisions of The Greenbook are incorporated by this reference as if fully set forth herein.
The documents comprising the complete Agreement will be referred to as the “Contract Documents.”
All of the Contract Documents are intended to complement one another, so that any Work called for in one and not mentioned in another is to be performed as if mentioned in all documents.
In the event of an inconsistency in the Contract Documents, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail over all other Contract Documents. The order of precedence between the remaining Contract Documents shall be as set forth in The Greenbook.
The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersede any and all other writings and oral negotiations.
3. CITY’S REPRESENTATIVE.
The CITY’s Representative is Seung Yang, referred to herein as the Project Manager (“Project Manager”).
4. CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT MANAGER; PERSONNEL.
(a) Project Manager. CONTRACTOR’s Project Manager must be approved by City. Such approval shall be at CITY’s sole discretion.
(b) Personnel. CITY has the right to review and approve any personnel who are assigned to perform work under this Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall remove personnel from performing work under this Agreement if requested to do so by CITY.
This Paragraph 4 is a material provision of the Agreement.
5. SCHEDULE.
All Work shall be performed in accordance with the schedule approved on behalf of CITY by the Project Manager, and in accordance with the time of performance set forth Project and Specification No. 22-07
3 in Paragraph 11 (Time of Performance).
6. EQUIPMENT - PERFORMANCE OF WORK.
CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, labor and materials necessary to perform and complete the Work in a good and workmanlike manner in strict conformity with the Contract Documents.
The equipment, apparatus, facilities, labor and material shall be furnished and such Work performed and completed as required in the plans and specifications to the satisfaction of the Project Manager or his or her designee, and subject to his or her approval.
7. COMPENSATION.
CITY shall pay CONTRACTOR in accordance with the fee schedule set forth in CONTRACTOR’s bid. CONTRACTOR’s total compensation shall not exceed Seven Hundred and Eight y-Four Thousand Eight Hundred and Seventy -Seven Dollars ($784,877.00).
8. ADDITIONAL SERVICES.
CONTRACTOR shall not receive compensation for any services provided outside the scope of the Contract Documents unless such additional services, including change orders, are approved in writing by CITY prior to CONTRACTOR performing the additional services.
It is specifically understood that oral requests or approvals of such additional services, change orders or additional compensation and any approvals from CITY shall be barred and are unenforceable.
9. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR.
On or before the last Monday of each and every month during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall meet with the Project Manager or his or her designee to determine the quantity of pay items incorporated into the improvement during that month.
A “Progress Payment Order” will then be jointly prepared, approved, and signed by the Project Manager and the CONTRACTOR setting forth the amount to be paid and providing for a five percent (5%) retention. Upon approval of the progress payment order by the Project Manager, or his or her designee, it shall be submitted to CITY’s Finance Department and processed for payment by obtaining approval from the City Council to issue a warrant.
Within three (3) days following City Council’s approval to issue a warrant, CITY shall mail to CONTRACTOR a warrant for the amount specified in the progress payment order as the amount to be paid. The retained five percent (5%) shall be paid to Project and Specification No. 22-07
4 CONTRACTOR thirty-five (35) days after the recording of the Notice of Completion of the Work by the CITY with the Orange County Clerk-Recorder and after CONTRACTOR has furnished releases of all claims against CITY by persons who furnished labor or materials for the Work, if required by CITY.
Upon the request of CONTRACTOR and at its expense, securities equivalent to the amount withheld pursuant to the foregoing provisions may be presented to CITY for substitution for the retained funds. If CITY approves the form and amount of the offered securities it will release the retained funds and will hold the securities in lieu thereof.
CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to any interest earned on the securities.
In the event that claims for property damage or bodily injury are presented to CITY arising out of CONTRACTOR’s or any subcontractor’s work under this Agreement, CITY shall give notice thereof to CONTRACTOR, and CONTRACTOR shall have thirty-five (35) days from the mailing of any such notice to evaluate the claim and to settle it by whole or partial payment, or to reject it, and to give notice of settlement or rejection to CITY. If CITY does not receive notice within the above-mentioned 35-day period that the claim has been settled, and if the Project Manager, after consultation with the City Attorney, determines that the claim is meritorious, CITY may pay the claim or a portion of it in exchange for an appropriate release from the claimant, and may deduct the amount of the payment from the retained funds that would otherwise be paid to CONTRACTOR upon completion of the Work; provided, however, that the maximum amount paid for any one claim pursuant to this provision shall be One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00), and the maximum amount for all such claims in the aggregate paid pursuant to this provision shall be Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00).
10. PROMPT PAYMENT OF SUBCONTRACTORS.
CONTRACTOR agrees to pay each subcontractor under this Agreement for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than seven (7) days from the receipt of each payment the CONTRACTOR receives from CITY.
CONTRACTOR agrees further to release retainage payments to each subcontractor within thirty (30) days after the subcontractor’s work is satisfactorily completed.
Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the CITY.
11. TIME OF PERFORMANCE.
CONTRACTOR shall commence Work by the date specified in CITY’s Notice to Proceed, unless a later date is agreed upon in writing by the parties. The Work shall be completed within One- Hundred and Fifty ( 150) working days from the first day of commencement of the Work.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
5 12. TERMINATION.
(a) Termination for Convenience. CITY may terminate this Agreement at any time, with or without cause, by providing thirty (30) days’ written notice to CONTRACTOR.
(b) Termination for Breach of Contract.
(i) If CONTRACTOR refuses or fails to prosecute the Work or any severable part of it w ith such diligence as will ensure its timely completion, or if CONTRACTOR fails to complete the Work on time, or if CONTRACTOR, or any subcontractor, violates any of the provisions of the Contract Documents, the Project Manager may give written notice to CONTRACTOR and CONTRACTOR’s sureties of the CITY’s intention to terminate this Agreement; and, unless within five (5) days after the serving of that notice, such conduct shall cease and arrangements for the correction thereof be made to the satisfaction of the CITY, this Agreement may be terminated at the option of CITY effective upon CONTRACTOR’s receipt of a second notice sent by the CITY indicating that the CITY has exercised its option to terminate.
(ii) If CONTRACTOR is adjudged bankrupt or files for any relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or State insolvency laws, this Agreement shall automatically terminate without any further action or notice by CITY.
(iii) If CONTRACTOR is in breach of any material provision of this Agreement, CITY may immediately terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to CONTRACTOR of same.
13. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
In the event the range upgrades scope of work or restroom improvements scope of work is not completed, for any reason, within the time required including any approved extensions of time, and to the satisfaction of the Project Manager, CITY may, in addition to any other remedies, equitable and legal, including remedies authorized by Paragraph 12 (Termination) of this Agreement, charge to CONTRACTOR or its sureties, or deduct from payments or credits due CONTRACTOR, a sum equal to Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500.00) as liquidated damages for each calendar day beyond the date provided for the completion of such work.
The parties hereto agree that the amount set forth above, as liquidated damages constitutes a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs the CITY would suffer for each day that the CONTRACTOR fails to meet the performance schedule. The parties hereby agree and acknowledge that the delays in the performance schedule will cause CITY to incur costs and expenses not contemplated by this Agreement.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
6 14. PERFORMANCE BY SURETIES.
In the event CONTRACTOR fails or refuses to perform the Work, CITY may provide CONTRACTOR with a notice of intent to terminate as provided in Paragraph 12 (Termination), of this Agreement. CITY shall immediately give written notice of such intent to terminate to CONTRACTOR and CONTRACTOR’s surety or sureties, and the sureties shall have the right to take over and perform this Agreement; provided, however, that the sureties must, within five (5) days after CITY’s giving notice of termination, (a) give the CITY written notice of their intention to take over the performance of this Agreement; (b) provide adequate assurances, to the satisfaction of the CITY, that the Work shall be performed diligently and in a timely manner; and (c) must commence performance thereof within five (5) days after providing notice to the CITY of their intention to take over the Work. Upon the failure of the sureties to comply with the provisions set forth above, CITY may take over the Work and complete it, at the expense of CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR and the sureties shall be liable to CITY for any excess costs or damages including those referred to in Paragraph 13 (Liquidated Damages), incurred by CITY. In such event, CITY may, without liability for so doing, take possession of such materials, equipment, tools, appliances, Contract Documents and other property belonging to CONTRACTOR as may be on the site of the Work and reasonably necessary therefor and may use them to complete the Work.
15. DISPUTES PERTAINING TO PAYMENT FOR WORK.
Should any dispute arise respecting whether any delay is excusable, or its duration, or the value of the Work done, or of any Work omitted, or of any extra Work which CONTRACTOR may be required to do, or respecting any payment to CONTRACTOR during the performance of this Agreement, such dispute shall be decided by the Project Manager, and his or her decisions shall be final and binding upon CONTRACTOR and its sureties.
16. SUPERINTENDENCE BY CONTRACTOR.
At all times during performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall give personal superintendence or have a competent foreman or superintendent on the worksit e, with authority to act for CONTRACTOR.
17. INSPECTION BY CITY.
CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain proper facilities and provide safe access for inspection by CITY to all parts of the Work and to all shops on or off -site where the Work or portions of the Work, are in preparation. CITY shall have the right of access to the premises for inspection at all times. However, CITY shall, at all times, comply with CONTRACTOR’s safety requirements on the job site.
18. CARE OF THE WORK AND OFF-SITE AUTHORIZATION.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
7 CONTRACTOR warrants that it has examined the site of the Work and is familiar with its topography and condition, location of property lines, easements, building lines and other physical factors and limitations affecting the performance of this Agreement.
CONTRACTOR, at CONTRACTOR’s sole cost and expense, shall obtain any permission, and all approvals, licenses, or easements necessary for any operations conducted off the premises owned or controlled by CITY. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the proper care and protection of all materials delivered to the site or stored off -site and for the Work performed until completion and final inspection and acceptance by CITY. The risk, damage or destruction of materials delivered to the site or to Work performed shall be borne by CONTRACTOR.
19. CONTRACT SECURITY AND GUARANTEE.
CONTRACTOR shall furnish, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the following: (1) a surety bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price as security for the faithful performance of this Agreement, and (2) a separate surety bond in an amount equal to at least one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price as security for the payment of all persons furnishing labor or materials in connection with the Work under this Agreement. Sureties for each of the bonds and the forms thereof shall be satisfactory to CITY. In addition, such sureties must be authorized to issue bonds in California; sureties must be listed on the latest revision to the U.S.
Department of the Treasury Circular 570; and must be shown to have sufficient bonding capacity to provide the bonds required by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall provide a certified copy of the certificate of authority of the surety issued by the Insurance Commissioner; a certificate from the clerk of the county in which the court or officer is located that the certificate of authority of the surety has not been surrendered, revoked, canceled, annulled, or suspended or, in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted; and copies of the surety’s most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with Section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code.
CONTRACTOR guarantees that all materials used in the Work and all labor performed shall be in conformity with the Contract Documents including, but not limited to, the standards and specifications set forth in the most current edition of The Greenbook.
CONTRACTOR shall, at its own expense, make any and all repairs and replacements that shall become necessary as the result of any failure of the Work to conform to the aforementioned Contract Documents, and/or standard specifications; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall be obligated under this provision only to the extent of those failures or defects of which CONTRACTOR is given notice within a period of twelve (12) months from the date that the Notice of Completion is recorded.
The rights and remedies available to CITY pursuant to this provision shall be cumulative with all rights and remedies available to CITY pursuant to statutory and common law, which rights and remedies are hereby expressly reserved, and neither the Project and Specification No. 22-07
8 foregoing guarantee by CONTRACTOR nor its furnishing of the bonds, nor acceptance thereof by CITY, shall constitute a waiver of any rights or remedies available to CITY against CONTRACTOR.
20. INDEMNIFICATION.
CONTRACTOR agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless CITY and its elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, and employees from any and all claims, liabilities, expenses, or damages of any nature, including attorneys’ fees, for injury to or death of any person, and for injury or damage to any property, including consequential damages of any nature resulting therefrom, arising out of or in any way connected with the performance of this Agreement. The defense obligation provided for hereunder shall apply without any advance showing of negligence or wrongdoing by the CONTRACTOR, its employees, and/or authorized subcontractors, but shall be required whenever any claim, action, complaint, or suit asserts as its basis the negligence, errors, omissions or misconduct of the CONTRACTOR, its employees, and/or authorized subcontractors, and/or whenever any claim, action, complaint or suit asserts liability against the CITY, its elected officials, officers, agents and employees based upon the work performed by the CONTRACTOR, its employees, and/or authorized subcontractors under this Agreement, whether or not the CONTRACTOR, its employees, and/or authorized subcontractors are specifically named or otherwise asserted to be liable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the CONTRACTOR shall not be liable for the defense or indemnification of the CITY for claims, actions, complaints or suits arising out of the sole active negligence or willful misconduct of the CITY. This provision shall supersede and replace all other indemnity provisions contained either in the CITY’s specifications or CONTRACTOR’s proposal, which shall be of no force and effect.
CONTRACTOR shall comply with all of the provisions of the Workers’ Compensation insurance laws and Safety in Employment laws of the State of California, including the applicable provisions of Divisions 4 and 5 of the California Labor Code and all amendments thereto and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and all similar State, Federal or local laws applicable; and CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless CITY from and against all claims, liabilities, expenses, damages, suits, actions, proceedings and judgments, of every nature and description, including attorney fees, that may be presented, brought or recovered against CITY for or on account of any liability under or failure to comply with any of said laws which may be incurred by reason of any Work performed under this Agreement by CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor or others performing on behalf of CONTRACTOR.
CITY does not, and shall not, waive any rights against CO NTRACTOR which it may have by reason of the above hold harmless agreements, because of the acceptance by CITY or the deposit with CITY by CONTRACTOR of any or all of the insurance policies described in Paragraph 21 (Insurance) of this Agreement.
The hold harmless agreements by CONTRACTOR shall apply to all liabilities, expenses, claims, and damages of every kind (including but not limited to attorneys’ fees) Project and Specification No. 22-07
9 incurred or alleged to have been incurred, by reason of the operations of CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor or others performing on behalf of CONTRACTOR, whether or not such insurance policies are applicable. CONTRACTOR shall require any and all tiers of subcontractors to afford the same degree of indemnification to the CITY OF COSTA MESA and its elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, and employees that is required of CONTRACTOR and shall incorporate identical indemnity provisions in all contracts between CONTRACTOR and all tiers of its subcontractors.
In the event that CONTRACTOR and CITY are sued by a third party for damages caused or allegedly caused by negligent or other wrongful conduct of CONTRACTOR, or by a dangerous condition of CITY’s property created by CONTRACTOR or existing while the property was under the control of CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall not be relieved of its indemnity obligation to CITY by any settlement with any such third party unless that settlement includes a full release and dismissal of all claims by the third party against the CITY.
21. INSURANCE.
(a) Minimum Scop e and Limits of Insurance. CONTRACTOR shall not commence work under this Agreement until it has obtained all insurance required under this Paragraph 21 and CITY has approved the insurance as to form, amount, and carrier, nor shall CONTRACTOR allow any subcontractor to commence any Work until all similar insurance required of the subcontractor has been obtained and approved.
CONTRACTOR shall obtain, maintain, and keep in full force and effect during the life of this Agreement all of the following minimum scope of insurance coverages with an insurance company admitted to do business in California, rated “A,” Class X, or better in the most recent Best’s Key Insurance Rating Guide, and approved by CITY:
(i) Commercial general liability, including premises -operations, products/completed operations, broad form property damage, blanket contractual liability, independent contractors, personal injury or bodily injury with a policy limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence. If such insurance contains a general aggregate limit, it shall apply separately to this Agreement or shall be twice the required occurrence limit.
(ii) Business automobile liability for owned vehicles, hired, and non- owned vehicles, with a policy limit of not less than One M illion Dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage.
(iii) Workers’ compensation insurance as required by the State of California, with Statutory Limits, and Employer’s Liability insurance with a limit of no less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per accident for bodily injury or disease. CONTRACTOR agrees to waive, and to obtain endorsements Project and Specification No. 22-07
10 from its workers’ compensation insurer waiving subrogation rights under its workers’ compensation insurance policy against the CITY, its officers, agents, employees, and volunteers arising from work performed by CONTRACTOR for the CITY and to require each of its subcontractors, if any, to do likewise under their workers’ compensation insurance policies.
(iv) Umbrella or excess liability insurance that will provide bodily injury, personal injury and property damage liability coverage at least as broad as the primary coverages set forth above, including commercial general liability, automobile liability, and employer’s liability. Such policy or policies shall include the following terms and conditions:
(1) A drop down feature requiring the policy to respond in the event that any primary insurance that would otherwise have applied proves to be uncollectable in whole or in part for any reason;
(2) Pay on behalf of wording as opposed to reimbursement; (3) Concurrency of effective dates with primary policies; (4) Policies shall “follow form” to underlying primary policies; and (5) Insureds under primary policies shall also be insureds under the umbrella or excess policies.
(b) Endorsements. The commercial general liability insurance policy and business automobile liability policy shall contain or be endorsed to contain the following provisions:
(i) Additional insureds: The City of Costa Mesa and its elected and appointed boards, officers, officials, agents, employees, and volunteers are additional insureds with respect to: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR pursuant to its contract with the City; products and completed operations of the CONTRACTOR; premises owned, occupied or used by the CONTRACTOR; automobiles owned, leased, hired, or borrowed by the CONTRACTOR.”
(ii) Notice: “Said policy shall not terminate, nor shall it be canceled nor t he coverage reduced, until thirty (30) days after written notice is given to CITY.”
(iii) Other Insurance: “CONTRACTOR’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City of Costa Mesa, its officers, officials, agents, employees, and volunteers. Any other insurance maintained by the City of Costa Mesa shall be excess and not contributing with the insurance provided by this policy.”
(c) Reporting Provisions . Any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with the reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City of Costa Mesa, its officers, officials, agents, employees, and volunteers.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
11 (d) Insurance Applies Separately. CONTRACTOR’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability.
(e) Deductible or Self-Insured Retention. If any of such policies provide for a deductible or self -insured retention to provide such coverage, the amount of such deductible or self -insured retention shall be approved in advance by CITY. No policy of insurance issued as to which the CITY is an additional insured shall contain a provision which requires that no insured except the named insured can satisfy any such deductible or self-insured retention.
(f) Proof of Insurance. Prior to commencement of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall furnish CITY, through the Project Manager, proof of compliance with the above insurance requirements in a form satisfactory to City’s Risk Management.
(g) Non-Limiting. Nothing in this Paragraph 21 shall be construed as limiting in any way, the indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, or the extent to which Consultant may be held responsible for payments of damages to persons or property.
22. PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS.
(a) Prevailing Wage Laws. CONTRACTOR is aware of the requirements of Chapter 1 (beginning at Section 1720 et seq.) of Part 7 of Division 2 of the California Labor Code, as well as Title 8, Section 16000 et seq. of the California Code of Regulations (“Prevailing Wage Laws”), which require the payment of prevailing wage rates and the performance of other requirements on “public works” and “maintenance” projects. This Project is a “public works” project and requires compliance with the Prevailing Wage Laws. CONTRACTOR shall defend, indemnify and hold the CITY, its elected officials, officers, employees and agents free and harmless from any claim or liability arising out of any failure or alleged failure to comply with the Prevailing Wage Laws.
(b) Payment of Prevailing Wages. CONTRACTOR shall pay the prevailing wage rates for all work performed under this Agreement. When any craft or classification is omitted from the general prevailing wage determinations, CONTRACTOR shall pay the wage rate of the craft or classification most closely related to the omitted classification. A copy of the general prevailing wage rate determination is on file in the Office of the City Clerk and is incorporated into this Agreement as if fully set forth herein. CONTRACTOR shall post a copy of such wage rates at all times at the project site(s).
(c) Legal Working Day . In accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Section 1810 et seq., eight (8) hours is the legal working day. CONTRACTOR and any subcontractor(s) of CONTRACTOR shall comply with the provisions of the Labor Code regarding eight (8) -hour work day and 40- hour work week requirements, and overtime, Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work. Work performed by CONTRACTOR’s or any subcontractor’s employees in excess of eight (8) hours per day, and 40 hours during any one week, must include compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours Project and Specification No. 22-07
12 per day, or 40 hours during any one week, at not less than one and one- half times the basic rate of pay. CONTRACTOR shall forfeit as a penalty to CITY Twenty -Five Dollars ($25.00), or any greater penalty set forth in the Labor Code, for each worker employed in the execution of the Work by CONTRACTOR or by any subcontractor(s) of CONTRACTOR, for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to the work more than eight (8) hours in one calendar day or more than 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the Labor Code.
(d) Apprentices. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the provisions of Labor Code Section 1777.5 concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ensuring compliance by its subcontractors with Labor Code Section 1777.5.
(e) Payroll Records. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1776, CONTRACTOR and any subcontractor(s) shall keep accurate payroll records, showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor in connection with this Agreement. Each payroll record shall contain or be verified by a written declaration that it is made under penalty of perjury, stating both of the following:
(1) The information contained in the payroll record is true and correct; and (2) The employer has complied with the requirements of Sections 1771, 1881, and 1815 of the Labor Code for any work performed by his or her employees on this Project. The payroll records shall be certified and shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours in accordance with the requirements of Labor Code Section 1776. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish each week to CITY’s Project Administration Division a statement with respect to the wages of each of its employees during the preceding weekly payroll period.
(f) Registration with DIR. CONTRACTOR and any subcontractor(s) of CONTRACTOR shall comply with the provisions of Labor Code Section 1771 and Labor Code Section 1725.5 requiring registration with the DIR.
23. COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LAWS.
CONTRACTOR shall, at its own cost and expense, comply with all applicable local, state, and federal laws, regulations, and requirements in the performance of this Agreement, including but not limited to laws regarding health and safety, labor and employment, and wage and hours.
24. DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE POLICY.
CONTRACTOR, upon notification of the award of this Agreement, shall establish a Drug-Free Awareness Program to inform employees of the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace, and the employee assistance programs available to employees. Each employee engaged in the performance of a CITY contract must be Project and Specification No. 22-07
13 notified of this Drug- Free Awareness Program, and must abide by its terms .
CONTRACTOR shall conform to all the requirements of CITY’s Policy No. 100- 5, attached hereto. Failure to establish a program, notify employees, or inform the CITY of a drug-related workplace conviction will constitute a material breach of contract and cause for immediate termination of the contract by the CITY.
25. NON–DISCRIMINATION.
I
n performing this Agreement, CONTRACTOR will not engage in, nor permit its agents to engage in, discrimination in employment of persons because of their race, religion, color, national origin, ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition, marital status or sex, or sexual orientation, except as permitted pursuant to Section 12940 of the Government Code. Violation of this provision may result in the imposition of penalties referred to in Section 1735 of the California Labor Code.
26. PROVISIONS CUMULATIVE.
The pr
ovisions of this Agreement are cumulative and in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other rights or remedies available to CITY.
27. NOTICES.
I
t s hall be the duty and responsibility of CONTRACTOR to notify all tiers of subcontractors and material men of the following special notice provision; namely, all preliminary 20-day notices or stop notices shall be directed only to the City Clerk and to no other department, and shall be either personally delivered or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid.
A
ll other notices shall be in writing and delivered in person or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices required to be given to CITY pursuant to this Agreement shall be addressed as follows:
City of Costa Mesa
77 Fair Drive
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
Attn: Seung Yang
Notices required to be given to CONTRACTOR shall be addressed as follows:
Elecnor Belco Electric, Inc.
14320 Albers Way
Chino, CA 91710
Attn: John Wong
28. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.
The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the relationship between CITY and Project and Specification No. 22-07
14 CONTRACTOR is one of principal and independent contractor and no other. All personnel to be utilized by CONTRACTOR in the performance of this Agreement shall be employees of CONTRACTOR and not employees of the CITY. CONTRACTOR shall pay all salaries and wages, employer’s social security taxes, unemployment insurance and similar taxes relating to employees and shall be responsible for all applicable withholding taxes.
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create or be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, employment relations, or any other relationship except as set forth between the parties. The parties specifically acknowledge and agree that CONTRACTOR is not a partner with CITY, whether general or limited, and no activities of CITY or CONTRACTOR or statements made by CITY or CONTRACTOR shall be interpreted by any of the parties hereto as establishing any type of business relationship other than an independent contractor relationship.
29. P ERS ELIGIBILITY INDEMNIFICATION.
In the event that CONTRACTOR or any employee, agent, or subcontractor of CONTRACTOR providing services under this Agreement claims or is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or the California Public Employees’ Retirement System (PERS) to be eligible for enrollment in PERS as an employee of the CITY, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless CITY for the payment of any employee and/or employer contributions for PERS benefits on behalf of CONTRACTOR or its employees, agents, or subcontractors, as well as for the payment of any penalties and interest on such contributions, which would otherwise be the responsibility of CITY.
Notwithstanding any other agency, state or federal policy, rule, regulation, law or ordinance to the contrary, CONTRACTOR and any of its employees, agents, and subcontractors providing service under this Agreement shall not qualify for or become entitled to, and hereby agree to waive any claims to, any compensation, benefit, or any incident of employment by CITY, including but not limited to eligibility to enroll in PERS as an employee of CITY and entitlement to any contribution to be paid by CITY for employer contribution and/or employee contributions for PERS benefits.
30. VALIDITY.
The invalidity in whole or in part of any provision of this Agreement shall not void or affect the validity of any of the other provisions of this Agreement.
31. GOVERNING LAW.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Any legal action relating to or arising out of this Agreement shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the County of Orange, California.
32. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY RIGHTS.
This Agreement is entered into for the sole benefit of the CITY and CONTRACTOR Project and Specification No. 22-07
15 and no other parties are intended to be direct or incidental beneficiaries of this Agreement and no third party shall have any right in, under or to this Agreement.
33. ASSIGNABILITY.
This Agreement may not be transferred or assigned by either party, or by operation of law, to any other person or persons or business entity, without the other party’s written permission. Any such transfer or assignment, or attempted transfer or assignment, without written permission, may be deemed by the other party to constitute a voluntary termination of this Agreement and this Agreement shall thereafter be deemed terminated and void.
34. WAIVER.
No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of the party against whom enforcement of a waiver is sought referring expressly to this Paragraph. The waiver of any right or remedy in respect to any occurrence or event shall not be deemed a waiver of any right or remedy in respect to any other occurrence or event, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
35. HEADINGS.
Section and subsection headings are not to be considered part of this Agreement, are included solely for convenience, and are not intended to modify or explain or to be a full or accurate description of the content thereof.
36. CONSTRUCTION.
The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and have had an adequate opportunity to review each and every provision of the Agreement and submit the same to counsel or other consultants for review and comment. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises with respect to this Agreement, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and in accordance with its fair meaning. There shall be no presumption or burden of proof favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
37. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts by the parties hereto. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one Agreement.
38. CORPORATE AUTHORITY.
The persons executing this Agreement on behalf of the parties hereto warrant that Project and Specification No. 22-07
16 they are duly authorized to execute this Agreement on behalf of said parties and that by doing so, the parties hereto are formally bound to the provisions of this Agreement.
[Signature page follows.]
Project and Specification No. 22-07
17 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by and through their respective authorized officers, as of the date first above written.
CITY OF COSTA MESA,
A municipal corporation
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Lori Ann Farrell Harrison
City Manager
CONTRACTOR
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Signature
__________________________________
Name and Title
ATTEST:
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Brenda Green
City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Kimberly Hall Barlow
City Attorney
APPROVED AS TO INSURANCE:
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Ruth Wang
Risk Management
Project and Specification No. 22-07
18 APPROVED AS TO PURCHASING:
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Carol Molina
Finance Director
DEPARTMENTAL APPROVAL:
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Raja Sethuraman
Public Works Director
__________________________________ Date: _____________________ Seung Yang
Project Manager
EXHIBIT A
CONTRACTOR’S BID
EXHIBIT B
BID PACKAGE
CITY OF COSTA MESA
ORANGE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA
NOTICE TO BIDDERS, PROPOSAL, CONTRACT, AND
SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR
CITYWIDE NEW TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND
HAWK SIGNAL INSTALLATION PROJECT
CITY PROJECT NO. 22-07
Prepared Under the Direction of
Seung Yang, P.E.
City Engineer
Copy No. ___________ Checked by
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE NUMBER
TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................................................................. i THRU v
SECTION A
NOTICE INVITING BIDS ............................................................................. N-1 THRU N-2
SECTION B
INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS .................................................................................. B-1 1 PREPARATIONS OF BID FORM .................................................................. B-1 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS .................................................................... B-1 3 BID SECURITY ........................................................................................ B-1 4 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT .................................................................... B-1 5 SIGNATURE ............................................................................................ B-1 6 CORRECTIONS ....................................................................................... B-1 7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL ......................................................................... B-1 8 BID DEPOSIT RETURN.............................................................................. B-1 9 TAXES ................................................................................................... B-2 10 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS ............................................................................. B-2 11 AGREEMENT AND BONDS ........................................................................ B-2 12 FORFEITURE FOR FAILURE TO POST SECURITY AND EXECUTE
AGREEMENT .......................................................................................... B-2 13 BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID .......................................... B-2 14 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .................................. B-2 15 INTERPRETATION OF PLANS AND DOCUMENTS .......................................... B-3 16 ADDENDA .............................................................................................. B-3 17 QUESTIONS TO THE ENGINEER ................................................................ B-3 18 EQUIVALENT MATERIALS ......................................................................... B-3 ii
Table of Contents
(CONTINUED)
PAGE NUMBER
19 EVIDENCE OF RESPONSIBILITY................................................................. B-3 20 LEGAL RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................ B-3 21 ANTI-DISCRIMINATION ............................................................................. B-4 22 DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE POLICY ............................................................. B-4 23 BID PROTEST PROCEDURES .................................................................... B-4 24 ASSEMBLY BILL 626 ................................................................................ B-4 REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ................................... B-6
SECTION C
PROPOSAL .......................................................................................... P-1 THRU P-11
SECTION D
GENERAL PROVISIONS ....................................................................................................... GP-1 1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS ...................................................................... GP-2 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS ................................................................................... GP-2 1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF BID .......................................................... GP-3 1-6.1.1 R EQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION .......................................................... GP-3 1-6.1.2 S OIL CONDITIONS ................................................................................ GP-4 1-6.1.3 R ETURN OF BID SECURITY ................................................................... GP-4 1-6.2 SUBCONTRACTING LISTING ................................................................... GP-4 1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT ........................................... GP-5 1-7.1.1 E XECUTION OF THE AGREEMENT ........................................................... GP-5 1-7.2 C ONTRACT BONDS ............................................................................... GP-5 2-1 WORK TO BE DONE ............................................................................... GP-6 2-2 PERMITS .............................................................................................. GP-6 iii
Table of Contents
(CONTINUED)
PAGE NUMBER
2-5 THE CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES .................................... GP-6 2-5.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY SERVICES ............................................................. GP-6 2-5.4 HAUL ROUTES ..................................................................................... GP-7 2-10 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY .................................................... GP-8 2-8 EXTRA WORK ....................................................................................... GP-8 2-9 CHANGED CONDITIONS ....................................................................... GP-8 3-1 ASSIGNMENT........................................................................................ GP-8 3-4 AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD AND THE ENGINEER ...................................... GP-8 3-5 INSPECTION ........................................................................................ GP-9 3-6 THE CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE ............................................... GP-10 3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ..................................................................... GP-10 3-10 SURVEYING ....................................................................................... GP-11 3-10.3 LINE AND GRADE ............................................................................... GP-11 3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE .................................................................. GP-11 3-12.2 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL .................................................................... GP-12 3-12.6 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL .............................................................. GP-12 3-12.6.2 BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMP’S) ............................................. GP-13 3-12.6.3 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) ...................... GP-13 3-12.6.4 DEWATERING ..................................................................................... GP-14 3-13.3 WARRANTY ....................................................................................... GP-15 4-4 TESTING ........................................................................................... GP-15 5-1 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ................................................................... GP-16 5-2 SPECIAL NOTICES .............................................................................. GP-16 5-3 LABOR .............................................................................................. GP-16 iv
Table of Contents
(CONTINUED)
PAGE NUMBER
5-3.3 PAYROLL RECORDS ........................................................................... GP-16 5-3.5 APPRENTICES ................................................................................... GP-16 5-4 INSURANCE ....................................................................................... GP-17 5-7 SAFETY ............................................................................................. GP-17 5-7.1 WORK SITE SAFETY ........................................................................... GP-17 5-7.8 S TEEL PLATE COVERS ...................................................................... GP-18 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK ........... GP-18 6-1.1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE ................................................................ GP-18 6-1.3 DAILY REPORT SUBMITTAL .................................................................. GP-19 6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION ........................................................................ GP-19 6-5 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION .................................. GP-19 6-7 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT .................................... GP-19 6-7.3 NOTICE OF TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT ............................................... GP-19 6-7.4 RESPONSIBILITY OF SURETY ............................................................... GP-19 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ....................................................................... GP-20 7-3 PAYMENT .......................................................................................... GP-20 7-3.2 PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENT ............................................................. GP-20 7-3.2.1 PROMPT PROGRESS PAYMENT TO SUBCONTRACTORS .......................... GP-22 7-3.2.2 PROMPT PAY MONITORING AND ENFORCEMENT OF PROGRESS PAYMENTS ........................................................................................ GP-22 7-3.3 DELIVERED MATERIALS ...................................................................... GP-23 7-3.4 MOBILIZATION ................................................................................... GP-23 7-3.4.1 TRAVEL ROUTE AND TRUCKING AN EQUIPMENT .................................... GP-24 v
Table of Contents
(CONTINUED)
PAGE NUMBER
7-3.4.2 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE/ORDER OF WORK ..................................... GP-24 7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK ............................................................... GP-24 7-4.2 BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING COSTS ........................................................ GP-24 7-4.2.1 LABOR .............................................................................................. GP-24 7-4.3 MARKUPS ......................................................................................... GP-25 7-4.3.1 WORK BY THE CONTRACTOR .............................................................. GP-25 7-4.3.2 WORK BY A SUBCONTRACTOR ............................................................ GP-25 7-6 SUMMARY OF PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE § 9204………………………….GP-25
SECTION E
SPECIAL PROVISIONS .......................................................................SP-1 THRU SP-102
SECTION F
MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (SAMPLE)
1 A GREEMENT (SAMPLE) .................................................................. 22 PAGES 2 C OUNCIL POLICY ........................................................................... D-1 - D-3 3 I NSURANCE (SAMPLE) ..................................................................... 2 PAGES 4 B ONDS ........................................................................................... 2 PAGES 5 P ERMIT APPLICATION ........................................................................ 1 PAGE 6 APPLICATION FOR BUSINESS LICENSE ............................................... 1 PAGE
SECTION G
APPENDICES
APPENDIX “A”PROJECT LOCATIONS AND MAP ..................................................................... 2PAGES APPENDIX “B”ENGINEERING DESIGN PLANS ..................................................................... 6 SHEETS APPENDIX “C”CITY AND CALTRANS STANDARD DRAWINGS ................................................ 49PAGES N-1
CITY OF COSTA MESA
ORANGE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Costa Mesa (“City”) invites sealed bids, to be submitted electronically only, for the following project:
CITYWIDE NEW TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND HAWK SIGNAL INSTALLATION PROJECT, CITY PROJECT NO. 22-07
1. BID SUBMISSION AND OPENING: Bids must be submitted electronically via the City of Costa Mesa’s PlanetBids portal before the deadline of 2:00 P.M., Wednesday, November 9, 2022, at which time or shortly thereafter the City Clerk will open bids electronically. The bid results will be posted online via PlanetBids. No paper bids or any other form of submittal will be accepted. Any bid received after the scheduled closing time for the receipt of bids will be rejected. The City is not responsible for and accepts no liability in the event a response is late due to any network, internet, or any other technical difficulty or interruption. It shall be the sole responsibility of the bidder to ensure that his/her/its bid is received by the deadline.
To access the bid documents and bid on this project, potential vendors and bidders must first register through the City’s PlanetBids portal at:
https://www.planetbids.com/portal/portal.cfm?CompanyID=45476.
2. SCOPE OF WORK AND BID DOCUMENTS: The scope of work generally consists of mobilization, installation of a new traffic signal at the intersection of W. 19th Street & Wallace Avenue; installation of a new HAWK signal at W. 18th Street across from Lions Park; installation of a new HAWK signal at Wilson Street across from Wilson Park; concrete sidewalk and curb & gutter modifications; curb access ramp modifications; notifications to businesses and residents; traffic signing; striping and markings; installation of pavement markers; and implementing traffic control.
The plans, specifications, and bid documents for this project can be obtained via the City’s PlanetBids portal at: https://www.planetbids.com/portal/portal.cfm?CompanyID=45476.
It is the bidder’s responsibility to ensure that the most current version of the solicitation, including any addenda, has been downloaded. Bids received without the applicable addenda will be rejected as incomplete.
3. PRE-BID MEETING OR JOB WALK: None.
4. BID CONTENTS: All bids must be submitted on the proposal form included in the bid documents. No bid will be considered unless it is made on the proposal form furnished by the City and made in accordance with the provisions of the bid requirements.
5. BID SECURITY: Each bidder must submit a certified check, cashier’s check, or a bid bond, made payable to or in favor of the City of Costa Mesa, in an amount equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid, to the Costa Mesa City Clerk PRIOR to the bid submission deadline. No bid will be considered unless such certified check, cashier's check, or bid bond is received by the City Clerk prior to the bid submission deadline.
6. CONTRACTOR’S LICENSE: A valid California Contractor's License Class “A” (General Engineering Contractor) issued by the California Contractors State License Board is required at the time the contract is awarded pursuant to California Public Contract Code section 3300. Each bidder must also be qualified as required by law at the time of the bid opening.
N-2
7. REGISTRATION WITH THE DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS: Pursuant to Labor Code sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, no contractor or subcontractor shall be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work unless registered and qualified pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5.
8. PREVAILING WAGES: This project is a “public work” subject to prevailing wage requirements.
Pursuant to provisions of Sections 1770 et seq. of the California Labor Code, all works employed on the project shall be paid not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages, as determined by the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) for work of a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for holiday and overtime work. Copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages are on file with Costa Mesa Public Services Department and are available to any interested party upon request. The applicable State prevailing wages are also set forth on the Department of Industrial Relations’ website: http://www.dir.ca.gov; these rates are subject to predetermined increases. The prime contractor shall post a copy of the DIR’s determination of the prevailing rate of per diem wages at each job site. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR.
9. PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: A Payment Bond and a Performance Bond, each in the amount of 100% of the contract amount, will be required of the successful bidder prior to award of the contract.
10. RETENTION: The City withholds five percent (5%) of each progress payment as retention. Pursuant to Public Contract Code section 22300, the successful bidder may substitute certain securities for money withheld by the City to ensure performance of the contract. At the request and expense of the contractor, securities equivalent to the amount withheld shall be deposited with the public agency, or with a state or federally chartered bank in this state as the escrow agent, who shall then pay those moneys to the contractor. Securities will be returned to the contractor upon satisfactory completion of the contract.
11. NON-DISCRIMINATION: The bidding process and contract are subject to State and Federal non- discrimination requirements, including but not limited to the requirement that no person or business shall discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, ancestry, religious creed, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, marital status, sex, gender, gender expression, gender identity, sexual orientation, age, or military or veteran status in its solicitation, selection, hiring, or treatment of individuals or businesses in connection with the bidding process or work performed for the City in connection with the project.
12. CITY’S RIGHT TO REJECT BIDS: The City of Costa Mesa reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject any or all bids, or to waive any minor irregularities or informalities in any bid.
13. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS: This project is subject to local, State, and Federal regulations and requirements, as detailed in the bid documents.
For all inquiries, please contact Administrative Secretary: Janet Zuazo, Public Works Department, via e- mail at [email protected].
Brenda Green, City Clerk
City of Costa Mesa
Dated: October 5, 2022
Project and Specification No. 22-07
B-1
INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
1. PREPARATION OF BID FORM: The City of Costa Mesa (City) requires that bids be submitted on the proposal available on PlanetBids at such time and place as is stated in the Notice Inviting Bids. All information requested in the bid forms must be provided. All bids shall be submitted electronically via the City’s public bidding platform, PlanetBids only. No other form of submittal shall be accepted . It is the sole responsibility of the Bidder to see that his bid is received in proper time. Any bid received after the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids will be rejected. Each Bidder is responsible for acknowledging all addenda.
2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: Each Bidder shall submit a list of Construction Project References indicating Public Works and/or similar construction projects completed or in progress within the last 24 months. Forms for this purpose are furnished with the bid package.
3. BID SECURITY / BID BOND: Each bid shall be accompanied by one of the following:
cash, cashier's check made payable to the City, a certified check made payable to the City, or a Bidder's Bond executed by an admitted surety insurer, made payable to the City, in an amount not less than 10% of the maximum amount of the bid. This original bid security / bid bond must be submitted to the City Clerk’s Office at least one hour PRIOR to the bid submission deadline. Any and all late submittals of the bid security / bid bond shall be rejected, and it is the bidder’s responsibility, not the delivery service, to ensure said bid security / bid bond is delivered timely to the City Clerk’s office. The Bidder’s Bond shall be signed by both, the Bidder and the Surety; and both signatures shall be notarized. The bid security shall be given as a guarantee that the Bidder, if awarded the work, shall execute the contract in conformity with the Contract Documents and shall provide the surety bond or bonds as specified therein within fourteen (14) calendar days after a written Notice of Intent to Award Contract is deposited in the mail. In the case of refusal or failure to enter into said contract, the check or bond, as the case may be, shall be forfeited to the City.
4. NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT: Each bid shall be accompanied by a notarized Noncollusion Affidavit on a form which is included in the Contract Documents.
5. SIGNATURE: Via the PlanetBids platform, the bid must be electronically or digitally signed in the name of the Bidder and must be person or persons duly authorized to sign the bid on behalf of the Bidder.
6. CORRECTIONS: Any corrections made to the submitted bid must be made electronically via PlanetBids.
7. DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: Proposals shall be submitted electronically via PlanetBids: https://www.planetbids.com/portal/portal.cfm?CompanyID=45476. No other form of submittal shall be accepted by the City.
8. BID DEPOSIT RETURN: Deposits of three of more low bidders, the number being at the discretion of the City, will be held for sixty (60) calendar days or until posting by the successful bidder of the Bonds and Certificates of Insurance required and Project and Specification No. 22-07
B-2
return of executed copies of the Agreement, whichever first occurs, at which time the deposits will be returned.
9. TAXES: No mention shall be made in the proposal of Sales Tax, Use Tax or any other tax, as all amounts bid will be deemed and held to include any such taxes which may be applicable.
10. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS: Any bidder may withdraw his bid either personally, by written request, or by telegraphic request confirmed in the manner specified above at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids.
11. AGREEMENT AND BONDS: The Agreement form, which the successful bidder, as Contractor, will be required to execute, and the forms and amounts of surety bonds and Certificate of Insurance which he will be required to furnish prior to the execution of the Agreement, are included in the Contract Documents and should be carefully examined by the Bidder. The successful Bidder will be required to submit THREE (3) executed copies of the Agreement, the Performance Bond, the Payment Bond and the Certificate of Insurance. Payment and performance bonds shall be issued by a surety who is listed in the latest revision of U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570 and Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120. The Performance Bond and the Payment Bond shall be signed by both, the Bidder and the Surety; and both signatures shall be notarized.
12. FORFEITURE FOR FAILURE TO POST SECURITY AND EXECUTE AGREEMENT:
In the event the Bidder to whom the Notice of Intent to Award Contract is given fails or refuses to post the required bonds and Certificate of Insurance and return executed copies of the Agreement within fourteen (14) calendar days after notification, the City may declare the Bidder's bid deposit or bond forfeited as damages caused by the failure of the bidder to post such security and execute such copies of the Agreement, and may give Notice of Intent to Award Contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible bidder, or may call for new bids.
13. BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID: No person, firm or corporation shall be allowed to make, or file or be interested in more than one bid for the same work unless alternate bids are specifically called for.
14. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Each bidder shall visit the site of the proposed work and fully acquaint himself with the conditions relating to the construction and labor so that he may fully understand the facilities, difficulties, and restrictions attending the execution of the work under the contract. Bidders shall thoroughly examine and be familiar with the drawings and specifications. The failure or omission of any bidder to receive or examine any contract document, form, instrument, addendum, or other document or to visit the site and acquaint himself with conditions there existing shall in no way relieve any bidder from any obligation with respect to his bid or to the contract. The submission of a bid shall be taken as prima facie evidence of compliance with this section.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
B-3
15. INTERPRETATION OF PLANS AND DOCUMENTS: If any Bidder contemplating submitting a bid for the proposed contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the drawings, specifications, or other Contract Documents, or finds discrepancies in, or omissions from the drawings and specifications, it may submit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation or correction thereof. The Bidder submitting the Request for Interpretation (RFI) shall be responsible for its prompt delivery and on the form included within this IFB (Page B-6) Any interpretation or correction of the Contract Documents will be made only by addendum duly issued and a copy of such addendum will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the Contract Documents. No person is authorized to make any oral interpretation of any provision in the Contract Documents to any Bidder, and no Bidder is authorized to rely on any such unauthorized oral interpretation.
16. ADDENDA: The effect of all addenda to the Contract Documents shall be considered in the bid package and said addenda shall be made part of the Contract Documents and shall be returned with the bid package. Failure to submit any such addenda with the bid package may render the bid irregular and result in its rejection by the City.
17. QUESTIONS TO THE ENGINEER: Questions regarding the bid documents (i.e.
Plans, Specifications, Contract Documents, Bid Forms, etc.) will be received by the Engineer up to five (5) working days prior to the bid opening as specified in the Notice Inviting Bids. Questions asked of the Engineer after this time will not be addressed.
18. EQUIVALENT MATERIALS: Requests for the use of equivalents to those specified, must be submitted to the City. Only substitutions approved prior to bid due date via addenda Product Substitutions, will be considered. No substitutions will be considered after bid due date and contract award. It is the sole responsibility of the successful bidder to prove to the City that such a material is truly an equivalent.
19. EVIDENCE OF RESPONSIBILITY: Upon the request of the City, a bidder whose bid is under consideration for the award of the contract shall submit promptly to the City satisfactory evidence showing the Bidder's financial resources, its construction experience, and its organization and plant facilities available for the performance of the contract.
20. LEGAL RESPONSIBILITIES: All proposals must be submitted, filed, made and executed in accordance with State and Federal laws relating to bids for contracts of this nature whether the same or expressly referred to herein or not. Any Bidder submitting a proposal shall by such action thereby agree to each and all of the terms, conditions, provisions and requirements set forth, contemplated and referred to in the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents, and to full compliance therewith. Additionally, any Bidder submitting a proposal shall, by such action thereby, agree to pay at least the minimum prevailing per diem wages as provided in Section 1773, et. seq. of the Labor Code for each craft, classification or type of workman required as set forth by the Director of Industrial Relations of the State of California.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
B-4
21. ANTI-DISCRIMINATION: It is the policy of the City that in connection with all work performed under contracts, there be no discrimination against any prospective or active employee engaged in the work because of race, color, ancestry, national origin, religious creed, sex, age, or marital status. The Contractor agrees to comply with applicable Federal and California laws including, but not limited to, the California Fair Employment Practice Act, beginning with Government Code Section 12900, and Labor Code Section 1735. In addition, the Contractor agrees to require like compliance by any subcontractors employed on the work by him/her.
22. DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE POLICY: Contractor, upon notification of contract award, shall establish a Drug-Free Awareness Program to inform employees of the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace, and the employee assistance programs available to employees. Each employee engaged in the performance of a City contract must be notified of this Drug-Free Awareness Program, and must abide by its terms. Contractor shall conform to all the requirements of City's Policy No. 100-5. Failure to establish a program, notify employees, or inform the City of a drug-related workplace conviction will constitute a material breach of contract and cause for immediate termination of the contract by the City.
23. BID PROTEST PROCEDURES: Any bid protest must be submitted in writing before 5:00 PM of the 5th business day following bid openings. The initial protest document shall contain a complete statement of the basis for the protest. The protest shall refer to the specific portion of the document which forms the basis for the protest. The protest shall include the name, address and telephone number of the person representing the protesting party. The party filing the protest shall concurrently transmit a copy of the initial protest document and any attached documentation to all other parties with a direct financial interest which may be adversely affected by the outcome of the protest. Such parties shall include all other Bidders or proposers who appear to have a reasonable prospect of receiving an award depending upon the outcome of the protest. Upon receipt of a bid protest, the matter shall be reviewed by the Public Services Director, whose decision shall be final. This procedure supersedes the procedure of appeal outlined in City of Costa Mesa Municipal Code Section 2-303.
24. ASSEMBLY BILL 626: Assembly Bill 626 (AB 626), adds section 9204 to the Public Contract Code creating a claims resolution process applicable to any claim (as defined) by a contractor against a public entity filed in connection with a public works project. Section 9204 applies to public works contracts entered into on and after January 1, 2017. The legislation was supposed to sunset (end) on January 1, 2020, unless extended by subsequent legislation. The summary of Section 9204 is specified as follows:
In the event of any dispute or controversy with the City over any matter whatsoever, the Contractor shall not cause any delay or cessation in or of Work, but shall proceed with the performance of the Work in dispute. The Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided that pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the parties. The Disputed Work will be categorized as an “unresolved dispute” and Project and Specification No. 22-07
B-5
payment, if any, shall be as later determined by agreement or a court of law. The Contractor shall keep accurate, detailed records of all Disputed Work, claims and other disputed matters.
All claims arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or this Project, and the consideration and payment of such claims, are subject to the Government Claims Act (Government Code Section 810 et seq.) with regard to filing claims. All such claims are also subject to the dispute procedures set forth in Public Contract Code Section 9204 and Public Contract Code Section 20104, et seq. (Article 1.5), to the extent each is applicable. This Contract hereby incorporates those provisions as through fully set forth herein. Thus, the Contractor or any Subcontractor must file a claim in accordance with the Government Claims Act as a prerequisite to filing a construction claim in compliance with Section 9204 and Section 20104 et seq. (if applicable), and must then adhere to Section 20104, et seq. and Section 9204, as applicable, pursuant to the definition of “claim” as individually defined therein.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
B-6
REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Date:
Time:
Company:
Contact Person:
Address:
Telephone: FAX:
Plan Sheet:
Specification Section:
INTERPRETATION REQUESTED:
REPLY:
T0 A/E:
P-1 BID PROPOSAL
SECTION C
PROPOSAL
FOR THE
CITYWIDE NEW TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND
HAWK SIGNAL INSTALLATION PROJECT,
CITY PROJECT NO. 22-07
The Honorable City Council
City of Costa Mesa
77 Fair Drive
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
Dear Council Members:
In compliance with the NOTICE INVITING BIDS FOR THE CITYWIDE NEW TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND HAWK SIGNAL INSTALLATION PROJECT, CITY PROJECT NO. 22-07, a copy which is hereto attached, the undersigned has carefully examined the location of the proposed Work, the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents and is therefore satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered, as to the character, quality and quantity of work to be performed and materials to be furnished and as to the requirements of the specifications and the Contract. It is mutually agreed that the submission of a proposal shall be considered prima facie evidence that the BIDDER has made such examination.
If awarded the Contract, the undersigned agrees to commence the Work under the Contract WITHIN TEN (10) WORKING DAYS AFTER DATE OF CONTRACT, AND COMPLETE SAID WORK WITHIN ONE HUNDRED FIFTY (150) WORKING DAYS from the first day of commencement of such work unless legal extension is granted in accordance with the terms set forth in the specifications, and to perform and complete the Work as shown on the Plans and in accordance with the Specifications and other Contract Documents, and to furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to complete the Work in-place therefor, in the manner and time herein prescribed at the following prices, to wit:
P-1c
BID SCHEDULE PROPOSAL
ITEM
# BID ITEM DECRIPTION QTY. UNIT
UNIT
PRICE
(in figures)
ITEMS
TOTAL
(in figures)
Project “A”: NEW TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT W. 19TH STREET & WALLACE AVENUE 1A Mobilization and Demobilization 1 L.S.
2A
Implement Traffic Control, including all
Equipment, Material, Labor, and Set Up
(includes removal at the end of project)
1 L.S.
3A
Furnish and Install New Traffic Signal,
including all Appurtenant Material, Equipment,
Labor, and Construction to Produce a Full
Functioning Traffic Signal that is Connected
and Fully Communicates with the City’s Traffic
Management Center (TMC)
1 L.S.
4A Complete Signing, Striping, and Markings per
Plan 1 L.S.
5A
Implement Traffic Signal Interconnect and Full
Functionality with the City’s Traffic
Management Center (TMC)
1 L.S.
6A
Construct Two (2) Intersection “Bulb-Outs” at
the Northerly Intersection of West 19th St. and
Wallace Ave., including All Demolition & Haul
Away, Construction of Concrete Sidewalk (4-
inch Concrete over 4-inch C.M.B.), A.D.A.
Curb Ramps per Plan, Curb & Gutter per Plan,
Asphalt Concrete (A.C.) Slot Pave, and All
Other Ancillary Work Needed for Completion
per Engineer’s Direction.
1 L.S.
Project “B”: NEW HAWK SIGNAL AT W. 18TH STREET ACROSS FROM LIONS PARK 1B Mobilization and Demobilization 1 L.S.
2B
Implement Traffic Control, including all
Equipment, Material, Labor, and Set Up
(includes removal at the end of project)
1 L.S.
3B
Furnish and Install New HAWK Signal,
including all Appurtenant Material, Equipment,
Labor, and Construction to Produce a Full
Functioning HAWK Signal
1 L.S.
4B Complete Signing, Striping, and Markings per
Plan 1 L.S.
P-1a
P-1c
___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ The award of the Contract shall be based on the lowest responsive Bid amount, and the City reserves the right to delete one or more bid items and/or to increase and/or to decrease bid items’ quantities.
The CITY also reserves the right to reject all Bids.
_____________
Bidder's Initials
Project “C”: NEW HAWK SIGNAL AT WILSON STREET ACROSS FROM WILSON PARK 1C Mobilization and Demobilization 1 L.S.
2C
Implement Traffic Control, including all
Equipment, Material, Labor, and Set Up
(includes removal at the end of project)
1 L.S.
3C
Furnish and Install New HAWK Signal,
including all Appurtenant Material, Equipment,
Labor, and Construction to Produce a Full
Functioning HAWK Signal
1 L.S.
4C Complete Signing, Striping, and Markings per
Plan 1 L.S.
TOTAL BID PROPOSAL FIGURES: $
TOTAL BID PROPOSAL (Words):
P-1b
P-1c
PROPOSAL BID SCHEDULE
(CONTINUED)
NOTES:
1. The accuracy of estimate quantities as shown is not guaranteed; the Bidder shall make his/her own estimate from the drawings and field review for verification. If the unit price and the total amount are different, the unit price will control the bid. Payment shall be based on actual work done and/or actual quantities used.
2. The City reserves the right to delete one or more bid items and/or to increase or decrease bid items’ quantities, at no additional cost to the City.
3. FA designates force account. Payment shall be made on a time and materials basis, only if directed by the ENGINEER.
4. (F) Designates Final Pay Item. When an item of work is designated as “FINAL PAY ITEM” in the Specifications, the estimated quantity for that item of work shall be the final pay quantity, unless the dimensions of any portion of that item are revised by the Engineer, or the item or any portion of the item is eliminated. If the dimensions of any portion of the item are revised, and the revisions result in an increase or decrease in the estimated quantity of that item of work, the final pay quantity for the item will be revised in the amount represented by the changes in the dimensions. If a final pay item is eliminated, the estimated quantity for the item will be eliminated. If a portion of a final pay item is eliminated, the final pay quantity will be revised in the amount represented by the eliminated portion of the item of work.
The estimated quantity for each item of work designated as “FINAL PAY ITEM” in the Specifications, shall be considered as approximate only, and no guarantee is made that the quantity which can be determined by computations, based on the details and dimensions shown on the plans, will equal the estimated quantity. No allowance will be made in the event that the quantity based on computations does not equal the estimated quantity.
In case of discrepancy between the quantity shown in the Engineer’s Estimate for a final pay item and the quantity or summation of quantities for the same item shown on the plans, payment will be based on the quantity shown in the Engineer’s Estimate.
5. Bidder declares that it has read and understands Items 14 & 15 of Information for Bidders (Page B-2 and B-3).
6. Bidder agrees to initial or notarize (if applicable) all pages on P-1, P-1a, P-1b, P1-c, and through P-11 uploaded onto PlanetBids.
_____________
Bidder's Initials
Project and Specification No. 22-07
P-2 PROPOSAL SCHEDULE
PROPOSAL SCHEDULE
(CONTINUED)
(Please Type or Print)
Total Amount for Base Bid (in written words)
($ )
in figures
Contractor's Lawful Name: _______________________________________________ Bidder's Name: Bidder's Initials:
Contractor's License No. Expiration:
Contractor's Taxpayer I.D. Number:
Contractor's DIR Registration Number:
Signature: Date:
Contractor's Address:
Telephone Number:( ) Mobile No.:( ) ___________ Fax Number: ( ) E-mail:
24-Hour Emergency Contacts:
Telephone Number: ( )
Name
Mobile No.: ( ) ________________
Telephone No.: ( )
Name
Mobile No.: ( ) ________________
Telephone No.: ( )
Name
Mobile No.: ( ) ________________
_____________
Bidder's Initials
Project and Specification No. 22-07
P-2a PROPOSAL SCHEDULE
PROPOSAL SCHEDULE
(CONTINUED)
The Contractor agrees that the City will not be held responsible if any of the approximate quantities shown in the foregoing proposal shall be found incorrect, and he shall not make any claim for damages or for loss of profits because of a difference between the quantities of the various classes of work as estimated and the work actually done. If any error, omission or misstatements shall be discovered in the estimated quantities, it shall not invalidate this contract or release the Contractor from the execution and completion of the whole or part of the work herein specified, in accordance with the specifications and the plans herein mentioned and the prices herein agreed upon and fixed therefore, or excuse him from any of the obligations or liabilities hereunder, or entitle him to any damages or compensation otherwise than as provided for in this contract.
The Contractor agrees that the City shall have the right to increase or decrease the quantity of any bid item or portion of the work or to omit portions of the work as may be deemed necessary or expedient, and that the payment for incidental items or work, not separately provided in the proposal shall be considered included in the price bid for other various items or work.
Accompanying this proposal is "Cash," "Certified Check," or "Bidder's Bond" (circle one) in the amount of
($ ) equal to at least ten (10%) percent of the total bid price, payable to the City of Costa Mesa, to guarantee that within fourteen (14) days after written notice is deposited in the mail, or the bidder has received notice by telephone, the bidder will furnish proper Certificates of Insurance, and required bonds satisfactory to the City and execute a contract in accordance with the proposal and in the manner and form required by the contract documents.
The undersigned deposits the above-named security as a proposal guarantee and agrees that it shall be forfeited to the City of Costa Mesa as Liquidated Damages if the above requirements are not complied with.
_____________
Bidder's Initials
Project and Specification No. 22-07
P-3 PROPOSAL SCHEDULE
Respectfully Submitted,
Contractor's Business Name Contractor Title Business Address: Street Singed By Title City State Zip Contractor's License No. and Classification Exp. Date Business Phone Number Date
Name Title Residence: Street
City State Zip Residence phone Number If the bid is by a corporation, state the names of the officers who can sign an agreement on behalf of the corporation and whether more than one officer must sign.
Corporation Taxpayer I.D. Number:
Can Sign Must Sign
Name
Name
Name
If the bid is by a partnership or a joint venture, state the names and addresses of all general partners and joint ventures.
Partnership or Joint Ventures Taxpayer I.D. Number:
Name
Address
Name
Address
If the bidder is a sole proprietorship or another entity that does business under a fictitious name, the bid shall be in the real name of the bidder with a designation following showing "DBA (the fictitious name)"; provided, however, no fictitious name shall be used unless there is a current registration with the Orange County Recorder.
The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing proposal, as principals, are as follows:
NOTE: Give first and last names in full; in case of corporation, give names of President, Secretary, Treasurer and Manager, and affix corporate seal; in case of partnerships and joint ventures, give names of all the individual members. _____________
Bidder's Initials
Project and Specification No. 22-07
P-4 CONSTRUCTION REFERENCES
Bidder shall signify receipt of all Addenda here, if any:
Addendum No. Date Received Bidder's Signature
CONSTRUCTION PROJECT REFERENCES
In order to more fully evaluate your firm’s background and experience for the project herein proposed, it is requested that you submit a list of Public Works and/or similar construction projects completed, or in progress, within the last 24 months. This information will be used to evaluate whether the bid is responsive and or responsible to the call for bids.
Date Project Awarded Awarding Agency Agency's Contract
Administrator Contact
Information
____________
Bidder's Initials
Project and Specification No. 22-07
P-5 SUBCONTRACTOR DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS
In compliance with the "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act" being Sections 4100-4113 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, and any amendments thereto, each bidder shall set forth below the name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement in an amount in excess of one-half (½) of one percent (1%) of the prime contractor's total bid or in the case of bids for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half (½) of one percent (1%) of the prime contractor’s total bid or ten thousand ($10,000) dollars, whichever is greater. Bidder shall further set forth the portion of the work, which will be done by each such subcontractor with its Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) registration number. Only one subcontractor for each such portion shall be listed.
If the contractor fails to specify a subcontractor for any portion of the work to be performed under the contract, he/she/it shall be deemed to have agreed to perform the balance of all work, which is not covered, and he/she/it shall not be permitted to subcontract that portion of the work except under the conditions hereinafter set forth.
Subletting or subcontracting of any portion of the work to which no subcontractor was designated in the original bid, shall only be permitted in cases of public emergency or necessity, and then only after a finding reduced to writing as a public record of the Legislative Body of the Owner.
All information must be filled out and typed. Please use additional pages in this format if needed.
Bid
Item (s)
Number
%
Portion
of Work
Name, Address and E-mail of
Subcontractor
State License
Number
Class DIR Registration
Number
By submission of this proposal, the Bidder certifies:
1. That (I)(we)(it) is able to and will perform the balance of all work which is not covered in the above subcontractors listing.
2. That the AGENCY will be furnished copies of all subcontracts entered into by subcontractor for this project.
_____________
Bidder's Initials
Project and Specification No. 22-07
P-6 BIDDERS BOND
BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL
(Required if the bidder desires to submit bond instead of a certified or cashier's check.) KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, as
principals, and _______________________________________________________ as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Costa Mesa, a municipal corporation, organized under the laws of the State of California and situated in Orange County in the sum of ________________________________________________ ($_____________) to be paid to the City, its successors and assigns, for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,
That is the certain proposal of the above bounden, _____________________, if accepted by the City of Costa Mesa, and if the above bounden, ________________________________________, his heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, shall duly enter into and execute a contract for such construction, and shall execute and deliver the CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE and the LABOR AND MATERIAL and the FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BONDS described within fourteen (14) days from the date of the mailing of a notice of the above bounden, _________________________________________________, by and from the City, that said contract is ready for execution, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and virtue.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF:
We hereunto set our hands and seals this _____ day of _____________, 20__. _______________________________ _______________________________ ________________________________ _______________________________ ________________________________ _______________________________ Contractor/ Principal Surety/Power of Attorney
(Notary Acknowledgement to be attached) (Notary Acknowledgment to be attached) _____________
Bidder's Initials
Project and Specification No. 22-07
P-7 CONTRACT ASSURANCE
CONTRACT ASSURANCE
The CONTRACTOR or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the CONTRACTOR to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as recipient deems appropriate.
The CONTRACTOR will require that the above provision is included in all subcontracts. _____________
Bidder's Initials
Project and Specification No. 22-07
P-8 NONCOLLUSION AFFADAVIT
NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
The bidders, by its officers and agents or representatives present at the time of filing this bid, being duly sworn on their oaths say, that neither they nor any of them have in any way directly or indirectly entered into any arrangement or agreement with any other bidder, or with any public officer of such CITY OF COSTA MESA whereby such affiant or affiants or either of them has paid or I s to pay to such bidder or public officer any sum of money, or has given or is to give to such other bidder or public officer anything of value whatever, or such affiant or affiants or either of them has not directly or indirectly, entered into any arrangement or agreement with any other bidder or bidders, which tends to or does lessen or destroy free competition in the letting of the contract sought for on the attached bids; that no bid has been accepted from any subcontractor or supplier through any bid depository, the By-Laws, Rules, or Regulations of which prohibit or prevent the Contractor from considering any bid from any subcontractor or supplier which is not processed through said bid depository, or which prevent any subcontractor or supplier from bidding to any Contractor who does not use the facilities or accept bids from or through such bid depository; that bidder has not bid as subcontractor to other bidders; that no inducement of any form or character other than that which appears upon the face of the bid will be suggested, offered, paid or delivered to any person of the contract, nor has this bidder any agreement or understanding of any kind whatsoever, with any person whomsoever to pay, deliver to, or share with any other person in any way or manner, any of the proceeds of the contracts sought by this bid.
_______________________________
Contractor Firm Name
_______________________________
Name of Principal
_______________________________
Title
_______________________________
Signature
Subscribed and sworn to before me by:
_________________________________
This ____ day of _____________, 20___.
My Commission Expires: ____________
Notary Public Bidder's Initials
Project and Specification No. 22-07
P-9 WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE
CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION
OF
WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
FOR
PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS
(Labor Code §1861)
I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.
Dated:
CONTRACTOR
Company Name
PROJECT: CITYWIDE NEW TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND HAWK SIGNAL INSTALLATION PROJECT, CITY PROJECT NO. 22-07
_____________
Bidder's Initials
Project and Specification No. 22-07
P-10 DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE
DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE POLICY
CONTRACTOR, upon notification of contract award, shall establish a Drug-Free Awareness Program to inform employees of the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace, and the employee assistance programs available to employees. Each employee engaged in the performance of a CITY contract must be notified of this Drug- Free Awareness Program, and must abide by its terms. Failure to establish a program, notify employees, or inform CITY of a drug-related workplace conviction will constitute a material breach of contract and cause for immediate termination of the contract by CITY.
CONTRACTOR shall conform to all the requirements of CITY'S Policy No. 100-5.
A copy of this policy is attached to the sample contract agreement as an attachment in the Project Specifications.
_____________
Bidder's Initials
Project and Specification No. 22-07
P-11 CAMPAIGN CONTRIBUTION DISCLOSURE
BIDDER/APPLICANT/CONTRACTOR CAMPAIGN
CONTRIBUTION DISCLOSURE FORM
Proposer/Consultant/Applicant is required to identify any campaign contribution or cumulative contributions greater than $249 to any city council member in the twelve months prior to submitting an application, proposal, statement of qualifications or bid requiring approval by the City Council.
Date Name of Donor
Company/Business
Affiliation
Name of
Recipient Amount
Except as described above, I/we have not made any campaign contribution in the amount of $250 or more to any Costa Mesa City Council Member in the twelve months preceding this Application/Proposal.
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct.
Bidder/Applicant/Proposer
Date
_____________
Bidder's Initials
(GENPROVS)
GP-1
SECTION D
GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1
SECTION 1 – GENERAL
1-2 GENERAL
[Add the following:].
Except as hereinafter provided, the provisions of the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (“Green Book”), and all amendments thereto, adopted by the Joint Cooperative Committee of Southern California Chapter, American Public Works Association, Southern California District and Associated Contractors of California; hereinafter referred to as Standard Specifications, are adopted as the "Standard Specifications of the City of Costa Mesa" and shall be considered as a part of these specifications. Copies of the Standard Specifications are available from the publisher:
BNi Building News
1612 S. Clementine Street
Anaheim, California 92802
(714) 517-0971
Where specified in these specifications, the latest edition of the California Building Code, based on the latest edition of the International Building Code, the latest edition of the "Standard Specifications and Standard Plans of the State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of Highways," "Standard Plans of the Orange County Environmental Management Agency," and "Los Angeles County Flood Control District, Design Manual, Standard Drawings" shall apply or unless otherwise noted in these specifications or at the direction of the ENGINEER.
Where referenced in these Specifications, the latest edition of the “City of Costa Mesa Standard Drawings” and the “Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH)” published by Building News, Inc., shall also apply.
The section numbers of these General Provisions coincide with those of the said Standard Specifications. Only those sections requiring amendment, elaboration, or specifying options, are called out.
The following modifications are made to the "Standard Specifications." If there is a conflict between the "Standard Specifications" and these modifications, these modifications shall have first precedence.
(GENPROVS)
GP-2
1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
[Add or redefine the following:].
(a) AGENCY The City of Costa Mesa, California, hereinafter referred to as "CITY."
(b) BOARD The City Council of the City of Costa Mesa,
California, hereinafter referred to as "BOARD."
(c) CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS
Documents including but not limited to the following:
The proposal form P-1 through P-9b, Notice Inviting
Bids, Standard Specifications, General Provisions,
Special Provisions, Plans, Bonds, Insurance
Certificates, Agreement, and all Addenda setting
forth any modifications of the documents as further
specified in contract agreement.
(d) ENGINEER The administrating officer of the City of Costa Mesa or his authorized representative hereinafter referred
to as ENGINEER.
(e) BIDDER Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a bid proposal for
the work contemplated in the contract documents,
acting directly or through a duly authorized
representative, hereinafter referred to as BIDDER.
(f) LEGAL ADDRESS OF
CONTRACTOR
The legal address of the Contractor shall be the
address given on the Contractor's bid and is hereby
designated as the place to which all notices, letters
or other communications to the Contractor shall be
mailed or delivered.
(g) LABORATORY An established laboratory approved and authorized by the ENGINEER for testing materials and work
involved in the contract.
1-3 ABBREVIATIONS
CALTRANS State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of Highways
O.C.E.M.A. Orange County Environmental Management
Agency
L.A.C.F.C.D. Los Angeles County Flood Control District (GENPROVS)
GP-3
1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF THE BID
1-6.1 General
[Add the following:].
Proposal shall be made and submitted on proposal forms P-1 through P-9a in accordance with the Notice Inviting Bids. In addition to the required signatures in the spaces provided in the proposal forms, each BIDDER shall initial each sheet of the proposal forms at the bottom right hand corner.
No person, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof shall be allowed to make or file or be interested in more than one bid for the same work, unless alternate bids are called for. A person, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof who has submitted a sub-proposal to a BIDDER or who has quoted prices on materials to a BIDDER is not thereby disqualified from submitting a sub-proposal to or quoting prices to the other bidders. If, on the opening of bids, more than one bid appears in which the same person, firm, partnership, corporation or combination thereof is interested as a principal, all such bids shall be rejected.
Proposals with interlineations, alterations, or erasures shall be initialed by the BIDDER'S authorized agent. Alternative proposals, special conditions, or other limitations or provisions affecting the bid, except as such called for in the contract documents, will render the bid informal and may cause its rejection.
All proposals must give the prices bid for the various items of work and must be signed by the BIDDER, who shall give his address. Each bid shall have thereon the affidavit of the BIDDER that such bid is genuine and not sham nor collusive, nor made in the interest nor behalf of any other person not therein named and that the BIDDER has not directly nor indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to put in a sham bid, nor induced nor solicited any person, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof to refrain from bidding, and that the BIDDER has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure himself an advantage over any other BIDDER.
A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, as defined in this chapter, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 of the Labor Code. It is not a violation of this section for an unregistered contractor to submit a bid that is authorized by Section 7029.1 of the Business and Professions Code or by Section 10164 or 20103.5 of the Public Contract Code, provided the contractor is registered to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 at the time the contract is awarded. 1-6.1.1 Request for Interpretation
If any person contemplating submitting a bid is in doubt as to the meaning of any part of the Plans, Specification, or other proposed Contract Documents, or finds discrepancies in, or omissions from the drawings or specifications, (It, he, she) may make a request to the ENGINEER, in writing, for an interpretation or correction thereof pursuant to the provisions in the Information for Bidders section of these specifications. The person (GENPROVS)
GP-4
submitting such a request shall be responsible for its prompt delivery. All such interpretations of the Contract Documents will be made only by addenda duly issued, and a copy of each such addendum will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of Contract Documents at (its, his, her) last address of record. The CITY will not be responsible for any other explanations or interpretations of the Contract Documents. 1-6.1.2 Soil Conditions
The BIDDER shall inspect the soil conditions before submitting a bid. By submitting a bid, the BIDDER acknowledges that he is satisfied with the quality of the work area including but not restricted to the conditions affecting, handling and storage of materials, disposal of excess materials, and the soil conditions.
1-6.1.3 Return of Bid Security
Any BIDDER may withdraw its bid, either personally, or by telegraphic or written request, at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for the receipt of bids. It is the sole responsibility of the BIDDER to see that any such telegraphic or written request is delivered to the City Clerk prior to said closing time. Bid security of such BIDDERS will be returned promptly to the BIDDER.
The bid security of the BIDDER whose bid is accepted will be held by the CITY until the contract has been executed and the accompanying insurance certificates, performance bond and labor and materials bond are approved and filed, whereupon the bid security will then be returned to the BIDDER.
The bid security of the second and third lowest BIDDERS will be retained until the contract is awarded to and executed by the BIDDER whose bid is accepted, or until 45 days after the opening of bids, whichever period is shorter. The bid security of all BIDDERS other than the three lowest will be returned promptly after the opening of bids.
If a BIDDER fails or refuses promptly to execute the agreement to do the work or fails or refuses to comply with insurance and bonding requirements, the bid security shall be forfeited to the CITY and shall be collected and paid into the General Fund of the CITY. 1-6.2 Subcontractor Listing
[Add the following:].
The ENGINEER, as duly authorized officer, may consent to subcontractor substitution requested by the Contractor subject to the limitations and notices prescribed in Section 4107 of the Public Contract Code.
(GENPROVS)
GP-5
1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT
1-7.1 General
[Add the following:].
The award of contract, if awarded, will be to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder whose proposal complies with all requirements of the Notice Inviting Bids and Section 1- 6 of these specifications. The BIDDER, upon notification as the "apparent low bidder," shall comply with the CITY'S insurance and bonding requirements by submitting the required insurance certificates and bonds within fourteen (14) days after the mailing of a Notice of Award to the BIDDER that the contract is ready for execution . The contract will be awarded within thirty (30) days of receipt of properly approved insurance certificates and bonds pursuant to CITY requirements spelled out in these specifications.
BIDDER must take particular note of "insurance requirements" contained in these specifications and sample agreement included within the contract documents, and should provide that information to his insurance broker in order that a properly executed certificate is submitted. The CITY, however, reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informality in the bids received.
1-7.1.1 Execution of Agreement
The Agreement shall be signed by the successful BIDDER and returned to the CITY no later than fourteen (14) days from Notice of Award of the Contract by the CITY. Failure to comply with insurance and bonding requirements as specified in the Agreement and in Section 1-7.1 of these General Provisions shall be considered grounds for the revocation and rejection of the bid and forfeiture of bid security. No proposal shall be considered binding upon the CITY until the execution of the agreement by the CITY. In case of conflict, the agreement shall have precedence over all other written specifications. 1-7.2 Contract Bonds
[Add the following:].
The "Faithful Performance Bond" and the "Labor and Material Bond" as specified in this section shall be for one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price. The Labor and Material Bond shall be maintained by the Contractor in full force and effect for at least seven (7) months following the filing of the Notice of Completion. The Faithful Performance Bond shall also be kept by the Contractor in full force and effect for at least one (1) year following the filing of the Notice of Completion.
CONTRACTOR shall provide the following:
A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the surety issued by the Insurance Commissioner.
A certificate from the clerk of the county in which the court or officer is located that the certificate of authority of the surety has not been surrendered, revoked, canceled, annulled, or suspended or, in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted.
(GENPROVS)
GP-6
Copies of the surety’s most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with Section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code.
SECTION 2 – SCOPE OF THE WORK
2-1 WORK TO BE DONE
[Replace in its entirety with the following:].
The scope of work generally consists of mobilization, installation of a new traffic signal at the intersection of W. 19th Street & Wallace Avenue; installation of a new HAWK signal at W. 18th Street across from Lions Park; installation of a new HAWK signal at Wilson Street across from Wilson Park; concrete sidewalk and curb & gutter modifications; curb access ramp modifications; notifications to businesses and residents; traffic signing; striping and markings; installation of pavement markers; and implementing traffic control; and all other work as required as shown on the Plans and specified within these Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to perform and complete the Work as shown on the Plans and these Contract Documents, and to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. 2-2 PERMITS
[Add the following:].
All permits and licenses shall be obtained in sufficient time to prevent delays to the work.
In the event that the CITY has obtained permits, licenses or other authorizations applicable to the work, the Contractor shall comply with the provisions of said permits, licenses and other authorizations.
The Contractor is directed to Appendix ‘C’ - Caltrans Encroachment Permit and shall pay the permit fee, obtain the double permit rider, and comply with the conditions of said permit.
2-5 THE CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES
2-5.1 General
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall only use the proper construction equipment to protect the City streets from breaking up and deterioration. Haul trucks shall be limited to a gross vehicle weight of 10 tons or less.
2-5.2 Temporary Utility Services
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall provide for his employees an adequate supply of clean, potable drinking water, which shall be dispensed through approved sanitary facilities. (GENPROVS)
GP-7
If water is needed during construction, Contractor shall contact Mesa Consolidated Water District or the Irvine Ranch Water District to obtain necessary permits, instructions, and meters prior to commencing work. The Contractor is required to make any and all necessary installations and connections. All water shall be metered. The Contractor shall pay for all deposits and fees involved.
2-5.4 Haul Routes
[Add the following:].
In order to protect the City streets from deterioration due to hauling of materials, the Contractor shall submit to the ENGINEER (at the pre-construction meeting) for approval, a proposed route for the hauling of materials for disposal. Upon approval, the Contractor shall strictly adhere to that route only, unless written permission from the ENGINEER is obtained to change the route.
Waste Hauler Requirements
The California Green Building Standards Code, 2016 Edition, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 11, impacting waste diversion as documented in the City of Costa Mesa’s Municipal Code Chapter 4 of Title 8, requires that all construction and demolition related projects divert 65% of project waste generated from the landfill.
Consequently, permitted building projects relating to construction and demolition, newly constructed buildings, additions, alterations, interior and exterior demolitions, etc., are required to divert a minimum of 65% of nonhazardous construction and demolition waste from the landfill by recycling, reuse, or salvage. Generally, these materials include brick, drywall, other masonry, cardboard, green waste, paper, carpet, lumber, plastic, concrete, and/or metals. Asphalt, concrete, excavated soil and land-clearing debris should be 100% diverted from disposal. The County provides a suggested list of locations that are meeting and/or exceeding the 65% diversion requirement and may be used for recycling construction and demolition material.
The City of Costa Mesa requires that all hauling activity in Costa Mesa comply with one of the waste hauling options for your construction and demolition related project:
Use Franchise Waste Hauler
Self-Haul Permit - https://www.costamesaca.gov/city-hall/city-departments/public- services/waste-collection-and-recycling
A Construction and Demolition Reporting Form as provided in the Miscellaneous Document Section of these Specifications must be completed and submitted by the Contractor to the CITY prior to the release of retention monies. 2-7 CHANGES INITATED BY THE AGENCY
2-7.1 GENERAL
[Add the following:].
(GENPROVS)
GP-8
ENGINEER shall be the duly authorized officer of the CITY who may grant the changes prescribed in this section.
2-8 EXTRA WORK
[Add the following:].
The extra work as defined in this section of the Standard Specifications and any work done by the Contractor beyond the lines and grades shown on the plans shall only be performed when ordered in writing by the ENGINEER. In absence of such written order, any such work by the Contractor shall be considered unauthorized and will not be paid.
Work so done may be ordered to be removed at the Contractor's expense. 2-9 CHANGED CONDITIONS
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall promptly act to supply all information to the ENGINEER for proper evaluation. Failure to do so shall constitute a waiver of any payment for delays suffered by the Contractor.
SECTION 3 – CONTROL OF THE WORK
3-1 ASSIGNMENT
[Replace the 1 st sentence with the following:].
No contract or portion thereof may be assigned without written consent of the BOARD. 3-4 AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD AND THE ENGINEER
[Add the following:].
When any of the various units or operations of the work have been suspended, the Contractor shall give at least 24 hours advance notice of the time when he or his subcontractor will start or resume any of such units or operations. That notice is to be given during working hours, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays or holidays, for the purpose of permitting the ENGINEER to make necessary assignments to his representative on the work.
Any work performed in conflict with said notice, without the presence or approval of the ENGINEER, or work covered up without notice, approval or consent may be rejected or ordered to be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense and shall be removed at Contractor's expense, if so ordered by the ENGINEER or his representative on the work. Any unauthorized or defective work, defective material or workmanship or any unfaithful or imperfect work that may be discovered before the final payment and final acceptance of work shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor without extra charge even though it may have been overlooked in previous inspections and estimates or may have been caused due to failure to inspect the work.
(GENPROVS)
GP-9
All authorized alterations affecting the requirements and information given on the approved plans shall be in writing. No changes shall be made on any plan or drawing by the Contractor after the same has been approved by the ENGINEER, except by direction of the ENGINEER in writing. Deviations from the approved plans, as may be required by critical conditions of construction, must be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER.
All instructions, rulings and decisions of the ENGINEER shall be in writing and are binding on all parties unless a formal protest is made as provided in the following paragraph:
If the Contractor considers any work demanded of him to be outside the requirements of the contract, or if he considers any instruction, ruling or decision of the ENGINEER or ENGINEER'S representative to be unfair, the Contractor shall, within ten (10) days after any such demand is made, or instruction, ruling or decision is given, file a written protest with the ENGINEER, stating clearly and in detail his objections and reasons therefor.
Except for such protests and objections as are made of record, in the manner and within the time above stated, the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived and does hereby waive all claims for extra work, damages and extensions of time on account of demands, instructions, rulings and decisions of the ENGINEER.
Upon receipt of any such protest from the Contractor, the ENGINEER shall review the demand, instruction, ruling or decision objected to and shall promptly advise the Contractor, in writing, of his final decision, which shall be binding on all parties, unless within the ten (10) days thereafter the Contractor shall file with the BOARD a formal protest against said decision of the ENGINEER. The BOARD shall consider and render a final decision on any such protest within thirty (30) days of receipt of same. If the BOARD fails to consider and render a final decision on any such protest within thirty (30) days of receipt of the same, the protest shall be deemed denied. 3-5 INSPECTION
[Add the following:].
If the Contractor requests and receives approval from the ENGINEER to receive inspection services from the CITY outside of a normal eight (8) hour day/forty (40) hour work week or on Saturday, Sunday, or CITY holidays, the Contractor shall arrange with the CITY and ENGINEER for the special inspection services and Contractor shall pay for such special inspection services at a fee established by the ENGINEER to defray the cost for such service.
All work, which has been inspected and deemed defective in its construction or does not meet all of the requirements of the plans and/or specifications by the ENGINEER shall be remedied, or removed and replaced by the Contractor in an acceptable manner, and no compensation will be allowed for such correction.
Any work done beyond the limits of the lines and grades shown on the plans or established by the ENGINEER or extra work done without written authority will be considered as unauthorized and not be paid.
Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the ENGINEER made under the provisions of this article, the ENGINEER shall have authority to cause (GENPROVS)
GP-10
defective work to be remedied, or removed and replaced, and unauthorized work to be removed, and to deduct the costs and thereof from any monies due or to come due the Contractor.
Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after is has been placed and material placed outside the limits of the project. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material. 3-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
[Add the following:].
Contractor shall file with the ENGINEER the addresses and telephone numbers where its designated representative may be reached during hours when the work is not in progress.
Instructions and information given by the ENGINEER to the Contractor's authorized representative or at the address or telephone numbers filed in accordance with this section shall be considered as having been given to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall have on the work site at all times a competent English-speaking superintendent, as his agent, capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and other related documents.
3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
3-7.1 General
[Add the following:].
Contractor will obtain from the ENGINEER, free of charge, copies of plans, general provisions, special provisions and additions to the Standard Specifications that are reasonably necessary for the execution of work.
Contractor shall, at its own expense, obtain copies of the Standard Specifications and Standard Plans and Specifications of CALTRANS, for his general use.
If after the Contract is awarded it appears that the work to be done, or any matter relative thereto, is not sufficiently detailed or explained in the specifications and plans, the Contractor shall apply to the ENGINEER for such further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform to such explanation or interpretation as part of the Contract.
All scaled dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with the work, the Contractor shall carefully check and verify all dimensions and quantities and shall immediately inform the ENGINEER or his representative of any discrepancies. 3-10 SURVEYING
[Replace with the following:].
(GENPROVS)
GP-11
3-10.1 General
The Contractor will perform and be responsible for the accuracy of setting all required survey stakes adequate for the construction of the project. 3-10.3 Line and Grade
Unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, lines and grades for construction shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, with the following provisions:
All work under this Contract shall be built in accordance with the lines and grades shown on the plans. Field survey for establishing the lines and grades and for the control of construction shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All such surveys, including construction staking, shall be under the supervision of a California-licensed land surveyor or by a California-licensed civil engineer allowed by law. Staking shall be performed on all items ordinarily requiring grade and alignment, at intervals normally accepted by the agencies and the trade involved.
The Contractor shall provide a copy of the office calculations and grade sheets to the City Inspector. The Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the finished work and shall notify the ENGINEER within one (1) working day of any discrepancies or design errors discovered during staking.
Unless a separate bid item is provided, the payment for surveying, construction staking, professional services, office calculations, furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, tools and incidentals, and for doing all work involved shall be considered as included in the various items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE
3-12.1 General
[Replace 2 nd paragraph with the following:].
Unless the construction dictates otherwise, and unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER, Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-loading motor sweeper with a functional water spray nozzle system at least once each working day to keep paved areas in the Work zone and along all haul routes acceptably clean whenever construction, including restoration, is incomplete.
(GENPROVS)
GP-12
3-12.2 Air Pollution Control
[Add the following:].
Failure of the Contractor to comply with the ENGINEER'S dust control orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected and, after giving notice to the Contractor, the ENGINEER may order the condition corrected by others. All costs thus incurred shall be deducted from the amount to be paid to Contractor. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension.
No separate payment will be made for any work performed nor material used to control dust resulting from Contractor's performance of the work or from public traffic, either inside or outside the right-of-way. Full compensation for such dust control will be considered to be included in the prices paid for the various items of Work involved. 3-12.4.1 General
[Add the following:].
All surplus materials shall be removed from the site of the Work within five (5) days after completion of the Work causing the surplus materials.
3-12.6 Water Pollution Control
3-12.6.1 General
[Add the following:].
Discharge of storm water from construction sites that disturb land equal to or greater than one (1) acre must be in compliance with the state General Construction Activity Permit (Construction Permit). The latest permit provisions of the Construction Permit shall apply.
The Contractor is required to contact the Santa Ana Regional Water Quality Control Board (Regional Board) for all information contained in the Construction Permit. In the event project construction occurs during the transition of revised Construction Permits, the Contractor shall incorporate the necessary modifications specified by the revised Construction Permit within the time period specified in the new Construction Permit.
Project Soil Disturbance is: less than 1 acre (No General Construction Permit required) Construction activity subject to the Construction Permit includes clearing, grading, disturbance to the ground such as stockpiling, work area, or excavation that results in soil disturbances of at least one acre of total land area. Construction activity that results in soil disturbances of less than one acre is subject to the Construction Permit if the construction activity is a part of a larger common plan of development that encompasses one or more acres of soil disturbance or if it is determined that discharges from the project pose a significant threat to water quality.
The CONTRACTOR shall have an account with the State for SMARTS (Storm Water Multiple Application and Report Tracking System). The CONTRACTOR shall contact the (GENPROVS)
GP-13
CITY with their user ID so that the CITY will grant the CONTRACTOR access as a Data Submitter.
The CONTRACTOR shall complete the NOI within SMARTS
https://smarts.waterboards.ca.gov/smarts/faces/SwSmartsLogin.jsp The CONTRACTOR will notify the CITY when the NOI is ready for the CITY to submit to the State. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all fees associated with the NOI process. The CONTRACTOR shall also complete all required reports within SMARTS as required by the General Permit and the Project’s Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
The CONTRACTOR shall complete the Annual Report and NOT within SMARTS. Once the CITY has been notified, the CITY will review and submit to the State for processing.
A copy of the latest permit is available at:
http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/constpermits.shtml The CONTRACTOR is hereby directed to read the Construction Permit thoroughly and comply with the requirements as specified therein.
3-12.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs)
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall install and maintain the appropriate Best Management Practices (BMPs) to protect water quality within the project limits through the duration of the Project.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to any portion of the Work occasioned by failure to provide proper drainage control prior to the completion and acceptance of the Work.
Payment for furnishing, installing and maintaining BMPs inclusive of sweeping the Project site as required or directed by the ENGINEER shall be included in the other various bid items associated with the work and no additional payment will be allowed thereof. 3-12.6.3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
[Add the following:].
If a General Construction Permit is required pursuant to Section 3-12.6.1 of these General Provisions, the following Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) requirements shall be adhered to:
The Contractor is responsible for the preparation and implementation of a SWPPP as required by the Construction Permit. The Contractor is responsible for completing all parts of the SWPPP including, REAPs, monitoring, sampling, rain gauge records, weather reports, submitting pictures of every third storm, non-authorized discharge reports, Ad- Hoc reports, Annual Reports, post construction BMPs and other requirements of the SWPPP.
(GENPROVS)
GP-14
The completed SWPPP must be signed by a QSD (Qualified SWPPP Developer). The completed SWPPP must be submitted to the resident engineer for City review and acceptance, prior to uploading to SMARTS. The Contractor will be responsible for uploading an electronic format of the SWPPP into SMARTS. The SWPPP must be signed by the City before construction begins. A copy of the SWPPP must be available at the site at all times and must be implemented and revised in accordance with the Construction Permit throughout the duration of the project.
Contractor must have QSP (Qualified SWPPP Practitioner). Contractor shall perform site inspections before and after the storm event, and once each 24-hour period during extended storm event, to identify BMP effectiveness and implement repairs or BMP modifications as soon as possible. Sampling of potential pollutant discharges shall be conducted by trained personnel and required laboratory test conducted by laboratory accredited by the California Department of Health Services Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program.
Contractor shall be responsible for any penalties assessed against the City if the penalty assessed is due to Contractor’s violation of the Construction Permit requirement, or Contractor’s failure to fully implement and monitor SWPPP as required.
Erosion and Sediment Control Plans
Erosion and Sediment Control Plans shall be prepared by the Contractor as part of the SWPPP that identify adequate controls to prevent erosion and discharge of sediment off- site. Payment for the Erosion and Sediment Control Plans shall be included as part of the SWPPP.
3-12.6.4 Dewatering
[Add the following:].
Unless otherwise directed in these Special Provisions, the Contractor shall provide and maintain ample means and devices with which to promptly remove and properly dispose of water entering the excavations or other parts of the work at all times during construction. Dewatering shall be accomplished by methods which will ensure a dry excavation and preservation of the final lines and grades of the bottoms of excavations.
The methods may include sump pumps, deep wells, well points, suitable rock or gravel placed below the required bedding for draining and pumping purposes, temporary pipelines, and other means.
Standby pumping equipment shall be on the job site. A minimum of one standby unit shall be available for immediate installation should any well unit fail. The design and installation of well points or deep wells shall be suitable for the accomplishment of the work. Drawings or details indicating the proposed dewatering system shall be submitted to the CITY for review.
The Contractor shall dispose of the water from the work in a suitable manner without damage to adjacent property.
(GENPROVS)
GP-15
Conveyance of the water shall be such as to not interfere with traffic flow or treatment facilities operations. No water shall be drained into work built or under construction without prior consent of the ENGINEER.
Water shall be disposed of in such a manner as not to be a menace to the public health and such disposal shall be performed in accordance with Environmental Protection Agency and State Water Quality Control Board standards (NPDES permit). Any testing and reports required under NPDES permit shall be performed by the Contractor and submitted to the appropriate agency for approval at no additional cost to the CITY. 3-13.3 WARRANTY
[Replace 2 nd sentence of 1st paragraph with the following:].
The warranty period shall start on the date the Work is accepted by the Board.
SECTION 4 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-4 TESTING
[Add the following:].
All tests of materials furnished by the Contractor shall be made in accordance with commonly recognized standards of national organizations and such special methods and tests as are prescribed in these specifications. No materials shall be used until they have been approved by the ENGINEER.
The Contractor shall at his expense furnish the CITY, in triplicate, certified copies of all required factory and mill test reports. Any materials shipped by the Contractor from a factory or mill prior to having satisfactorily passed such testing and inspection by a representative of the CITY shall not be incorporated in the work, unless the ENGINEER shall have notified the Contractor, in writing, that such testing and inspection will not be required.
At the option of the ENGINEER, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the ENGINEER before delivery is started and before such material is used in the work.
Unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, the CITY will complete and pay for the initial soils, compaction, and material tests. Any subsequent soil, compaction, and material tests deemed necessary due to the failure of initial tests will be at the Contractor's expense and deducted from the payment due.
(GENPROVS)
GP-16
SECTION 5 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPOSIBILITIES
5-1 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall protect and indemnify the CITY, the BOARD, the ENGINEER, and all of its or their officers, agents and servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any existing or future State, Federal and local laws, ordinances, regulations, orders or decrees, whether by himself or his employees. If any discrepancy or inconsistency is discovered in the plans, drawings, specifications or contract for the work in relation to any such law, ordinance, regulation, order or decree, the Contractor shall forthwith report the same to the ENGINEER in writing. 5-2 SPECIAL NOTICES
[Add the following:].
In addition to the special notices requirement to be served by Personnel Delivery or Certified Mail, special notices may also be served by the utilization of FedEx or UPS express service with a confirmed delivery receipt. Service shell be effective on the date of the receipt of the delivery confirm issued by FedEx or UPS. 5-3 LABOR
5-3.3 Payroll Records
[Add the following:].
In order to verify compliance with the Labor Code, Contractor shall furnish to the ENGINEER, weekly, for the duration of the contract period, copies of his payroll statements showing wages paid to each employee during the preceding week and the employee work classification. Use of Form DH-C-347, Payroll Statement of Compliance, is an acceptable method of fulfilling the above requirement. 5-3.5 Apprentices
[Replace with the following:].
Attention is directed to the provisions of Sections 1777.5 and 1777.6 of the Labor Code concerning the employment of apprentices by the Contractor or any subcontractor under it. The Contractor and any subcontractor under it shall comply with the requirements of those Sections in the employment of apprentices.
Information relative to apprenticeship standards, wage schedules and other requirements may be obtained from the Director of Industrial Relations, Ex-officio the Administrator of Apprenticeship, San Francisco, California, or from the Division of Apprenticeship Standards and its branch offices.
(GENPROVS)
GP-17
5-4 INSURANCE
[Replace with the following:].
The minimum amounts and types of insurance coverages are as stated in the Agreement (sample copy attached). Prior to bid submittal the BIDDER shall keep fully informed of the latest insurance requirements of the City of Costa Mesa and shall comply with all other provisions of Section 5-4 of the Standard Specifications.
Below are approved endorsements which satisfy the basic insurance requirements contained in contracts entered into by City of Costa Mesa. These have been approved by the City Attorney's office. The terms of any specific contract with the City are controlling.
Prior to the commencement of any work, the CITY requires that the ENGINEER receive Certificates of Insurance in DUPLICATE for liability coverage of at least $1,000,000 combined single limit, per occurrence and in the aggregate.
Each insurance policy required by the CITY of the Contractor shall contain the following endorsements:
1. Additional Insureds
"The City of Costa Mesa and its elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, and employees are additional insureds with respect to the subject project and agreement."
2. Notice
"Said policy shall not terminate, nor shall it be canceled nor the coverage reduced, until thirty (30) days after written notice is given to City."
3. Other Insurance
"Any other insurance maintained by the City of Costa Mesa shall be excess and not contributing with the insurance provided by this policy." If any of such policies provide for a deductible or self-insured retention to provide such coverage, the amount of such deductible or self-insured retention shall be approved in advance by City. No policy of insurance issued as to which the City is an additional insured shall contain a provision which requires that no insured except the named insured can satisfy any such deductible or self-insured retention. 5-7 SAFETY
5-7.1 Work Site Safety
5-7.1.1 General
[Add the following:].
Material or other obstructions shall not be placed within fifteen feet (15') of fire hydrants.
Fire hydrants shall be made readily accessible to the Fire Department at all times. (GENPROVS)
GP-18
5-7.8 Steel Plate Covers
5-7.8.1 General
[Add the following:].
All steel plate covers utilized for the project must be slide resistant. A non-slip coating will be required on the side of the steel plate that that will be utilized for the driving or walking surface.
SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK 6-1.1 Construction Schedule
[Replace the 1 st Paragraph with the following:].
The Contractor's proposed Construction Work Schedule shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval within ten (10) working days after the date of the BOARD’s execution of the Contract Agreement. The Construction Work Schedule shall be supported by written statements from each supplier of materials or equipment indicating that all orders have been placed and acknowledged, and setting forth the dates that each item will be delivered. The Construction Work Schedule shall provide sufficient detail to delineate the main milestones start and end dates for each activity with chronological relationships of all the activities of Work showing the number of working days required to complete the entire project within the Contract Days. The schedule shall also incorporate the requirements of Section 402-5 of the Standard Specifications to complete the Work within the Contract Days. Prior to issuing the Notice to Proceed, the ENGINEER will schedule a preconstruction meeting with the Contractor to review the proposed Construction Work Schedule, delivery dates, activity milestone dates, arrange utility coordination, discuss construction methods and staging, and clarify inspection procedures.
The Contractor shall submit progress reports to the ENGINEER by the tenth day of each month. The report shall include an updated Construction Work Schedule. All revisions shall be completed within three days after review by the ENGINEER. The Contractor shall submit requests for changes in the schedule to the CITY for approval at least three (3) working days prior to performing any work. Any deviations from the original approved Construction Work Schedule shall be explained and identified in the updated Construction Work Schedule. Progress payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports.
The Contractor shall furnish the ENGINEER with a 3-week look ahead- schedule in a tabular format at every weekly construction meeting. The 3-week look ahead schedule shall utilize the main milestones within the approved Baseline Construction Schedule with updates and include sub-activities.
(GENPROVS)
GP-19
[Add the following:].
6-1.3 DAILY REPORT SUBMITTAL
Contractor shall submit daily reports to the CITY at the end of each working day. All forms shall be provided by the CITY. Any cost for this item shall be included in the various items of work and no other compensation will be allowed.
6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION
6-3.1 General
[Replace the 1 st Sentence with the following:].
The Contractor shall begin the Work within ten (10) Working Days after the date the Contract is executed by CITY unless a later start date is agreed upon by the CITY and Contractor within a written Notice-to-Proceed. The Work shall be completed within ONE- HUNDRED FIFTY (150) Working Days from the date set in the Notice-to-Proceed or the first day of commencement of Work, whichever occurs first. 6-5 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION
[Add the following:].
Should it become necessary, due to developed conditions, to occupy any portion of the Work before Contract is fully completed, such occupancy shall not constitute acceptance by the CITY of work by Contractor.
6-7 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT
6-7.3 Notice of Termination for Default
[Replace the 1 st Paragraph with the following:].
The ENGINEER will make the determination if the Contractor had failed to commence satisfactory corrective action within 5 working days after the receipt of the notice to cure, or to diligently continue satisfactory and timely correction of the default thereafter, and will take action as allowed by the Contract Documents.
6-7.4 RESPONSIBILITIES OF SURETY
[Add the following:].
Within 3 working days of receipt of the written notice of termination for default, the Surety shall provide the services needed to maintain the project in accordance with the Contract Documents. The services shall maintain the existing traffic control in place and the maintenance of the project site until the Engineer’s review and acceptance of the Surety’s plan for course of action.
(GENPROVS)
GP-20
6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
[Replace the 1 ST Paragraph with the following:].
The CONTRACTOR shall pay to the CITY the sum of $3,500 per calendar day, for each and every calendar day’s delay in finishing the Work in excess of the number of Working Days prescribed within these General Provisions and the Agreement, or per the direction of the Engineer. Liquidated damages are calculated per Chapter 12 of the latest edition of the Caltrans Local Assistance Procedures Manual (LAPM).
SECTION 7 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
7-3 PAYMENT
7-3.1 General
[Replace the 1 ST Paragraph with the following:].
Payment for the various items listed on the Bid Proposal, as further specified herein, shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for furnishing all material, tools, equipment, supplies, and manufactured articles, and for all labor, operations, and incidentals appurtenant to the items of Work and as specified and shown on the drawings, including all costs for compliance with the regulations of public agencies having jurisdiction, including Safety and Health Requirements of the California Division of Industrial Safety and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) of the U.S. Department of Labor. No separate payment will be made for any item that is not specifically set forth in the Bid Proposal. Costs arising from violations of regulations will be paid by the offending party to the extent that there will be no additional cost to the CITY.
When no bid item is provided for work/improvement shown or indicated on the plans and specifications, payment for such work/improvement will be considered to be included in various applicable items of work.
7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment
[Replace the 1 st Paragraph in its entirety with the following:].
The closure date for the purpose of making partial progress payments will be the last day of each month. The Contractor may request, in writing, that such monthly closure date be changed. The ENGINEER may approve such request when it is compatible with the CITY’s payment procedure.
[Replace the 2 nd Paragraph in its entirety with the following:].
Each month, the Contractor shall meet with the Engineer, a minimum of three (3) working days prior to the submittal of the progress payment to the AGENCY, to finalize and receive approval regarding the measurement of the Work performed through the closure date and the estimated value of the progress payment based on the Contract Unit Prices or as provided for in the Standard Specifications. Any progress payment submitted without such approval will be considered incomplete and returned to the Contractor and no (GENPROVS)
GP-21
payment shall be considered until such approval is obtained. [Replace the 3 rd Paragraph in its entirety with the following:].
The amount retained and deducted by the BOARD shall be 5% of the progress estimates for all progress payments. No reduction in the amount of retention will be allowed.
However, after 50% of the work has been completed, if the BOARD finds that satisfactory progress is being made, it may make any of the remaining progress payments in full for actual work completed. The final payment of the retention amount to the Contractor shall be made thirty-five (35) days after the date of the recording of the Notice of the Completion of the work after it is accepted by the CITY. The 5% withheld from each progress payment shall not include monies withheld for stop notices or other withholding by the CITY. The monies withheld for stop notice and other withholdings shall be in addition to the 5% withheld for retention.
[Add to end of Section the following:].
Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Division 2, Part 1, Chapter 7, Section 7107 of the California Public Contract Code.
The lead time for processing invoices for the monthly progress payments approved by the ENGINEER for inclusion on the warrant list of the CITY is governed by the rules and regulations established by the Finance Department of the CITY. Monthly payments will be processed and paid in accordance with the rules and regulations established or revised by the said Finance Department.
The Contractor shall submit all weight tickets or volumes of all materials used in the construction to the ENGINEER for checking and verification prior to any payment. Failure to do so will postpone the payment to the Contractor, until the matter is resolved satisfactorily.
The weight or volume from submitted tickets must correspond to the work done in the field; if not, the City shall reject the work without compensation to the Contractor, and/or the Contractor shall be directed to replace that work at no additional costs to the City.
After completion of the Contract, the BOARD shall, upon recommendation of the ENGINEER, accept the Work as completed and authorize the Final Payment.
The Final Payment shall be the entire sum found to be due the Contractor after deducting therefrom all previous payments and all amounts to be kept and all amounts to be retained under the provisions of the Contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment.
No certificate given or payment made under the Contract, except the final certificate or Final Payment, shall be conclusive evidence of full or substantial performance of this Contract; and no payment shall be construed to be an acceptance of any defective work or improper material.
The acceptance of Final Payment by the Contractor shall release the CITY, the BOARD, (GENPROVS)
GP-22
and the ENGINEER from any and all claims or liabilities on account of work performed by the Contractor under the Contract or any alterations thereof.
The Contractor shall record, on the set of contract documents maintained at the job site, deviations which have been made from the Contract Documents or approved shop drawings – including buried or concealed construction and utility features which are revealed during the course of construction. Special attention shall be given to recording the horizontal and vertical location of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated, or which were not indicated on the Contract Documents. Said record documents shall be supplemented by detailed sketches as necessary or directed, to indicate fully the work as actually constructed.
Requests for partial payments shall not be approved until the record documents are brought up to date. Also, request for final compensation shall not be approved until all the variations between the work as constructed and as originally shown in the Contract Documents have been properly recorded and delivered to the City, after approved by the Engineer.
[Add the following:].
7-3.2.1 Prompt Progress Payment to Subcontractors
Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Division 2, Part 1, Chapter 7, Section 7200 of the California Public Code.
The CONTRACTOR agrees to pay each subcontractor under this Agreement for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than 7 days from the receipt of each payment the CONTRACTOR receives from CITY.
The CONTRACTOR agrees further to release retainage payments to each subcontractor within 7 days after the retention payment is received by the CONTRACTOR.
Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the CITY. Any violation of this provision shall subject the violating prime contractor or subcontractor to the penalties, sanctions and other remedies specified in Section 7108.5 of the Business and Professions Code.
This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE prime contractors and subcontractors.
City will be strictly monitoring the Contractor for prompt payment to all subcontractors. [Add the following:].
7-3.2.2 Prompt Pay Monitoring and Enforcement of Progress Payments The City of Costa Mesa will use the following monitoring and enforcement mechanisms to ensure that all subcontractors, including DBE’s, are promptly paid.
A. The City will strictly monitor the prime contractor or subcontractor(s) for prompt release of progress payments for all subcontracted work as follows:
(GENPROVS)
GP-23
1. The effective date of release is the date the City releases the check to the prime contractor by mailing or hand delivery at the City of Costa Mesa (has to be requested in writing ahead of time).
2. Prime contractor or subcontractor(s) to provide verification in writing that the subcontracts have been paid within 7 days or the time period agreed, from the effective date of release.
3. City may contact subcontractor(s) to confirm receipt of progress payment amount and if it was received within 7 days or the time period agreed from the effective date of release.
B. If the prime contractor or subcontractor(s) is found to be in default of Federal or State Codes concerning prompt payment to subcontractors, City will enforce the following besides the disciplinary action, sanctions and penalties imposed per the codes:
1. City will withhold 150% of the monies due to the subcontractor(s) from the prime contractor’s next progress payment.
2. City may also elect to make the payment(s) directly to the subcontractor(s) without the prime contractor’s approval for the remainder of the contract. 7-3.3 Delivered Materials
[Replace in its entirety with the following:].
The cost of materials and equipment delivered, but not incorporated in said work, will not be included in the progress payment estimate unless otherwise provided in these Specifications. All materials shall be nontoxic and shall not contain asbestos and hazardous substances as established by applicable laws.
Materials delivered, but not in place, will not be classed as work done, except as otherwise provided in these Specifications.
7-3.4 Mobilization
[Replace in its entirety with the following:].
Mobilization shall consist of all preparatory work and operations. It shall include, but not be limited to, the movement of personnel, equipment, materials and incidentals to the project site necessary for work on the project. The mobilization shall include all other work and operations, which must be performed.
Mobilization shall also include the time, materials, and labor to move the necessary construction equipment to and from the job site and the project administration costs during the entire contract period.
This work shall include, but not be limited to protect-in-place and/or relocation of the facility to accommodate the construction of an improvement; including resetting curb drains through new curbing.
(GENPROVS)
GP-24
The Contractor shall provide supervisory personnel to keep the construction site in a safe condition and all other related work as required at all times. These requirements shall also apply to all non-working days during construction period. The Contractor is responsible for securing an adequate storage site for equipment and materials.
The Contractor shall have on the work site at all times, as his agent, a competent English speaking superintendent capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans, specifications, and other related documents.
7-3.4.1 Travel Route for Trucking and Equipment
Plans indicating the travel route for the Contractor's equipment movement in and out of the work site must be submitted concurrently with the Haul Route Plan (Section 2-5.4) to the ENGINEER at the pre-construction meeting for approval prior to commencement of any work. The travel route plans, which meet the City’s requirements, will be approved and returned to the Contractor; otherwise, further revisions are required until they are acceptable to the City. The approved travel plans shall be strictly adhered to by the Contractor during all phases of the construction.
Any deviation from these requirements is not permitted. All the Contractor’s operations will be ceased at once if the Contractor violates any of these requirements. No further payments will be made to the Contractor until problems are resolved according the City’s requirements.
7-3.4.2 Construction Sequence/Order of Work
In order to minimize the inconveniences to the residents and businesses, the contractor shall construct the Project and sequence the work where no two adjacent streets are closed at one time, and/or the nearest parking is no more than 300’ from the intersection of the street being closed to traffic. The Contractor shall maintain adjacent streets open for ingress and egress and for parking.
7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK
7-4.2 Basis for Establishing Costs.
7-4.2.1 Labor
[Add the following:].
The compensation for employer’s payments of payroll taxes; workers compensation insurance; liability insurance; health and welfare; pension; vacation; apprenticeship funds; other direct costs resulting from Federal, State, or local laws; and for assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements to be applied to the actual cost for wages shall be 23 percent for regular time and overtime. (GENPROVS)
GP-25
7-4.3 Markups
7-4.3.1 Work by the Contractor
[Replace in its entirety with the following:].
The allowance for overhead and profit to be added to the Contractor’s costs shall be as follows:
Labor: 20%
Materials: 15%
Contractor Owned Equipment 15%
Equipment Rental 10%*
Other Items and Expenditures 10%
To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding.
* Equipment Rental rates shall be based on the latest applicable Caltrans Equipment Rental Rates.
7-4.3.2 Work by a Subcontractor
[Replace in its entirety with the following:].
When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 7-4.3.1 shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such work. A markup of five (5) percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of five (5) percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.
No markups will be allowed for second tier or higher subcontractors. [Add the following:].
7-6 SUMMARY OF PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE § 9204
The following procedure will apply to any claims by the Contractor on the City:
A “claim” is a separate demand on the City by a contractor on a public works project and sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, for one or more of the following:
A time extension, including relief from penalties for delay Payment by the City of money damages under the terms of the contract Payment of an amount that is disputed by the City
Initial Review
The claim must be supported by appropriate documentation. The City has 45 days within which to review the claim and provide the contractor with a written statement identifying the disputed and undisputed portions of the claim. If the City does not issue a written (GENPROVS)
GP-26
statement, the claim is deemed rejected in its entirety. The City will pay any undisputed portion of the claim within 60 days of issuing the statement.
Meet & Confer
If the contractor disputes the City’s written response, or if the City does not issue one, the contractor may request in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for possible settlement of the claim. The City will schedule the meet and confer conference within 30 days of this request and provide a written statement identifying the remaining disputed and undisputed portions of the claim within 10 business days of the meet and confer. The City will pay the undisputed portion within 60 days of issuing this statement.
Mediation
With respect to any disputed portion remaining after the meet and confer, the City and contractor will submit the matter to nonbinding mediation, agree to a mediator within 10 business days after issuing the written statement, and share mediation costs equally. If mediation is unsuccessful, then the terms of the public works agreement and applicable law will govern resolution of the dispute.
Miscellaneous Provisions
Amounts not paid by the City in a timely manner bear interest at 7% per annum.
Subcontractors may submit claims via this procedure through the general contractor. The City and contractor may waive the requirement to mediate, but cannot otherwise waive these claim procedures.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-1
SECTION E
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
PART 1-8
[Add the following Section:].
PART 1
GENERAL
100-1 GENERAL
Additions/Modifications to Standard Specifications
The following additions are made to the latest edition of the “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction” (The “Greenbook”), and the General Provisions stated within the “Standard Specifications” of this Project. Should there be a conflict between any of these provisions; the Special Provisions shall have precedence.
All work shall be performed in conformance with the latest edition of the Uniform Building Code as adopted by the City of Costa Mesa. The electrical, plumbing, and fire codes, and other regulations as adopted by the City of Costa Mesa Building Official shall apply to this project.
Where referenced in these specifications, the latest edition of the “City of Costa Mesa Standard Drawings” and the “Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH)” published by Building News, Inc., shall also apply.
If the item of work is identified within the Proposal section of these Specifications, then the following bid item descriptions will provide the corresponding bid item numbering within each corresponding section of the Standard Specifications under the Subsection entitled “Measurement and Payment” or “Payment”. All other sections and subsections shall conform to the Standard Specifications unless modified herein.
The unit prices and lump sum amounts to be paid for under the bid items listed in the Proposal shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for the completion of the work and for performing all work contemplated and embraced under the Contract, in accordance with the Plans and Contract Documents. This shall include the Contractor's costs involved with bonding, insurance, worker's compensation, overhead, financing, obtaining required permits and permit fees, mobilization, traffic control, public convenience and safety, protective barricading/fencing, sanitary facilities, storage of equipment and materials, security against theft and vandalism, project site maintenance, dust and runoff control, clean-up Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-2
including all costs for compliance with the regulations of public agencies having jurisdiction, including Safety and Health Requirements of the California Division of Industrial Safety and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) of the U. S. Department of Labor, .and all other items related to the work.
Payment for compliance with the following provisions shall be included in the various bid items of work unless otherwise modified in the special provisions section. No additional compensation will be allowed.
No separate payments will be made for any items that are not specifically set forth in the Bid Proposal. Payments for any such items are included in various bid items of work.
Costs arising from violations of regulations will be paid by the offending party to the extent that there will be no additional cost to the City.
Payment for unit price work shall be made for the actual quantities of Contract Items removed, constructed, or disposed of in accordance with the Plans and these Specifications. Measurement of Unit Price work shall be specified in the Standard Specifications, Section 7-1, "Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work." Payment for Lump Sum work shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, Section 7-2, "Lump Sum Work." Payment for all work shall be included in the various bid items. No additional compensation shall be made therefore. Work associated with each bid item shall include, but not be limited, to the bid descriptions set forth herein. 100-2 MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION
100-2.1 General
Mobilization shall comply with Section 7-3.4 of the General Provisions. 100-2.2 Measurement and Payment
BID ITEM NOS. 1A, 1B, AND 1C: MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION Measurement and Payment for Mobilization and Demobilization shall be included in the Lump Sum (LS) Price basis. It shall be considered full compensation for obtaining all business licenses and permits, as required for the entire project, from all related agencies, including, but not limited to, utility companies, private and public agencies and the CITY; and complying with the requirements specified in those licenses and permits; coordination, field office facility, all required submittals specified within these Specifications, and incidentals necessary to perform all related items of work. Progress Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-3
payments for Mobilization and Demobilization bid item shall be paid for in accordance with the completion percentage of the Project to the Contractor and shall include the cost of such mobilization/demobilization and administration during the entire Contract period.
No additional compensation will be allowed.
Mobilization shall include compliance with water and air quality laws; maintaining dust control at all times; furnishing all water required for the construction work; protection of utilities, survey monuments, trees, fences, walls, landscaping and other facilities.
Moblilzation shall include all related “de-moblization” costs, including the removal of any remaining Underground Service Alert (USA) utility markings or other construction paint markings, by means of wet sand blasting or other pre-approved method on the sidewalk, curb/gutter and pavement.
Mobilization shall include all work shown on the plans, which is not compensated in a bid item of work. This work shall include, but not be limited to protect-in-place and/or relocations of the facility to accommodate the construction of an improvement, and removal of existing planters, trees, shrubs, and bushes.
The contractor shall confine his operations and work area to the street right-of-way and is responsible for securing an adequate storage site for equipment and materials. No encroachment into private property will be permitted without prior written consent of the property owner and Engineer. Obtaining this consent will be the responsibility and at the cost of the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide supervisory personnel to keep the construction site in a safe condition at all times.
The Contractor shall submit a Construction Schedule at least ten (10) working days prior to commencing work. All revisions shall be completed within three days after review by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit requests for changes in the schedule to the City for approval at least three (3) working days prior to performing any work.
The Contractor is noted that this project is being coordinated with parkway concrete repair project, the asphalt paving project, and slurry seal project within the same project limits.
The contractor to perform the work shall be the concrete contractor and upon completion of their work, the asphalt contractor will overlay or level the streets with asphalt concrete.
Within minimum two weeks after the completion of the asphalt contractor’s work, the slurry project will commence. The City reserves the right to include or exclude streets.
In order to minimize the inconveniences to the residents and businesses, the contractor shall construct the project and sequence the work where no two adjacent streets are closed at one time, and/or the nearest parking is no more than 300 feet from the intersection of the street being closed to traffic. The Contractor shall maintain adjacent streets open for ingress and egress and for parking. Approval of the staging and work Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-4
plan shall be at the discretion of the City.
No construction activities will be allowed on streets that are receiving trash pick-up or sweeping services on the same day. A copy of the CR&R Waste Collection Map will be available upon request. The Contractor shall coordinate with the trash hauler in preparing the construction schedule. The Contractor shall provide a map showing the schedule of the work, which should coordinate with the trash and mail schedule, to the City at the preconstruction meeting. Slurry seal application operations shall occur within two (2) days after scheduled trash pickup days.
100-3 CONTROL OF THE WORK
100-3.1 Water Pollution Control and Best Management Practices Contractor shall follow the water pollution control and Best Management Practices (BMPs) guidelines enumerated in Section 3-12.6 of the “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction” (The “Greenbook”), and also Section 3-12.6 of the General Provisions stated within the “Standard Specifications” of this Project and these contract bid documents.
100-4 ADDITIONAL WORK ITEMS
100-4.1 General
This work item entails work beyond the Scope of Work established within the Plans, Specifications, and Standard Specifications as directed by the ENGINEER with a specified Contract allowance
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-5
PART 3
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
SECTION 300 – EARTHWORK
[Add the following:].
300-0 EARTHWORK IN STATE RIGHT-OF-WAY
300-0.1 General
All earthworks performed within the State of California Department of Transportation (“Caltrans”) Right-of-Way shall conform to the requirements of Section 19 of the latest edition of the "Standard Specifications and Standard Plans of the State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of Highways" with the appropriate Caltrans, City, and other applicable agency encroachment permits procured. 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
300-1.1 General
[Add or redefine the following:].
Section 300-1, "Clearing and Grubbing," of the Standard Specifications is supplemented by the following:
Contractor shall field verify existing grades and shall accept site as is, for no other grading shall be performed by the CITY.
300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials
300-1.3.1 General
All materials removed shall be disposed of in a legal manner at an appropriate Disposal Site.
300-1.3.2 Requirements
A. Bituminous Pavement
Saw cutting of edges to be joined is required.
B. Miscellaneous
In addition to the work outlined in Section 300-1.1 of the Standard Specifications, the following items of work are included under Clearing & Grubbing unless otherwise covered by specific bid item.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-6
1. Maintaining dust control at all times by watering during the entire time of the project, whether extended or not, including developing a water supply and furnishing and placing all water for all work done in the contract, including water used for extra work.
2. Application of soil sterilant, if applicable, or as directed by the ENGINEER.
3. Protection of utilities, structures, improvements and other facilities within the construction zone, except those specifically shown on the plans to be removed or relocated.
4. Removal and disposal of existing natural and artificial objectionable material within the limits of construction.
5. Verification of existing locations and elevations as shown on the plans or directed by the ENGINEER.
6. Replacement of disturbed traffic signs, street names, mailboxes, property owner signs, fences, landscaping, protection of temporary construction fences and all appurtenances, striping and markings as required to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. Also, includes the installation of safe pedestrian pathway by installing orange netting or other approved method of safely directing pedestrians through a protected path.
7. This item shall also be interpreted to include the removal or relocation of any additional items in conflict with the proposed work not specifically mentioned herein or covered by specific bid item as directed in the field by the Engineer, which may be found within the work limits whether shown or not shown on the plans to be removed or relocated.
8. All surplus material three (3) inches or smaller shall be uniformly spread and compacted in the street sub grade. No material greater than three (3) inches in any dimension shall be used in the top twelve (12) inches of the sub grade. No nesting of rocks shall be allowed.
9. Unclassified fill shall consist of all fill unless separately designated. Construction of unclassified fill included preparing the area on which fill is to be placed, and the depositing, conditioning, and compaction of fill material.
10. Complete all demolition and removal work associated with the removal of AC, underlying PCC, PCC curb/gutter, as designated on the drawings for removal, unless otherwise defined.
11. Any structural or non-structural demolition work involved for the construction of the project and Contractor shall be responsible for disposing in a legal manner.
12. Determining and maintaining a straight edge in areas where AC joins existing edge of pavement.
13. No burning will be permitted.
14. No accumulation of flammable material shall remain on or adjacent to the right-of- way.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-7
SECTION 302 – ROADWAY SURFACING
302-4 SLURRY SEAL SURFACING
[Add the following within each Subsection:].
302-4.1.1 PREPARATION OF EXISTING FOR SLURRY SEAL
Before applying slurry seal, the Contractor shall perform the following:
Notices and No Parking postings. The contractor shall notify all the residents on any street that is impacted by the slurry seal operations by the end of the working day, on the Wednesday prior to slurry sealing the roadway. All operations for a Monday through Sunday work week shall have notices delivered by the prior Wednesday. The notice to each resident shall be on a format that is acceptable to the Engineer, with all contents of the notice being approved by the Engineer at least three weeks prior to having any slurry seal work performed. No Parking” signs are to be posted at least two working days prior to performing any slurry seal work.
Plane all buckled pavement flush with existing adjacent pavement after the cleaning process.
Remove all excess bitumen in bituminous pavement by burning or other method which is to be approved by Engineer.
Clean all oil stained asphalt surfaces and apply “oil seal” produced by Industrial Asphalt or an approved equal to all oil stained surfaces prior to slurry application. Clean all loose materials, silt, vegetation, and other objectionable material on the existing surface by a method as specified or approved by the Engineer. The surface shall be free of water, dust, and foreign materials.
Before construction starts, all cracks shall be sprayed with “Suppress Herbecide EC” a non-select organic weed and grass killer solution manufactured by Westbride Agricultural Products and a direct kill application (spectrocide) combination or approved equal. The contractor shall apply the organic weed and grass killer solution twice, at two (2) weeks apart from application. If a 3 rd application is necessary, all cracks shall be sprayed with “Round-up”, a non-select weed and grass killer solution manufactured by Monsanto Company and a direct kill application (spectrocide) combination or approved equal for no additional cost to the City. The Contractor shall remove all weeds and vegetation fourteen (14) days after the chemical application or as recommended by the manufacturer. The Contractor shall assure that vegetation and weeds are completely eliminated.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-8
To facilitate inspection, the chemical solution shall be mixed with purple dye before spraying. The Contractor shall be directed to spray against those cracks – without purple color appearing – at no additional cost to the City before any construction. The weed and grass killer solution shall be applied at a rate as recommended by manufacturer.
Sweep the surface with a rotary broom to remove all loose material. Clean thoroughly by using compressed air to blow out loose material, and then brush with a wire brush to remove more stubborn material from all depressions and cracks not reached by the rotary broom.
Wash existing pavement; it must be damp but without water standing before slurry. May use alternate cleaning methods only with prior approval of the Engineer. Remove all existing raised pavement markers (RPM) including reflective markers. Remove by wet sandblasting, or by hand-operated grinder, all existing and/or visual striping and pavement markings prior to the application of the slurry seal.
Temporary striping marking shall be placed and maintained until the final striping and markings are placed.
Remove by hand-operated grinder all existing and/or visual thermoplastic markings including markings, striping, and crosswalks prior to the application of the slurry seal.
Furnish and maintain temporary markings until the final striping and markings are placed.
Immediately ahead of the mixer for slurry seal, pre-water the pavement by a pressure water distribution system equipped with a fog-type spray bar which will completely fog the surface of the pavement. The surface should be damp but with no free water standing in front of the slurry box.
Cover any manholes, water valve covers, and brick and concrete crosswalks with heavy removable plastic cover materials to prevent the adhesion of construction materials.
Remove the tape covering material from manholes, water valves, and brick and concrete crosswalks as soon as the slurry application is completed remove and clean any deposited construction materials on the surface of these exiting structures as soon as possible.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-9
Coordinate with the City’s Fire Department and obtain their approval before starting any work.
Be responsible for maintaining location of and access to, all waterline valves during construction.
Restore traffic delineation prior to opening street to traffic. Use only reflective slurry tabs; Non-reflective slurry tabs will not be allowed. 302-4.1.2 OIL SEAL
All accumulation of oil and foreign materials shall be scraped and removed from the asphalt surface prior to the application of oil seal. Any fresh petroleum deposits should be dried using heat prior to application of oil seal.
Oil seal shall be applied per manufacturer’s recommendations. Severity of the petroleum stain should dictate the amount of application. Oil seal should be brushed onto the stained surface insuring the total stain is well covered. 302-4.1.3 SLURRY SEAL TYPE II
Slurry seal material and construction shall conform to Sections 203 and 302-4 of the Green Book and the following additions and revisions.
Slurry shall be quickset emulsion aggregate slurry seal cationic (CQS---1h) and shall have an additive oflatex. The latex shall be added at the emulsion plant after weighing the asphalt and before the addition of mixing water. The latex shall be added at a rate of 2.5% percent of the weight of the emulsified asphalt. The cost for the latex additive shall be included in the unit price for no additional cost to the City.
A final report for slurry mix design shall be submitted to the City for verification and all slurry mix design must be tested and approved by the specified laboratory prior to commencing work.
After mix proportions have been determined by the laboratory which has been approved by the City, the Contractor shall place one or more trial mixes either at the job site or at a location where small spreads of the slurry would not be objectionable.
The Contractor shall submit samples of aggregate, emulsion, retardant or accelerator, and the other required substances to the City to verify mix design submitted by the Contractor.
The cement mixing test will not be required for quickset cationic emulsion asphalt.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-10
The aggregate bin shall be calibrated in 2-ton increments in order that an accurate estimate may be made of the amount of material used for each load. Prior to the beginning of slurry operations, the Contractor shall furnish, at no cost to the City, current licensed weighmaster’s certificate indicating the net weight capacity of the aggregate bin.
The Contractor shall furnish calibrated vehicle weight scales at the stockpile site for use by the Agency. The portable scales will be utilized for inspection and all mixers shall be weighed prior to transit. All equipment and tools necessary for the field measurement of the emulsion and aggregate by the Agency shall be furnished and maintained by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial setup of the weigh scales at the stockpile site and all necessary relocations during slurry seal operations.
The Contractor shall apply the slurry using a minimum of two continuous mixers, one mixer to apply slurry with the other machine is in transit to and from the batch site. The Contractor shall provide a coordinator, at least one competent quickset man one competent driver for the mixer applying slurry, and one shuttle driver for the machine in route to reload. The Contractor shall also provide sufficient laborers for any hand work and clean up required to insure proper progress of work. Transit mix trucks shall not be used.
The spreader box shall be equipped with flexible material in contact with the pavement and shall be maintained so as to prevent loss of slurry outside the limits to be covered. It shall be adjustable to assure a uniform, controlled spread and shall be equipped with suitable drags that will erase ridges. It shall be mechanical or hydraulic type equipped with a steering device.
Prior to any change the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all emulsion tanks and mixing units to prevent any chemical reaction between the two emulsions.
Insofar as possible, slurry seal shall be applied to cul-de-sac areas and tress shaded areas in the early morning to allow proper curing.
Those areas that cannot be reached by regular spreading machine shall be spread by hand or by a small machine to completely cover those areas within the limitations of construction.
Sufficient water must be use to obtain a mix consistency that is smooth and homogeneous and does not segregate on standing. The water shall not exceed the content specified in the mix design.
Prior to the time of delivery of each shipment of asphalt emulsion, the Contractor shall Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-11
deliver to the City certified copies of the test report for that emulsion. The test report shall indicate the name of the vendor, type and grade of asphalt emulsion delivered, date and point of delivery, quantity delivered, delivery ticket number, purchase order number, and results of the specified tests. The test report shall be signed by an authorized representative of the vendor, shall certify that the product delivered conforms to the standard specifications and is compatible with the proposed aggregate for the type and grade indicated. In addition, samples of each shipment of asphalt emulsion shall be taken upon arrival at the job site and furnished to the Engineer; a minimum of three of those samples, more if deemed necessary, to be selected by the Engineer shall be tested for continued test reports, the testing required in connection with those reports and all additional resting shall be provided by the Contractor at no cost to the City.
No material from that shipment of asphalt emulsion shall be utilized or employed in performance of the work until the certified test reports and samples of the material have been furnished to, check by, and verified by the Engineer.
If test results do not conform to the requirements of these special provisions, the unacceptable slurry seal shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
Continued application of slurry will not be allowed until it can be shown to the Engineer’s satisfaction that the mix conforms to the approved mix design. The Contractor shall, at the direction of the Engineer, repair and reseal all areas of the streets which have not been sealed properly and completely. No extension of time will be allowed for delays due to repairs, resealing, or improper mix. Any additional tests required by the Engineer prior to continued slurry application and the additional slurry required to correct the previously rejected slurry application shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
The approximate rate of application coverage shall be from 1/8” to approximately 3/8” maximum with a coverage of 3/16” desired. For bidding purposes, the Contractor shall assume the application rate of slurry shall be between 1,100 and 1,400 square feet per extra long ton.
The Contractor shall verify weather condition prior to the application of slurry; however, no application shall commence before 8:00 a.m., or after 1:00 p.m. The streets to be sealed shall be closed from the time of application begins until the mixture has achieved sufficient set of 4 to 5 hours to be opened to traffic, or as directed by the Engineer. The full width of the roadway shall be open for use by public traffic no later than 5PM. No residential streets shall be closed to traffic before 8:00 a.m. or after 5:00 p.m.
If lumping, ball, or unmixed aggregate is observed, the slurry shall be removed from the pavement. It shall also be removed if coarser aggregate particles settle to the bottom of the mix. Streaks, such as those caused by oversized aggregate, shall be repaired at once with a hand squeegee.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-12
No longitudinal or transverse streaking, bleeding (flushing), or loss of cover aggregate shall be accepted after application. Under the direction of the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all rejected areas and repair them to the acceptable degree by the Engineer. All cost for correction work shall be borne by Contractor.
The streets to be sealed with slurry shall be sealed from edge of pavement to edge of pavement.
Excessive build-up causing unsightly appearance shall not be permitted on longitudinal or transverse joints. Unless otherwise approved, the overlap at joints will not be less than 1” or greater than 3” and shall be feathered. Joints between asphalt pavement and concrete pavement and/or concrete gutters shall be completely and neatly sealed without excessive overlap onto concrete; any unsightly and objectionable excess shall be immediately removed as required.
The start and finish of a slurry application shall be a straight line which, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, shall be obtained by laying a strip of building paper or other material, approved by the Engineer, on the pavement surface. After application of slurry, the paper shall be removed, leaving a straight edge.
All cul-de-sacs the Contractor shall slurry seal first to allow an extended cure time for the cul-de-sacs locations. Spillage resulting from hauling operations along or across any public traveled way shall be removed immediately by the Contractor at its expense.
The finished surface of the slurry seal shall be at least as smooth as the original pavement surface. Any corrugations on the surface creating vibrations noticeable by passengers in an automobile driving over the slurry sealed surface at legal speeds will result in rejection of the slurry seal construction.
Following curing of the applied slurry, the roadway shall be uniformly black in color and shall exhibit no streaking. Where the completely slurry is not uniform in color, the slurry application will be rejected. Any overlap onto concrete gutters is unacceptable and shall be removed immediately. All curbs, gutters, sidewalks and driveways shall be maintained free of loose aggregate and shall be swept as necessary or as directed by the City Engineer. Any stains resulting from the slurry sealing or paving shall be removed to the City’s satisfaction. Any slurry seal application that has been rejected will be removed by cold planning to the original pavement. A new slurry seal application shall then be placed on the pavement. Any Pavement of slurry seal rejected shall be removed and replaced with the cost borne by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall be responsible for covering all asphalt pavement surfaces with an application of slurry seal in designated areas. This will include, but not be limited to, asphalt pavement directly adjacent to edges of structures, fences, walls, planters, walkways, driveways, lawns, and porches. The Contractor shall prevent the slurry seal Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-13
from being deposited on any of these facilities and/or improvements and shall remove any splattering or spillage.
The Contractor shall provide such flagmen and barricades as required to protect the uncured slurry from vehicular traffic. Any damage to the uncured slurry shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall have a sufficient number of men on the job at all times to properly protect the freshly laid material and to correct any irregularities resulting from spillage, unsatisfactory materials or any other inconsistency as the work progresses. All discrepancies encountered in the application of slurry shall be immediately corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Upon Completion of each working day, the Contractor shall clean up the street or roads including all utility covers and all ground occupied by him in connection with the work. All work performed by the Contractor shall be left in a neat and presentable condition.
At the end of each day’s work and at other times when construction operations are completed or suspended, all equipment and other obstructions shall be removed from the roadway.
Any slurry seal repair work performed by the Contractor shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer. The cost of any repair work and removal of the damaged slurry seal shall be borne by the Contractor.
302-4.1.4 CRACK SEAL
This work shall consist of sealing all transverse and longitudinal cracks, and/or combination thereof, routing grooves along random cracks; and placing sealing material in the grooves, and as directed by the Engineer.
302-4.1.4.1 Material
Grooves for transverse and longitudinal cracks, and/or combination thereof; shall be cut, to the dimensions as stated, with concrete saws equipped with diamond blades. Each groove shall be cut in one pass of the saw.
Grooves for sealing random cracks shall be routed by any method that will produce a groove of the approximate shape and dimension as stated.
Joint sealant shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: D 3405 as modified herein or to the following:
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-14
Joint Sealant shall be a mixture of paving asphalt and ground rubber. Ground rubber shall be vulcanized or a combination of vulcanized and vulcanized materials ground so that 100 percent will pass a No. 8 sieve. The mixture shall contain not less than 22 percent ground rubber, by weight. Modifiers may be used to facilitate blending.
The sealant shall have a Ring and Ball softening point of 135 °F minimum, when tested in accordance with AASHTO Designation: T 53.
The material shall be capable of being melted and applied to cracks and joints at temperatures below 400°F. When heated, it shall readily penetrate grooves ¼ inch wide or wider.
Section 4.2 of ASTM Designation: D3405 is modified to read:
Penetration at 77°F. (25°C), 150g, 5s, shall not exceed 120.
Section 4.5 of ASTM Designation: D3405 is modified to read:
Resilience – When tested at 77°F. (25°C), the recovery shall be a minimum of 50 percent.
Each lot of joint sealant shipped to the job site, whether as specified herein or conforming to ASTM Designation: D 3405, as modified herein, shall be accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance as provided in Section 6-1.07, “Certificates of Compliance,” of the Standard Specifications, and shall be accompanied with storage and heating instructions and cautions.
Immediately prior to placing bond-breaker, or, in the case of random cracks, sealant, the joint, or routed crack, shall be cleaned by blast cleaning or by hand methods and then cleaned with high pressure air fets to remove all residue and foreign materials from the groove. Joint and routed crack surfaces shall be fry at the time the sealant is applied.
A bond-breaker of a shape and material recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant, or as approved by the Engineer, shall be placed in the groove of transverse of longitudinal joints, and/or combination thereof.
Joint-Sealant materials shall be heated and placed in conformance with the manufacturer’s written instructions and the details shown on the plans. Joint-sealant materials shall not be placed when the pavement surface temperature is below 50°F.
The finished joint sealant shall be bonded to the faces of the joint groove. There shall be no separation or opening between the sealant and the faces of the joint groove, and there Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-15
shall be no crack, separation, or other opening in the sealant. 302-4.1.4.2 Equipment
Router: Shall be so designed to follow random cracks accurately and in accordance to the requirements of the specifications and current Environmental Agency standards.
Compressor: An air compressor capable of a minimum of 85 to 150 cfm shall be used.
Asphalt-Rubber Sealant Machine: Shall have an oil jacketed pump heat transfer oil circulation system with a minimum of 200 gallons and an agitation system. There shall be a positive pumping system on the machine. The machine shall have a minimum melting capacity of 100 gallons per hour.
302-4.1.4.3 Application
Routing: Crack seal shall be applied to all cracks equal to, or greater than ¼” wide.
Random cracks equal to or greater than 1/8” wide up to and including cracks 1/4” wide will be routed to a minimum width of 1/4” wide and 1/2” deep, and cracks greater than 1/4” wide up to and including cracks of 3/4” wide shall be routed to a minimum width of 3/4” wide and 3/4” deep by mechanical means. Cracks greater than 3/4” wide shall be blown with compressed air of not less than 100psi. Cracks less than 1/8” wide shall not be sealed under this work..
The Contractor shall protect all existing utility covers, survey monuments, traffic detector loops and pull boxes during the routing operation and shall repair or replace any damaged facilities to its original condition. The existing facilities shall include but not be limited to the above items.
Removing: All routed material, dirt, vegetation, and foreign debris shall be blown and/or removed from the cracks including alligatoring cracks prior to the end of each work day.
All cracks shall be free from moisture, all dirt, routed material, vegetation and foreign debris.
Crack Filling: The routed and cleaned cracks shall be filled with specified sealant from the bottom up to the surface in such a manner which does not result in sealant bridging or entrapped air pockets. (With larger cracks, settlement and temperature shrinkage may occur, thus requiring a second application to bring the material up to surface).
Immediately after material installation, the material shall be squeegeed as level as possible. Poorly squeegeed material and crack filled material that separates from the crack shall be rejected. Because of the nature of the material, there may be variance above or below the pavement level. Alligatoring crack areas shall also be entirely covered with crack seal material.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-16
Sweeping: Following slurry seal operations, streets shall be swept with a power vacuum sweeper. The Contractor shall perform vacuum sweeping of all slurry sealed streets a minimum three (3) times: twenty-four (24) hours after application of the slurry (or the following Monday if applied on a Friday) and for period of two (2) weeks after application of slurry seal to remove all accumulations of loose material and maintain streets in a “ravel free” condition. The Contractor shall make complete (curb-to-curb) passes on all scheduled sweeps. Where commercial street sweeping vehicles cannot remove loose material, including but not limited to driveways, sidewalks, and curb ramps, hand sweeping or equal shall be performed. The frequency and location of sweeping will be on as needed basis as determined by the Engineer for no additional cost to the City.
Two weeks following the completion of slurry seal operations, the Contractor shall repair all power steering marks, rough seam lines, and any other defects as directed by the City Engineer.
Miscellaneous: Spillage resulting from hauling operation along or across any public traveled way shall be removed immediately by the Contractor at its expense.
The Contractor shall prevent the crack seal materials from being deposited on all existing facilities and/or improvements and shall remove any splattering or spillage.
The Contractor shall provide such flagmen and barricades as required to protect the uncured crack seal materials from vehicular traffic. Any damage to the uncured crack seal materials shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall have a sufficient number of men on the job at all times to properly protect the freshly laid material and to correct any irregularities resulting from spillage, unsatisfactory materials or any other inconsistency as the work progresses. All discrepancies encountered in the application of crack seal materials shall be immediately corrected of the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Upon completion of each working day, the Contractor shall clean up the streets or roads including all utility covers and all ground occupied by him in connection with the work. All work performed by the Contractor shall be left in a neat and presentable condition.
Temporary markings shall be placed and maintained until the final striping and markings are placed.
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining location of, and access to all waterline valves during construction.
At the end of each day’s work and at other times when construction operations are completed or suspended, all equipment and other obstructions shall be removed from the roadway.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-17
302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
[Add the following within each Subsection:].
302-5.1 General
Asphalt Concrete (AC) shall conform to Section 203-6 of the Standard Specifications, with Section 92, "Asphalt" of Caltrans Standard Specifications and Special Provisions, and as modified herein.
AC base course shall be Type III-B2-PG-64-10 (3/4” sieve size). AC leveling course shall be III-D-PG-64-10 (3/8” sieve size) (up to 0.08 foot thick). AC surface course shall be Type III-C3-PG-64-10 (1/2” sieve size) and at least
0.16 foot thick.
All areas for reconstruction and leveling shall be marked in the field by the ENGINEER.
The Contractor is not allowed to drive his/her fully loaded trucks on the new asphalt concrete mat.
Sub-grade preparation shall conform to Section 301-1 of the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
Unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER, the finished surface of the new leveling course shall be 2-inches thick at the center/crown of roadway, tapering to 0 inches thick approximately one foot from the edge of the gutter lip.
Finished surface of the new pavement shall be flush with the edge of the gutter, if there is a bike lane or crosswalk with curb ramps (A.D.A. path of travel). The finished surface of the new pavement shall be 3/8” higher than the edge of the gutter for all other conditions.
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining location of and access to, all water valves, water line gate valves and manholes during construction.
Contractor shall schedule paving operations to ensure that construction equipment does not drive over new A.C. material.
At least 24 hours of “cool off” time shall occur between A.C. lifts.
Contractor shall protect and preserve the entire existing pavement outside construction limits in the same condition as existing. Contractor shall replace and/or repair the damaged area to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER at no cost to the City.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-18
Unless otherwise noted below, there are no special equipment requirements, the contractor shall comply with all provisions of the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
302-5.2 Not Used
[Replace with the following:].
302-5.2 Asphalt Removal and Replacement
The Contractor shall remove the existing AC pavement section down to the elevation as depicted on the Plans. All work shall comply with the applicable sections of the Standard Specifications as required.
Sub-grade preparation shall conform to Section 301-1 of the Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall replace and compact the aggregate base section to the required elevation as specified on the Plans. The aggregate base material shall be ¾” CMB and conform to Section 200-2.4 “Crushed Miscellaneous Base” of the Standard Specifications.
The existing AC pavement shall be saw-cut to full depth to provide a clean, neat, and straight pavement break. Then the join between the existing pavement and the new pavement shall be sealed. A layer of tack coat shall be applied to all vertical-cut faces and between subsequent HMA lifts.
All excavated material shall be hauled and disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with these Special Provision and Standard Specifications.
The Contractor can elect to bring the entire AC Base Course to the existing finished grade prior to cold milling operations.
302-5.4 Tack Coat
Prior to placing asphalt concrete, all existing surfaces shall be cleaned by blowing air, water and/or broom, and the crack seal applied as part of the cold milling operation shall be set and inspected. The surface shall be free of water, dust, and all foreign materials before any tack coat is applied.
The Tack Coat shall be applied to all exposed surfaces. 302-5.5.1 Surface Preparation
Prior to placing asphalt concrete, all existing surfaces shall be cleaned by blowing air, water and/or broom. All striping and markings shall be removed by grinding or by some other approved method before placing asphalt concrete surface course, and skin patching. The surface shall be free of water, dust, and all foreign materials before any tack coat is applied.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-19
Prior to the application of new AC surface course, the Contractor shall locate and tie-out all manholes and valve covers before commencing work.
Asphalt concrete shall be compacted to achieve at least 95 percent of the relative compaction.
The Contractor is not allowed to drive his/her fully loaded trucks on the new asphalt concrete mat.
302-5.6 Rolling
Initial or breakdown compaction shall consist of a minimum of three coverages of a layer of asphalt concrete. A pass shall be a movement of a roller in both directions over the same path.
A coverage shall be as many passes as are necessary to cover the entire width being paved. Overlap between passes during any coverage made to insure compaction without displacement of material, in accordance with good rolling practice, shall be considered a part of the coverage being made and not a part of a subsequent coverage.
Each coverage shall be completed before subsequent coverages are started.
Pneumatic rollers shall not be used without prior approval of the Engineer. The top layer of each lane, once commenced, shall be placed without interruption. The Contractor shall roll the newly laid asphalt concrete in such a manner that will not create a joint between two passes; joints shall be flush. If such joint exists, the Contractor shall be required to replace or repair that section as directed by the Engineer at no cost to the City. Six (6) inches of newly laid asphalt concrete to be joined by an adjacent pass shall not be rolled until adjacent pass has been laid.
Subgrade preparation shall conform to Section 301-1 of the Greenbook, and shall be included in the unit price bid for “Asphalt Concrete.”
Asphalt concrete shall be placed with a paving machine equipped with a Preco attachment or an approved equal device for use in obtaining constant cross-slope and maximum joint quality.
At all locations where new asphalt concrete pavement is joining or overlaying existing asphalt pavement, the Contractor shall provide straight neat lines and transition the last twenty (20) feet of new pavement to form a smooth transition with the existing pavement.
Contractor shall protect and preserve the entire existing pavement outside construction limits in the same condition as existing. Contractor shall replace and/or repair the damaged area to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the City.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-20
302-5.8 Not Used
[Replace with the following:].
302-5.8 FORTA-FI ® Fiber-Reinforced Asphalt Cement Concrete The following are the manufacturer’s (FORTA Corporation) specifications for the FORTA-FI® Fiber-Reinforced Asphalt Cement Concrete. Any questions should be addressed to the manufacturer as provided here in subsection 2.1. Substitutes for this fiber-reinforced product must be equal or better and approved by the ENGINEER.
1.1 Submittals:
A. Submit copies of manufacturer’s literature for fibers including:
1. Product data
2. Brochures
3. Written instructions to suppliers
4. Written instructions to installers
5. Material safety data sheets (MSDS)
B. Submit copies of certificate prepared by asphalt material supplier, stating that the specified fibers were added to each batch of asphalt delivered to the project site. Each certificate should be accompanied by one copy of each batch delivery ticket indicating product name, manufacturer and quantity of fiber-reinforcement added to each asphalt load.
1.2 Quality Assurance:
A. Fiber Manufacturer to provide technical assistance from design through construction for use of fiber reinforcement.
1.3 Delivery, Storage, and Handling:
A. Deliver fiber-reinforcement in sealed, undamaged containers with labels intact and legible, indicating material name and lot number.
B. Deliver fiber-reinforcement to location where it will be added to each batch or loaded into the mixer.
C. Store materials covered and off the ground. For ease of handling, do not allow boxers to become wet.
2.1 Manufacturer’s Information:
FORTA Corporation
100 FORTA Drive
Grove City, PA 16127
(800) 245-0306
www.fortacorp.com
www.forta-fi.com
2.2 Materials:
A. FORTA-FI ® [Hot-Mix Asphalt (HMA), Warm-Mix Asphalt (WMA), and Hot / Cold-Patch (PAT)] fiber-reinforcement with virgin polyolefins and virgin aramids.
B. Fiber-Reinforcement: FORTA-FI® fibers with the following typical physical properties:
1. Nominal Specific Gravity (Bulk Relative Density): 0.91 and 1.44 Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-21
2. Nominal Material Types: Virgin Polyolefins and Virgin Aramid
3. Maximum length: 0.75-inch
4. Match fiber blend of materials to application installation types:
i. Hot Mix Asphalt is designated blend HMA,
ii. Warm Mix Asphalt is designated blend WMA, and
iii. Patching is designated blend PAT
2.3 Batching and Mixing:
A. To avoid the formation of fiber balls or not mixed fibers, add sealed plastic bags of fibers into the mixer.
B. Add fiber-reinforcement at 1.0 pound per ton (lb / ton).
C. Order product for Pub Mill Mixers for minimum batch size regarding tons per batch to pounds per bag of product.
D. Order Product for Drum Type Mixers and the anticipated production rate of tons per hour (typically seconds per ton, dosage timing) regarding one-pound per bag of product.
E. Order fiber-reinforcement materials for one-pound per ton of asphalt materials and allowing for overages, production, and occasional errors based on past experience.
2.4 Pub Mill Mixers and Mixing Operations:
A. Ensure adequate start, stop, and dosage change information is easily communicated between batch control operations and fiber addition activities.
B. Add complete bags of fibers just before aggregate is discharged into the pug mill mixer.
C. Immediately before or immediately after the dried aggregate is added to the pub mill, the bags of fibers should be added and discharged into the pug mill with the aggregate.
D. Add complete bags of fibers at the general nominal batch size agreed to by operations and mixture design specifications.
E. Do NOT open the bags and add or discharge into the pub mill.
F. Dry mixing proceeds for the standard length of time as specified in the mixture design specifications.
G. The proper quantity of bitumen (asphalt cement, liquid) is added to the pub mill and wet mixing proceeds for the standard length of time as specified in the design mixture specifications.
H. The asphalt batch is accumulated and discharged normally.
I. The asphalt batch is discharged to a haul vehicle or storage.
2.5 Drum Type Mixers and Mixing Operations:
A. Ensure adequate start, stop, and rate change information is easily communicated between drum control operations and fiber addition activities.
B. Add complete bags of fiber at a point in the mixing process after fines collection and before the addition of liquid asphalt.
C. Add fibers after the fines collection to ensure the fibers do not clog filters.
D. Add fibers before the liquid asphalt addition.
E. Add complete bags of fibers at the general nominal rate agreed to by operations and mixture design specifications.
F. Do NOT open the bags at any point in the loading process.
G. Mixing should proceed for the standard length of time as specified in the mixture Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-22
design specifications.
H. The proper quantity of bitumen (asphalt cement, liquid) is added to the drum and wet mixing process for the standard length of time as specified in the mixture design specifications.
I. The asphalt batch Is accumulated and discharged normally.
J. The asphalt batch is discharged to a haul vehicle or storage.
3.1 Placement:
A. Discharge fiber-reinforced asphalt cement concrete into locations as directed and in accordance with the project.
B. Place asphalt cement concrete in accordance with the provision of other sections and with additional instructions as follows.
C. Avoid over-using long tine rakes or other tools that will align fibers or disrupt the homogeneous, uniform 3-dimensional, fiber dispersion when moving asphalt cement concrete.
D. Using a lute, “come along,” or a flat tined pitch-fork (potato fork) may be useful for moving asphalt cement concrete.
E. Remove any observed fiber balls from mixture if they occur.
F. Adjust operations regarding any observed fiber balls.
3.2 Compaction:
A. Verify timing for initial and final compaction rather than just a visual determination.
B. Hand Compaction / Finishing: Use appropriate tools as required. 302-7 PAVEMENT FABRIC
302-7.1 General
[Add the following:].
302-7.2 Placement
The Contractor shall place subgrade stabilizing fabric upon the prepared subgrade. The subgrade shall be scarified and compacted prior to the placement of the fabric. Care shall be taken not to overwork the subgrade.
The subgrade fabric shall be Mirafi 600X or approved equal and shall be placed on entire subgrade areas before placing asphalt concrete (A.C.) base course. Overlap shall be 48- inches. The contractor shall follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for installation of the fabric.
Furnish and place engineering fabric in accordance with Section 302-7 of the Standard Specifications.
The engineering pavement fabric shall conform to Section 213-1 of the Standard Specifications.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-23
302-9 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM)
302-9.1 General
[Add the following:].
Asphalt Rubberized Hot Mix (ARHM) shall conform to Section 203-11 of the Standard Specifications and as modified herein.
The Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix Surface Course shall be Gap-Graded ARHM-GG-C- PG 64-16 (1/2” sieve size) and at least 0.15 foot thick Finished surface of the new pavement shall be flush with the edge of the gutter for entire project area.
Contractor shall schedule paving operations to ensure that construction equipment does not drive over new AC material.
The Contractor is not allowed to drive his/her fully loaded trucks on the new ARHM mat.
Contractor shall protect and preserve the entire existing pavement outside construction limits in the same condition as existing. Contractor shall replace and/or repair the damaged area to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER at no cost to the City.
Unless otherwise specified herein, there are no special equipment requirements to perform the work and the contractor shall comply with all equipment specifications of the Standard Specifications.
302-9.2 Tack Coat
[Add the following:].
Prior to placing the ARHM surface course, all receiving surfaces shall be cleaned by blowing air, water and/or broom. The surface shall be free of water, dust, and all foreign materials before any tack coat is applied.
The Tack Coat shall be applied to all exposed surfaces. 302-9.3 Distribution and Spreading
[Add the following:].
At least 24 hours of “cool off” time shall occur between A.C. lifts.
All temporary striping and markings shall be removed by grinding or by some other Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-24
approved method before placing asphalt concrete surface course, and skin patching.
Asphalt concrete shall be placed with a paving machine equipped with a Preco attachment or similar device for use in obtaining constant cross-slope and maximum joint quality.
302-9.6 Manholes (and Other Structures)
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining location of and access to, all water valves, water line gate valves and manholes during construction.
Prior to the application of new AC surface course, the Contractor shall locate and tie-out all manholes and valve covers before commencing work and comply with these Special Provisions.
The Contractor shall measure the bridge height clearance at the SR 73 north and south bridges after placement of the AC leveling course at the specified roadway location to confirm that the min. 15’-0’ clearance will be achieved after placement of final surface course. Contractor to measure the final height from same location to confirm min.15’-0” clearance after final placement and compaction of surface course. If the measurement reduces the min. 15’-0” clearance, the Contractor shall be required to grind and re-pave the non-conforming area until compliance has been achieved and accepted by the ENGINEER.
The Contractor is directed to Section 403 within these Special Provisions with respect to raising, adjusting or reconstructing utilities to grade. 302-5.6 Rolling
302-5.6.1 General
[Add the following:].
Initial or breakdown compaction shall consist of a minimum of three coverages of a layer of asphalt concrete. A pass shall be a movement of a roller in both directions over the same path.
A coverage shall be as many passes as are necessary to cover the entire width being paved. Overlap between passes during any coverage made to insure compaction without displacement of material, in accordance with good rolling practice, shall be considered a part of the coverage being made and not a part of a subsequent coverage.
Each coverage shall be completed before subsequent coverages are started.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-25
The top layer of each lane, once commenced, shall be placed without interruption. The Contractor shall roll the newly laid asphalt concrete in such a manner that will not create a joint between two passes; joints shall be flush. If such joint exists, the Contractor shall be required to replace or repair that section as directed by the Engineer at no cost to the City. Six (6) inches of newly laid asphalt concrete to be joined by an adjacent pass shall not be rolled until adjacent pass has been laid.
Pneumatic rollers shall not be used without prior approval of the ENGINEER. 302-9.5 Joints
At all locations where new asphalt concrete pavement is joining or overlaying existing asphalt pavement, the Contractor shall provide straight neat lines and transition the last twenty (20) feet of new pavement to form a smooth transition with the existing pavement. 302-9.8 Measurement
[Replace the first Sentence with the following:].
ARHM shall be measured by the TON
302-9.9 Payment
[Replace the first paragraph with the following:].
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-26
SECTION 303 – CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY
INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS
303-5.1 Requirements
303-5.1.1 General
[Replace the entire Subsection with the following:].
Concrete curbs, walks, gutters, spandrels, cross gutters, alley intersections, access ramps, and driveways shall be constructed of Portland cement concrete and comply with Section 201-1 of the Standard Specifications. The following class of concrete shall be used per each type of improvement:
Curb and Gutter, Spandrels, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, and Driveways – 560-C-3250.
Sidewalks and Access Ramps – 520-C-2500
The following AC type and Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) shall be used with respect to each type of improvement:
Asphalt Concrete Base Course shall conform to Section 302-5 of these Special Provisions.
Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) shall be ¾” fine and comply with Section 200-
2.4 of the Standard Specifications.
AC Sidewalk – Surface Course (Type III-C3-PG64-10 (½” sieve size)) in conformance with Section 203-6 of the Standard Specifications.
Curing compound shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of the GREENBOOK.
CITY Standard Drawings
The following CITY Standard Drawings shall apply or per the direction of the ENGINEER:
Curb and Gutter shall conform to Nos. 312 and 314.
Concrete Sidewalk shall conform to Nos. 411, 412, and 413, (and 414 where necessary). 4” Min PCC/4” CMB.
Driveways shall conform to Nos. 313, 513, and 514.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-27
Cross-gutters shall conform to No. 415 or per Standard Plan No. 122-2 or 123-2 in the “Standard Plans for Public Works Construction,” also known as the A.P.W.A.
Standard Plans.
Caltrans Standard Plans
The following Caltrans Standard Plans shall apply:
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Access Ramps - Construction shall conform to Caltrans Standard Drawing No. A88A adjusted to meet the latest ADA regulations and requirements. The width of the wheel chair access ramp “W” shall be a minimum of five (5’) foot wide.
303-5.1.1 a) ADA Access Ramps
The Contractor shall inspect the location of the Access Ramps to be re-constructed prior to beginning the work to determine the appropriate Caltrans Standard Plan Ramp Case to be constructed. If the work entails removing and replacement of existing concrete sidewalk outside the ramp work limit area as identified in these Specifications or as shown on the Plans, he/she shall notify the ENGINEER prior to initiating the work.
The Contractor shall construct all necessary variable height-retaining curb at the back of the curb ramp as well as other retaining curb, if required, pursuant to the appropriate Caltrans Standard Plan ADA Ramp Case as determined by the Contractor and accepted by the ENGINEER. The Contractor shall relocate all street signs effected by the ramp construction to a condition equal to or better than existing.
The detectable warning surface shall be Armor-Tile replaceable truncated domes or approved equal. Contractor shall submit a sample of the detectable warning surface to the ENGINEER for approval, prior to the start of construction. The color shall be yellow.
The truncated dome mat shall be installed across the entire width of the bottom of the access ramp and shall be installed per the manufacturer's installation recommendations, or as directed by the ENGINEER.
The Contractor shall ensure safe passage by pedestrians during the ADA ramp construction and afford one safe crossing of the street at all times. The Contractor shall set-up all required signage and barricades within the work zone to provide safe pedestrian passage.
AC Tie-in
The Contractor shall saw cut, remove, and reconstruct a minimum of a two (2) foot width (slot patch) of adjoining structural section of the pavement to the limits of the ADA Ramp construction (BCR joint to ECR joint). The AC structural section to be replaced shall be Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-28
8” AC Base Course/8” CMB or 12” full depth AC Base Course with compaction as required by the Standard Specifications.
If there is an asphalt concrete adjoining sidewalk to be reconstructed to tie into the new concrete ramp, a one-foot (1’) adjoining pavement section shall be removed and replaced with a structural section of 4” AC Surface Course/4” CMB.
Curb and Gutter
The Contractor shall sawcut and remove existing curb and gutter, and construct either Type "C-6” curb and gutter or "C-8" curb and gutter pursuant to the existing curb and gutter condition conforming to the CITY Standard Drawing No. 312, rolled curb and gutter and/or modified curb and gutter at locations marked in the field by the ENGINEER or as designed on the Plans.
SPECIAL NOTE: In order to comply with ADA requirements cross slope of gutter plate and AC at wheelchair ramp locations shall not exceed 5% grade in the gutter pan.
SPECIAL NOTE: Curing compound shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of the GREENBOOK.
Removal of the Concrete Curb and Gutter and AC shall conform to Section 401 “Removal” of the Standard Specifications.
Existing Landscape Areas
All existing landscaping/irrigation/backfill removed, as part of the access ramp construction shall be replaced in-kind and made a part of the work in conformance with these Special Provisions and Standard Specifications at no additional cost to the CITY.
Other Existing Facilities and Obstructions
The Contractor shall protect all existing improvements within the work area not designated to be removed in-place and intact and shall replace any existing improvements damaged by his/her operations at no additional cost to the CITY.
The Contractor shall locate and protect the traffic signal home-run within the slot patch and ramp area and coordinate with the City with respect to the signal loop replacement work as shown on the plans or as required. If the Contractor damages the existing signal loop conductor/conduit or other wiring to the signal pull box, all damage to said existing improvements shall be repaired/replaced to an in-kind condition pursuant to the required specifications and the system shall be restored for full operation at no cost to the City.
The Contractor shall mark, protect, adjust, and re-set all utility boxes/vaults within the reconstructed area. Additionally, the Contractor shall replace any existing marked, Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-29
labeled or stamped concrete on the face of curb of existing utilities, which include, but not limited, to water, sewer, gas, etc.
303-5.1.1 b) Curb and Gutter
Per CITY Standards, weakened plane joints are required every ten feet (10’) and felt paper every forty feet (40’). Transitional curb and gutter shall be ten feet (10’) from one type to the other. No construction joints will be permitted. 303-5.1.1 c) Concrete Sidewalk
The Contractor shall reconstruct existing concrete sidewalk and/or construct new concrete sidewalk around obstructions, install new concrete sidewalk, reconstruct or construct new ADA wheelchair ramps including monolithic curb, meandering sidewalk, retaining curb at back of the sidewalk, and other miscellaneous concrete construction conforming to these Special Provisions and as shown on the Plans. The Contractor may be directed to reconstruct concrete walkways within private properties in order to join new improvements. Prior to initiating the work outside the City rights-of-way, the City will obtain the necessary right of access documents from the private property owner.
If there is an asphalt concrete adjoining sidewalk to be reconstructed to tie into the new concrete sidewalk, a one-foot (1’) adjoining pavement section shall be removed and replaced with a structural section of 4” AC Surface Course/4” CMB.
The Contractor shall inspect the location of the concrete sidewalk work area to be re- constructed prior to beginning the work. If the work entails removing and replacement of existing concrete sidewalk outside the work limit area as depicted within these Specifications or as shown on the Plans, he/she shall notify the ENGINEER prior to initiating the work.
Existing Landscape Areas
All existing landscaping/irrigation/backfill removed as part of the concrete walkway construction shall be replaced in-kind and made a part of the work in conformance with these Special Provisions, Standard Specifications, and as directed by the ENGINEER at no additional cost to the CITY.
The Contractor shall place new sod or seed and top soil to match the existing grass species in the areas adjoining the newly constructed concrete improvements that were disturbed by his/her operations. The Contractor may be directed by the ENGINEER to sod or seed other areas as necessary in conformance with these Specifications.
Top Soil shall be Modified Class "A" Topsoil and shall consist of 80% content of Class "A" Topsoil per the Standard Specifications and 20% content of processed wood product of type "I" organic soil amendment per the Standard Specifications.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-30
The Contractor shall protect all existing improvements within the work area not designated to be removed in-place and intact and shall replace any existing improvements damaged by his/her operations. Any damage beyond the construction limit shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense per Section 400-1 of the Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall protect and support existing irrigation lines and sprinkler heads in place and intact. The Contractor shall adjust the heads to the proper level upon completion of the new sidewalk replacement.
The Contractor shall furnish and install all new pipe sizes to match existing, but no less than ½” schedule 40, PVC pipe, to tie into existing pipes. New sprinkler heads shall be equal to or better than existing inclusive of all appurtenances. All work shall conform to the applicable sections of the Standard Specifications and as directed by the ENGINEER.
The Contractor may salvage and reuse sprinkler heads that are still in reusable and functional condition for use at locations from which they were removed.
The Contractor shall cut interfering portions of existing irrigation lines and cap all ends for future reconnection at the time that the work is started at each location. All repair and replacement of the irrigation system shall be done within five (5) days or sooner after disconnection. During disconnection period of existing irrigation systems, the Contractor shall maintain the existing grass, trees, shrubs, and other existing landscape in a live condition with a temporary irrigation system and/or shall water the landscaped areas by hand. Homeowner's water supply shall not be used without written consent from each homeowner.
The Contractor shall modify, relocate or replace and/or extend all encountered irrigation lines or sprinkler heads so as to give full coverage to landscape area.
The Contractor may be directed to extend the existing sprinkler system or place a P.V.C. sleeve under the new sidewalk improvements into the landscaped area between the curb and sidewalk and other locations as necessary as determined in the field by the ENGINEER.
Prior to accepting work, the Contractor must turn the system on, and it must work properly in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and property owner. The Contractor shall replace any damaged and dead grass or landscaping beyond construction limits resulting from Contractor’s operation or insufficient water supplies at no cost to the CITY.
Other Existing Facilities and Obstructions
Contractor shall adjust to grade existing water meter boxes (WM) to the new grade of the sidewalk. The water meter and water line shall be protected in place. Broken water meter boxes shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor, contact Mesa Water District to obtain and pickup new WM box. WM box shall be furnished to the Contractor at no cost.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-31
The Contractor shall protect in-place the existing mail boxes or relocate them if they do not meet U.S. Post Office standards (see the Standard Plans section, if applicable). The Contractor shall provide a new post in case the existing one cannot be saved as determined by the ENGINEER in the field. The Contractor shall relocate the existing mailboxes which conflict with construction of the sidewalk or pedestrian path of travel with prior approval of the U.S. Post Office Post Master and the ENGINEER.
The Contractor shall relocate any street signs, which interfere, or conflict with construction of the sidewalk. A minimum 4-foot wide path of travel shall be required.
Sidewalk obstruction flare construction shall be per City Standard Drawing No. 413 or as shown on the Plans or as depicted within these Specifications.
At certain addresses, the Contractor will be directed to remove concrete and/or other improvements in the right-of-way. Upon the completion of the removal of existing concrete improvements within the parkway, including the underlying aggregate base for which no replacement is required, the Contractor shall backfill the void with Modified Class "A" Topsoil for placing new sod or seed as directed in those respective bid items. 303-5.1.1 d) Concrete Cross-Gutter
Contractor shall sawcut and remove existing improvments and reconstruct cross-gutter conforming to City of Costa Mesa Standard Drawing No. 415 or per Standard Plan No. 122-2 or 123-2 in the “Standard Plans for Public Works Construction,” also known as the A.P.W.A. Standard Plans, and applicable sections of the Standard Specifications, as directed by the ENGINEER.
Eight (8) inches of Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) shall be required under all new cross gutters.
Concrete shall be class 560-C-3250. (High early strength concrete mix) Crushed Miscellaneous base material and construction shall conform to Subsections 200 and 301 of the The “Greenbook,” and as directed by the Engineer. The sieve size shall be ¾” (fine).
New improvements shall be constructed to grades as indicated on the plans to provide a proper flow line with the existing improvements as indicated on the plans.
All cross gutters and spandrel work shall be done in phases in order to provide one travel lane in each direction at all times. Contractor shall provide steel plates to bridge excavations for vehicles at no cost to the City in order to provide vehicle access.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-32
303-5.1.1 e) Concrete Driveway Approach
Contractor shall sawcut and remove existing improvments and construct P.C.C.
Driveway Approach per City of Costa Mesa Standard Drawing Nos. 313, 513, and 514 and also to Standard Plan No. 110-2, Type “B” in the “Standard Plans for Public Works Construction,” also known as the A.P.W.A. Standard Plans. All work shall conform to the applicable portions of Section 303-5 of the Standard Specifications. Six (6) inches of Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) shall be required under all new driveways.
The Contractor shall adjust all existing utility boxes and conduit, or water meter boxes within the new driveway approach, to its new finished grade, and the adjustment shall be included in the bid price per square foot of Residential Driveway or Commercial Driveway.
Removals and/or relocations necessary for driveway construction are to be paid as part of this bid item, except where a separate bid item exists for a stated removal or relocation item of work.
Concrete shall be class 560-C-3250.
Crushed Miscellaneous base material and construction shall conform to Subsections 200 and 301 of the The “Greenbook,” and as directed by the ENGINEER. The sieve size shall be ¾” (fine).
If there is existing asphalt concrete adjoining into the new concrete driveway approach, a one-foot (1’) adjoining pavement section shall be removed and replaced with a structural section of 6” AC Surface Course/6” CMB.
Asphalt concrete for slot paving shall be ¾” for base course and ½” for surface course, which is covered in Section 400-4 of Standard Specifications (latest edition).
Soils and aggregate tests shall conform to State of California test methods which may be substituted for designated ASTM test methods as noted herein. Laboratory maximum density tests shall be per Method 2 of Subsection 211-2.1. The correction for oversize materials as stated in Test Method No. California 216 shall be replaced with Note 2 of ASTM D1557.
New improvements shall be constructed to grades as indicated on the plans to match existing improvements and field condition with proper grade to form a safe and smooth riding surface.
Contractor shall provide steel plates to bridge excavations for vehicles at no cost to the City in order to provide access to driveways if requested by the resident. 303-5.9 Measurement and Payment
[Replace the entire Subsection with the following:].
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-33
BID ITEM NO. 6A: CONSTRUCT TWO (2) INTERSECTION “BULB-OUTS” AT THE NORTHERLY INTERSECTION OF WEST 19TH ST. AND WALLACE AVE.,, INCLUDING ALL DEMOLITION & HAUL AWAY, CONSTRUCTION OF CONCRETE SIDEWALK (4- INCH CONCRTE OVER 4-INCH C.M.B.), A.D.A. CURB RAMPS PER PLAN, CURB & GUTTER PER PLAN, ASPHALT CONCRETE (A.C.) SLOT PAVE, AND ALL OTHER ANCILLAY WORK NEEDED FOR COMPLETION PER ENGINEER’S
DIRECTION
A. Remove Existing and Reconstruct Concrete Sidewalk [4” Portland Cement Concrete (P.C.C.) over 4” Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB)] Including ADA Ramps
Measurement and Payment for this task shall be per the unit price bid per Square Foot (S.F.) as constructed in accordance with these Special Provisions, Standard Specifications, and as shown on the Plans. The Work Limits is as shown on the Plans and shall include, but not limited to, the following Work:
1. Saw cutting, clearing and grubbing, unclassified excavation, furnishing, placement and compaction of 4” CMB, placement of concrete, removing tree roots encounter within the excavation limits, blocking out and/or widening existing tree wells.
2. Restoration of existing sprinkler systems including any reducers required for different pipe sizes, and from existing or new pipes to the sprinkler heads, connection points, all fittings, all tees and ells, backfill material for pipe trench, and all miscellaneous materials for proper installation and/or modification for construction of complete sprinkler system removed by sidewalk replacement operations.
3. Furnish and place Modified Class "A" Topsoil, landscaping, plants and new sod as disturbed by operations.
4. Re-grading the areas adjacent to the new sidewalk construction to transition to join new improvements.
5. Adjusting water meter boxes and water valves to grade within replacement area.
6. Replacement, or repair to the existing curb drains during construction operations.
7. At certain addresses, the Contractor will be directed to remove parkway concrete and/or other improvements in the right-of-way. Upon the completion of the removal of existing concrete improvements within the parkway, including the underlying aggregate base for which no replacement is required, the Contractor shall backfill the void with Modified Class "A" Topsoil for placing new sod or seed as directed in those respective bid items.
Payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and disposal costs to complete the Work and no additional compensation will be allowed.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-34
B. Remove Existing and Reconstruct C-6 Curb & Gutter over 6” Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) with 2’ Asphalt Concrete (A.C.) Slot Pave Measurement and Payment for this task shall be per the unit price bid per Lineal Foot (L.F.) as constructed in accordance with these Special Provisions, Standard Specifications, and as shown on the Plans. This bid item shall include the removal and disposal of existing curb and gutter, sawcutting, unclassified excavation, furnishing and placing CMB below curb and gutter, root removal, temporary AC pavement, repair of AC slot pavement adjacent to the proposed curb & gutter removal and construction, construction of variable curb height to meet existing sidewalk and existing improvements, depressed curb for driveway approach, curb drain removal and replacement, replacement of any damaged irrigation lines and sprinkler heads, replacement of any damaged grass, paint red curb, replacements of any survey monuments and/or ties; replacement of any damaged traffic signal home-run or wiring to the signal pull box, and other work as required to complete the work. No additional compensation shall be allowed.
C. Remove Existing and Reconstruct C-8 Curb & Gutter over 6” Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) with 2’ Asphalt Concrete (A.C.) Slot Pave Measurement and Payment for this this task shall be per the unit price bid per Lineal Foot (L.F.) as constructed in accordance with these Special Provisions, Standard Specifications, and as shown on the Plans. This bid item shall include the removal and disposal of existing curb and gutter, sawcutting, unclassified excavation, furnishing and placing CMB below curb and gutter, root removal, temporary AC pavement, repair of AC slot pavement adjacent to the proposed curb & gutter removal and construction, construction of variable curb height to meet existing sidewalk and existing improvements, depressed curb for driveway approach, curb drain removal and replacement, replacement of any damaged irrigation lines and sprinkler heads, replacement of any damaged grass, paint red curb, replacements of any survey monuments and/or ties; replacement of any damaged traffic signal home-run or wiring to the signal pull box, and other work as required to complete the work. No additional compensation shall be allowed.
D. Remove & Reconstruct P.C.C. Cross-Gutter, Spandrel, Local Depression, and P.C.C. Pad with 3’ Asphalt Concrete (A.C.) Slot Pave
Measurement and Payment for this task shall be 8” Portland Cement Concrete (P.C.C.) over 8” Crushed Miscellaneous Base (C.M.B.) per the unit price bid per Square Foot (SF) and shall include sawcut, removal and disposal of existing P.C.C., asphalt and miscellaneous improvements, excavation and subgrade preparation, Crushed Miscellaneous Base, forms, steel reinforcement, steel plates, and all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as required to complete the work. No other compensation will be allowed.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-35
SECTION 314 – TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND
PAVEMENT MARKERS
[Replace the entire Section with the following:].
314-1 GENERAL
The striping, markings and signing shall be reinstalled at existing locations in accordance the latest edition of the State of California Standard Plans and Specifications, City Details for Striping and Markings, as modified within these Special Provisions, and as specified by the ENGINEER. The Contractor shall furnish all material, services, labor and equipment necessary for the required pavement preparations, layout and completing the pavement markings.
The installed material shall be plainly visible to the motorists both day and night.
Nighttime visibility shall be by a retro-reflector induced by ordinary headlights.
These special provisions set minimum requirements on material characteristics of the pavement marking products. Requirements concerning application and contractor warranties shall be maintained to secure acceptable performances.
The contractor shall record the existing Striping and Markings for the entire project limits on the Plans and provide to the Engineer prior to removal operations.
Contractor shall restore pavement traffic striping and marking damaged during construction to original condition.
314-2 REMOVAL OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT
MARKINGS
314-2.1 General
All striping must be removed by the wet sandblasting method with immediate cleanup of residue. No "blacking out" or temporary covering will be allowed. Such removal shall be by a vacuum attachment operating concurrently with the blast cleaning operations.
Reflective striping tape may be used, except that it shall not be applied to final surfaces.
It shall be completely removed from all surfaces prior to placement of subsequent work.
All pavement markers shall be removed without damaging the pavement. 314-3 TEMPORARY STRIPING, SIGNING, RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS The Contractor shall be responsible for the placement of all required temporary signing, striping, and markings and the removal of existing stripes and markings in the installation Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-36
of required temporary striping.
Spotting shall be completed prior to the removal of any temporary striping of traffic control devices. Existing temporary stripes and markings shall be removed prior to painting new ones, but in no case shall any section of street be left without proper striping for more than 24 hours or over weekends or holidays.
Traffic striping and markings shall be removed before any change is made in the traffic pattern. Removal shall be coordinated with the installation of new pavement markings to provide continuous, non-conflicting guidance to public traffic.
Should temporary striping be required on the finished asphalt surface, the method and configuration must be approved by the ENGINEER for approval prior to placement.
At no time shall the street be open to traffic without delineation to separate opposing traffic. Temporary delineation type shall be at the inspector's discretion.
In general, temporary reflectorized markers are the preferred type of temporary delineation.
314-4 PERMANENT STRIPING AND PAVEMENT MARKERS
314-4.1 Surface Preparation
In order to ensure maximum possible adhesion, the pavement surface upon which the pavement markings are to be placed shall be properly cleaned from grease, oil, mud, dust, dirt, grass, loose gravel, and other deleterious material prior to the application of the thermoplastic pavement markings, and prime sealer.
314-4.2 Premarking
If the markings are not visible, the Contractor will be required to premark each installation prior to the application of the material. Where no existing markings are in place, the Contractor shall place the new pavement markings where directed by the Engineer. 314-4.3 Striping Standards
The Contractor shall conform to the following requirements:
1. All traffic lines shall conform to the Caltrans Standard Plans and Standard Specifications, (latest edition) and any amendments thereto, and these Special Provisions.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-37
2. City standards are provided for Stop Legends, Stop Bars, Crosswalk striping within Appendix B of these Specifications.
3. The Contractor shall install traffic striping, markings, arrows and messages pursuant to the “Striping/Pavement Marking Chart” and sketch where provided. All work and materials shall conform to the requirements of Caltrans Standard Specifications (latest edition).
4. The following striping details shown in Caltrans Standard Plans A20A-D and A24A- E shall be routinely used for traffic lines.
Line Detail
Pavement
Marker Info
Yellow Centerline (Residential)
Double Yellow (Residential)
Skip White
Two-Way Left-Turn Lane
Channelizing Stripe
Lane Drop Stripe
2 22
9 32
38B
37B
Type D
Type D
Type G
Type D
Type G
Type C
5. All crosswalks, turn arrows, stop and yield bars and messages, and all other pavement legends except "Bike Lane" shall be installed in thermoplastic.
6. All yellow school crossings shall be upgraded to the Higher Visibility Crosswalk type Continental per 2018 Caltrans Standard Plans, Plan No. A24F. The crosswalks shall be 8 feet minimum using inside dimensions. The blocking shall be 24 inches wide with 24-inch min gaps or as required for alignment for wheel tracks. If the street intersects at an intersection where there is an existing Yellow Crosswalk due to the vicinity of the School, the crosswalk shall be painted and refreshed for the entire intersection. If the cross-street has a different pattern for crosswalk then the Contractor shall confer with the City staff for the direction on installing the appropriate type.
7. Bike lane stripes and messages shall be painted per Caltrans Standard Plan No.
A20D, Detail 39 and 39A.
8. The first three (3) raised pavement markers for any white line at an intersection shall be Type "C" for the opposite direction of travel.
9. Two coats of paint shall be applied. The second coat shall be applied seven (7) days following the first application.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-38
314-4.3.1 Thermoplastic Pavement Marking Material
All stop bars, crosswalks, Legends, and arrows shall be replaced using thermoplastic, and conform exactly to the City of Costa Mesa stencil types.
Thermoplastic shall be composed of Alkydloid/Maleic Thermoplastic Pavement material that is applied to a road surface in a molten state by extrusion of the designated thickness and width. The stripe shall, upon cooling, be reflectorized and be able to resist deformation by traffic.
On all dry pavement surfaces binder/sealer shall be applied to the area where hot thermoplastic pavement markings are to be placed. The binder/sealer shall be that recommended by the manufacturer of the thermoplastic material. The material shall form a continuous film which shall dry rapidly and adhere to the pavement. The material shall not discolor nor cause any noticeable change in the appearance of the pavement outside of the finished pavement markings. All solvents shall have evaporated from the binder/sealer prior to the application of the molten thermoplastic materials. 314-4.3.2 Raised Pavement Markers (RPM)
The Contractor shall remove and replace all RPMs in accordance with these project special provisions.
The Contractor shall furnish and install raised pavement markings no sooner than seven (7) days nor later than fourteen (14) days following the final installation of traffic striping, and located pursuant to the striping plans.
314-4.3.3 Blue “Fire Hydrant” Raised Pavement Markers
The Contractor shall furnish and install blue reflective raised pavement markers on new pavement at existing fire hydrant locations. The Contractor shall install the raised pavement marker within seven (7) days following the second application of traffic striping paint. The new marker location shall be in accordance with the Typical Hydrant Marker Location Standard Drawing and the following requirements:
1. Two-way Streets or Roads: Markers shall be placed six (6) inches from edge of painted centerline on the side nearest the fire hydrant. If the street has no centerline, the marker shall be placed six (6) inches from the approximate center of the roadway on the side nearest the hydrant. See Figures 1 through 3 of the above-mentioned standard.
2. Streets with Left-Turn Lane at Intersection: Markers shall be placed six (6) inches from edge of painted white channelizing line nearest the hydrant. See Figure 4 of the above-mentioned standard.
3. Streets with Continuous Two-Way Left-Turn Lane: Markers shall be placed six Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-39
(6) inches from the edge of the painted yellow barrier line on the side nearest the fire hydrant. See Figure 5 of the above-mentioned standard.
The Contractor shall furnish and install traffic delineation using paint "cat tracking," temporary marking tape, temporary flexible reflective markers, or other approved media immediately as existing stripes are removed, including bicycle lanes, in existing locations or as shown on striping sketch.
The Contractor shall "cat track" for striping and markings no later than 24 hours after the application of the slurry/ACSC.
No painting shall occur until the Engineer has reviewed the cat tracking and approved the striping layout. Changes to the cat tracking shall be performed by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer at no additional cost to the City.
The Contractor shall apply the first application of paint for traffic striping and markings no later than seven (7) days following the application of the slurry/ACSC.
The Contractor shall apply the thermoplastic no sooner than seven (7) days nor later than twelve (12) days following the application of the slurry/ACSC.
All legends, including limit lines, shall be striped within 72 hours after the street (if applicable) has received the final surface course.
314-4.3.3.1 Truncated Domes or Detectable Warning Surfaces Truncated domes or detectable warning surfaces shall be installed on existing access ramp surfaces. Detectable warning surfaces shall comply with City Standards and the California Building Code Title 24, and shall consist of vitrified polymer composite, with at least 25% by weight aluminum oxide, nominally 0.20" thick, colorfast and UV stable.
Panels must be anchored to the sidewalk access ramp surface in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. The color of the panels shall be black except for ramps adjacent to or within one block of a school. Ramps within one block of a school shall have yellow truncated domes. Contractor shall submit a sample of the detectable warning surface to the ENGINEER for approval, prior to start of construction.
Grind Ramp Lip to 0” Curb Face:
On all ramps to be retrofitted with a truncated dome, if an existing lip exists as the bottom of the ramp adjacent to the flowline, the Contractor shall grind the existing curb ramp lip to achieve a 0” curb face. The grind shall be tapered at the edge of the ramp surface, as appropriate, to avoid creating a sharp elevation drop-off and shall be 0” to ½” deep and shall be at least 6” wide in a straight-line-grade. Grades within the grind area shall also be limited to 8.33%. The price of grinding the lip shall be included in the unit price for retrofitting the existing curb ramp.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-40
314-4.3.5.1 Painting Curbs
Where existing red, yellow, or other colored curb is removed and replaced, the Contractor shall paint the newly constructed curb (the curb face and top of curb) its original existing color. The paint material shall be water base and shall be Pervo Paint or approved equal.
For red colored paint, it shall be Pervo Paint #3123 or approved equal. For yellow colored paint, it shall be Pervo Paint #6003 or approved equal.
All work shall comply with Section 91 of the current Caltrans Standard Specifications.
The painting of the newly constructed curbing shall be completed within seventy-two hours after the new curb and gutter has been poured.
Paint residual shall not remain on the sidewalks, gutter pans, or other places beyond the limits of the curb face and the top of curb painted. The Contractor shall remove the paint beyond the limits as soon as possible after the painting is completed.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least two (2) working days prior to commencement of the work. All work shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
314-4.5 Pavement Marking Guarantee
The pavement marking material furnished and installed under this contract shall be guaranteed by the Contractor against failure due to blistering, bleeding, excessive cracking, staining, discoloration, oil content of pavement materials, smearing or spreading under heat, deterioration due to contact to oil or gasoline drippings, chipping, spoiling, poor adhesion resulting from defective materials or methods of application, loss of reflectivity, from traffic and wear.
314-5 Measurement and Payment
Bid Item Nos. 4A, 4B, and 4C: COMPLETE SIGNING, STRIPING, AND MARKINGS PER PLAN Measurement and Payment for “Complete Signing, Striping, and Markings per Plan” shall be included in the Contract price bid per Lump Sum (LS) and shall include and shall include full compensation for removal of existing striping, legends, and markings; furnishing all materials, services, sawcut, tools labor and equipment and incidentals as necessary to perform all the work involved. No additional compensation will be allowed.
All pavement markers and delineators shall be in accordance with Section 81 “Miscellaneous Traffic Control Devices” of the latest edition of the Caltrans Standard Specifications (including the Revised Standard Specifications) as modified within these Special Provisions. All striping and pavement markings shall be in accordance to Section 84 “Markings” of the latest edition of the Caltrans Standard Specifications (including the Revised Standard Specifications) as modified within these Special Provisions, and Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-41
comply with the Caltrans Standard Plans, and the latest edition of the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD), and as specified by the ENGINEER.
The Contractor shall furnish all material, services, labor and equipment necessary for the required pavement preparations, layout and completing the pavement markings.
These special provisions set minimum requirements on material characteristics of the pavement marking products. Requirements concerning application and contractor warranties shall be maintained to secure acceptable performances.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-42
PART 4
EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
SECTION 400 – PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
400-1 GENERAL
400-1.1 Removal and Restoration of Existing Improvements Contractor shall remove and restore all existing improvements including but not limited to, removing and installing mailboxes, fences, walls, driveways, bricks, pavers, relocation of existing drain pipe, removing tree roots and restoring planters, sprinklers, and landscaping and irrigation system.
Contractor shall restore or replace to a condition equal to or better than existing condition.
All replacement and restoration work shall be coordinated with the City and completed to satisfaction of the City.
400-2 PERMANENT SURVEY MARKERS
[Replace with the following:].
Unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all existing horizontal and vertical survey controls, monuments, ties and benchmarks located within the limits of the project. If any of the above require removal, relocating or resetting, the Contractor shall, prior to any construction work and under the supervision of a California-licensed Land Surveyor or Civil Engineer licensed to practice surveying, inventory all existing survey monuments and ties and establish sufficient temporary ties and bench marks to enable the points to be reset after completion of construction by the Contractor’s Surveyor or Civil Engineer licensed to practice surveying.
A copy of this inventory shall be submitted to the Engineer.
Submitted documents shall include field notes and sketches which must contain existing information of centerline control points, survey monuments and swing ties to be replaced such as existing L.S. No. or R.C.E. No., Per Parcel Map No. ___, or Tract Map No. , and other related information; they must be sealed and signed by the civil engineer or land surveyor registered by the State of California. The monument resetting work shall comply with the Subdivision Map Act, Orange County, California State requirements, and applicable CITY Codes.
[Add the following Subsection:].
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-43
400-2.1 CITY Standard Drawings
Standard Drawing No. 613 or 615.
Any ties, monuments and benchmarks disturbed during construction shall be reset per City standards after construction and the tie notes submitted to the City on 8½" x 11" loose leaf paper. The Contractor and its sureties shall be liable, at Contractor's expense, for any resurvey required due to its negligence in protecting existing ties, monuments, benchmarks or any such horizontal and vertical controls. 400-2.2 Survey Monuments
Reset tie monument shall have at least four (4) control points.
The Contractor shall obtain prior approval from the ENGINEER before setting new survey monuments and ties.
New survey monuments shall be set on new pavement surface with a 2.5” (minimum) P.K. nail, spike, or equal and brass washer with an R.C.E. or a L.S. tag. Four (4) new control lead and tack swing ties shall be set on top of curb for each new survey monument.
If existing notches of a monument are on the manhole ring, said notches must be ground out after a new PCC collar is constructed around the manhole. The Contractor shall provide four points (monuments) of four-foot tangent over ties. Requirements shall be per the preceding paragraph.
If the Contractor fails to reset ties and monuments and fails to set new centerline ties, the CITY will hire private professional engineers or land surveyors to perform the work and will deduct such cost from the contract. The deduction shall include the cost of the CITY personnel time involved.
The Contractor must submit a corner record for each monument to the County of Orange for approval. The Contractor shall submit all approved monuments to the CITY before final payment.
The Contractor shall also submit to the CITY field notes and sketches for all existing control ties and monuments to be protected in place. These documents must be signed and sealed by either the Professional Licensed Land Surveyor or Civil Engineer registered in California.
400-3 PAYMENT
[Replace the last sentence with the following:].
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-44
SECTION 402 – UTILITIES
402-1 LOCATION
402-1.1 General
[Add the following:].
Locations of utilities shown on plans are approximate only and are based on a search of available records.
Attention is directed to the possibility of utility mains or laterals within the project limits.
The CONTRACTOR shall have the locations of the various utility facilities within reconstruction areas marked on the surface prior to construction and protect them during the removal and reconstruction procedures. The CONTRACTOR shall contact the City Transportation Services Department to locate traffic signal conduit within the reconstruction areas.
Prior to commencing any other work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully excavate and determine precise locations and depths of all utilities, including service connections, shown on the plans and marked in the field, which may affect or be affected by Contractor's operations. This work shall be done in accordance with Section 402-1.1 of the Standard Specifications. CONTRACTOR shall not be compensated for any delays or extra work brought about by his failure to perform the above-mentioned work.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to existing utilities shown on the plans pursuant to its location operations as required under this subsection of the Standard Specifications.
Upon completion of the Project, the CONTRACTOR shall be required to remove, to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER, all utility locator markings and utility tie-out paint markings that either the CONTRACTOR, the CITY or utility companies make during the course of the work from the surfaces of sidewalks, driveway approaches, curb and gutters, using the removal method acceptable to the ENGINEER. Any damage to the existing improvements due to CONTRACTOR’S removal operation, shall be included in the various applicable items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
The CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of the utility companies at least two (2) working days in advance of any work (See Subsection 402-4 of these Special Provisions for utility contact information).
402-1.2 Payment
[Replace with the following:].
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-45
Payment for utility location by the Contractor shall be included in the bid prices for the various items of work requiring utility location and no further compensation will be allowed. 402-2 PROTECTION
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and supporting all existing utilities and maintaining the location of and access to all gate valves during construction. When damage to existing utilities is caused by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall, at his expense, repair or replace damaged facilities promptly, in accordance with all applicable sections of the Standard Specifications and the standards of each affected utility. Should the Contractor fail to perform the required repairs or replacements, the cost of performing such repairs or replacement by others shall be deducted from any monies due or to become due the Contractor.
402-2.1 Payment
Payment for utility protection by the Contractor shall be included in the bid prices for the various items of work requiring utility protection and no further compensation will be allowed.
402-4 RELOCATION
[Add the following:].
Any miscellaneous utilities to be relocated by the Contractor, as indicated on the Plans, shall be relocated in a workmanlike manner, and all such work shall be done only at such times which are acceptable to the utility owner. The Contractor shall schedule its relocation work in cooperation with the utility owner and shall be responsible for any costs resulting from the Contractor's failure to do the work at times which are acceptable to the owner. The Contractor shall notify owners of the following companies at least two (2) working days in advance of any work:
AT&T (right-of-way)
Valentina Gipson
3939 E Coronado St, Rm 2030
Anaheim, CA 92807
(o) 714-618-9132
Email: [email protected]
Cost Mesa Sanitary District
Javier Ochiqui, Management Analyst
290 Paularino Avenue
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
(o) 949-645-8400
Email: [email protected]
Mesa Water District
Phil Lauri
1965 Placentia Ave. (inter-office mail okay)
Costa Mesa, CA 92627
(o) 949-207-5449
(c) 949-631-1200 (24-hour Emergency)
Email: [email protected]
Costa Mesa Sanitation District
Marc Esquer, District Engineer
(o) (949) 645-8400 x241
(c) 949-473-2522
Email: [email protected]
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-46
Mesa Water District
Mark Pelka
1965 Placentia Ave.
Costa Mesa, CA 92627
(o) (949) 207-5451
Email: [email protected]
Costa Mesa Sanitation District
Nabila Guzman, Construction Notices
290 Paularino Avenue
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
(o) 949-645-8400, ext. 230
Email: [email protected]
Irvine Regional Water District
Brianna Palecek
15600 Sand Canyon Ave.
Irvine, CA 92618
(o) 949- 453-5811
Email: [email protected]
*utility requests
Orange County Water District (OCWD)
Chris Olsen
P.O. Box 8300
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
(o) 714-378-3200
(c) 714-378-3240 (24-hour Emergency)
Email: [email protected]
Email: [email protected]
Irvine Regional Water District
Kelly Lew
15600 Sand Canyon Ave.
Irvine, CA 92618
(o) 949-453-5586
(p) 949-729-7300 (24-hour)
Email: [email protected]
Orange County Sanitation District (OCSD)
Daniel Lee
P.O. Box 8127
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
(o) 714-593-7348
(c) 714-593-3301 (24-hour Emergency)
Email: [email protected]
CA Regional Water Quality – Santa Ana Region
Mark Smythe
3737 Main St., Suite 500
Riverside, CA 92501
(o) 951-782-4130
(c) 951-543-8523
Email: [email protected]
Mpower Communications, Inc.
Mark Denning
2698 White Road
Irvine, CA 92614
(o) 949-864-0296
(c) 949-547-6455
Email: [email protected]
Metropolitan Water District of So. California
Civil Engineering Substructures Section
Shoreh Zareh
P.O. Box 54153
Los Angeles, CA 90054
(o) 213-217-7474
(c) 626-844-5610 (24-hour)
Email: [email protected]
SCE (Utility Notice Requests)
Kasy Chapman
7333 Bolsa Ave.
Westminster, CA 92683
(o) 714-895-0109
(c) 800-611-1911 (24-hour)
Email: [email protected]
Metropolitan Water District of So. California
Civil Engineering Substructures Section
Melissa Choi
P.O. Box 54153
Los Angeles, CA 90054
(o) (213) 217-7516
Email: [email protected]
SCE (Service Planner –Orange Coast S/C)
Stephen Lee
7333 Bolsa Ave.
Westminster, CA 92683
(o) 714-397-4706
Email: [email protected]
Southern California Gas Co. (Transmission)
P.O. Box 2300
Chatsworth, CA 91313-2300
(o) 818-701-4546
Email: [email protected] Southern California Gas Co.
Alfredo Gutierrez
(o) 213-231-7515
(o)714-385-3386
Email: [email protected]
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-47
Charter Communications
Utility Research Requests
E-mail: DL-SOCAL-CHARTER-
[email protected]
Charter Communications
Don Simons
Construction Manager, Zone 8
7142 Chapman Ave.
Garden Grove, CA 92841
(o) 714-591-4871
Email: [email protected]
Spectrum Time Warner Cable
Jose Roman
12051 Industry St.
Garden Grove, CA 92841
(o) 714-591-4846
(c) 657-263-3641
Email: [email protected]
Verizon Communications
Matt Bergine
Engineer IV
Specialist-Network Engineering & Operations
(o) 949-417-7841
(c) 714-822-6207
Email: [email protected]
OCTA –Stops & Zones
Kyle Poff
550 S. Main St.
Orange, CA 92863
(o) 714-560-5833
Email: [email protected]
OCTA (Detour Coordination)
Dispatch: 714-265-4330
Verizon Communications
Switchboard
(o) 703-547-2000
Newport-Mesa Unified School District
Steve Morris
(o) (714) 679-9891
(f) (714) 424-7503
Email: [email protected]
DIGALERT.ORG
(24-HR) 811
2 days before digging.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-26
Where existing utility main lines and conduits (excluding sewer main lines) and all utility service lines (excluding sewer laterals) are to be relocated or declared abandoned by the affected utility companies, the Contractor shall be responsible for contacting the respective utility representatives for coordinating the relocations and for determining the abandonments. The Contractor shall proceed with excavation in such a manner that will allow utility companies adequate and reasonable time to relocate service lines. The Contractor shall not be compensated for any delays caused by failure to coordinate the above work with utility companies.
[Replace the Section Title with the following:].
SECTION 403 – MANHOLE AND VALVE ADJUSTMENT AND RECONSTRUCTION 403-1 GENERAL
[Replace with the following:].
Contractor shall adjust existing manholes and water valves to grade conforming to all applicable sections of the latest edition of the Standard Specifications, Mesa Water District (MWD) Standards, and to the provisions of the City of Costa Mesa Standard Plans.
The Contractor shall notify affected utility owners at least 5 working days in advance of the need to commence work required prior to paving operations and again for work required after paving operations. The Contractor shall mark locations of utility vaults where utility companies specifically state adjustments shall be made after paving. If it is found to impractical for the utility owner to complete remodeling or adjustment to structures, as evaluated by the ENGINEER, then the Contractor shall be absolved of further responsibility in connection therewith, and the structure shall be adjusted to grade by the utility owner under permit or ordinance procedure established by the CITY for utility cuts in pavement.
The manhole and valve box locations and distance from curb to center shall be marked on the curb face by the Contractor.
[Replace entire Subsection with the following:].
403-3 MANHOLES AND VALVES IN ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
[Replace with the following:].
403-3.1 Storm Drain and Sanitary Sewer Manholes
All Storm Drain (SD) and Sanitary Sewer (SS) Manholes are to be protected from debris prior to construction and shall be thoroughly cleaned of any construction debris, which may have entered the manhole due to the Contractor's operations.
Work shall include the removal or furnishing of grade rings as necessary to adjust the manhole to grade.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-27
The method of adjusting manholes in areas for resurfacing shall be as follows:
The asphalt pavement immediately adjacent to the manhole shall be removed, the manhole shaft extended with adjustment ring(s) to proper grade, the manhole frames and covers replaced, the manhole frames set in concrete, and the pavement replaced with a minimum of 2 inches of asphalt concrete. The finished grade of the cover shall be ¼ inches below the finish grade of the asphalt pavement. The asphalt pavement material shall conform to the surrounding pavement and AC pavement requirements of these Special Provisions.
Existing SD and SS manholes shall be adjusted to new pavement grade 48 hours after paving operation.
The Concrete for the SD and SS manholes shall be 560-C-3250.
Contractor shall notify the Costa Mesa Public Services Department for coordination of SD manhole adjustments and Costa Mesa Sanitary District (CMSD) or Orange County Sanitation District (OCSD) for coordination of SS manhole adjustments at least two working days prior to beginning work.
403-3.1 Water Valves
Water valves shall be protected in place and shall be accessible at all times during construction.
Valve covers shall be marked as to their location by the contractor prior to the placement of the pavement. The contractor shall furnish new valve cans if existing cans are damaged during operation. Existing covers shall be adjusted to new pavement grade 48 hours after paving operation.
Contractor shall notify the respective water district at least 2 working days prior to beginning work. All work adjusting water valve cans and covers to grade shall be inspected and approved by MWD.
Valve boxes shall be checked with a valve key for proper operation.
The Concrete for the valve covers and collars shall be 560-C-3250.
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining location of, and access to, all water line gate valves during construction operations. The Contractor may salvage and utilize all existing caps or sleeves, but shall be required to furnish all sleeve extensions. Any lost caps or sleeves shall be replaced by the Contractor at his cost.
All existing broken water sleeves shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor who shall contact the respective utility to pick up new sleeves for replacement.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-28
SECTION 404 – COLD MILLING
404-1 GENERAL
[Add the following:].
Cold milling of existing asphalt is required to remove damaged pavement and to permit new asphalt pavements to adhere to the existing surface and shall be performed per Plans and in accordance with Section 404, “Cold Milling” of the Standard Specifications, and as modified herein.
The existing asphalt concrete pavement shall be cold milled from the finished surface to a depth of two (2) inches from edge of gutter to edge of gutter. The final depth, width, length and shape of the cut shall be 2” below the lip of gutter as indicated on the Plans.
The final cut shall result in a uniform surface conforming to the typical cross section(s) except as otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. Except as otherwise called for on the Plans, all A.C. pavement cuts shall be cut to neat, clean, and straight lines to the satisfaction of, and as directed by, the ENGINEER.
The existing asphalt concrete pavement shall be header cut at a depth of (2) inches below the existing pavement, ranging from the edge of gutter to (7) foot wide, along both sides of the street. The limits will be marked in the field by the Engineer. The work shall comply with Section 302-5 of the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
Burning or heat planning will not be permitted. The planed pavement shall provide a maximum bond surface suitable for resurfacing.
The cold milled material shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove and dispose of from the Project limits in accordance with all laws and regulations. 404-1.1 Crack Sealing
Upon completion of the required cold mill depth, the Contractor shall inspect, sweep, and seal all cracks equal to or greater than ¼” wide and equal to or greater than 1” deep as follows:
Clean entire crack to a depth of up to 1” using sandblasting, brushing, and air blowing techniques as required to provide a crack free from all debris, dust, loose material and moisture. Gouging or plowing may be required to remove incompressible debris deep in the crack. The cleaned crack shall be filled with granulated tire rubber, plasticizer and filler, as manufactured by Crafco as Road Saver 203, or approved equal. All crack filler material shall be in conformance with the manufactures specifications. The crack sealant placed shall be slightly below the cold milled pavement surface to avoid over-application and wicking through the new AC surface during compaction of the AC Base and Surface Course lifts. Deep cracks greater than 1” should be filled with sand and covered with a thin layer of sealant.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-29
The sealant product shall conform to the following specifications:
ASTM D6690, D3405, AASHTO M173 and Federal SS-S-164 and SS-S 1041C.
All holes greater than 4” in diameter that exceed the cold mill depth specified shall be cleaned of loose materials, filled with Asphalt Concrete Type III-B2-PG-64-10 (3/4” sieve size), and compacted to a smooth even surface with the adjacent existing milled pavement prior to placement of the AC Base or Leveling Course. 404-1.2 Existing Facilities
Survey Monuments
Surveyor's street and property line monuments, not scheduled for removal shall be protected in accordance with the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Utilities
The CITY has made every reasonable effort to locate and mark on the Plans all known metal roadway improvements such as sewer manhole covers, water valve covers, catch basin covers, which, if struck, could damage the cold milling cutting drum and/or carbide tipped cutting teeth and makes no guarantee that it has successfully done so, therefore, Contractor must thoroughly inspect the work site in advance of the cold milling operation to minimize the risk of striking any unseen under surface object(s) and shall include in the price bid for cold milling the removal work, additional amount sufficient to cover the cost of damage related down time and the cost of repair of damage to said cold milling cutting drum and/or carbide tipped cutting teeth.
Curb and Gutter
Care shall be exercised not to damage adjacent concrete gutters or curbs. Gutters or curbs damaged shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 404-8 DISPOSAL OF MILLINGS
[Add the following:].
Residue from grinding shall not be permitted to flow or travel into gutters, onto adjacent street surfaces or parkways. All residues shall be completely removed by sweeping and properly disposed. No washing of residues into drainage structures will be allowed. 404-10 PAVEMENT TRANSISTIONS
[Add the following:].
Where required, temporary asphalt concrete ramps shall be installed to meet all current ADA accessibility requirements. Additionally, temporary asphalt concrete shall be placed at all cross-street transition sections, and driveways, as required for grade change conformance tapers.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-30
PART 6
TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
SECTION 600 – ACCESS
600-1 GENERAL
[Add the following:].
Prior to restricting normal access from public street to adjacent properties, the Contractor shall notify each property owner or owner's agent, informing them of the nature of the access restriction and the approximate duration of the restriction. The Contractor shall make every effort possible to minimize such restrictions. 600-2 VEHICULAR ACCESS
[Add the following:].
Trenches left open overnight shall be bridged in a safe and acceptable manner at all driveways and walkways to provide safe access.
The Contractor shall provide access as required to accommodate special circumstance at any residence including access for disabled, impaired, special medical needs, etc.
The Contractor shall use temporary asphalt surfacing at his own expense as required to maintain traffic in a safe and nondisruptive manner. The Contractor shall construct temporary AC ramps to provide safe and driveable access to residents and businesses.
Transitional and temporary asphalt concrete shall be removed prior to placement of new AC pavement.
600-3 PEDESTRIAN AND EMERGENCY ACCESS
[Add the following:].
A minimum of one four (4) foot wide pedestrian walkway shall be maintained and safely delineated along each public street at all times during construction.
Contractor shall provide emergency access for the fire trucks and other emergency vehicles at all times and notify the Police and Fire Departments in writing two (2) working days prior to construction.
The Contractor shall provide access as required to accommodate special circumstance at any residence including access for disabled, impaired, special medical needs, etc.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-31
SECTION 601 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR CONSTRUCTION AND
MAINTENANCE WORK ZONES
601-1 GENERAL
[Add the following:].
Traffic control shall also conform with the provision of the latest edition of Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH) published by Building News, Inc, within the City Right-of-Way and pursuant to the Caltrans Standard Plans and Specifications within the Caltrans Right-of Way, and the Plans and Specifications.
The Contractor shall perform all work for this Project Monday through Friday, except City observed holidays, and shall be allowed to work from 7:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. on residential streets, and from 8:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. on arterial and collector streets (see City’s Master Plan of Highways for reference), or unless directed otherwise by the ENGINEER. The Contractor may be allowed to work additional hours on Saturdays and Sundays pursuant to and at the discretion of the ENGINEER.
Special Conditions to Traffic Control and Limitations to Working Hours Lane closures shall be allowed per the traffic control and working hours shown in the City approved Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP). Minor deviations from the requirements concerning hours of work, which do not change the cost of the work, may be permitted by the ENGINEER upon the written request of the Contractor, provided that traffic will be better served and the work expedited. The Contractor shall obtain prior written approvals from the Engineer before adopting such deviations. 601-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN (TTCP)
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall submit to the City a complete Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP) in accordance with the Plans, the Standard Specifications, the Caltrans’ Manual of Traffic Controls in Construction and Maintenance Zones (latest edition) within Caltrans Right-of- Way, these Special Provisions and the standards contained in the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH) within City Right-of-Way, published by Building News, Inc. (latest edition).
NOTE: Contractor to be aware of the following restrictions to any and all work being performed within the City of Costa Mesa when developing the TTCP, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER:
a. Any work within a two (2) block radius of any school will be performed during a school break or on weekends. Contractor shall coordinate work schedule with ENGINEER, prior to commencing of proposed improvements. b. Contractor is not allowed to perform any work adjacent to the Orange County Fair Grounds from Friday prior to the start of the Orange County Fair to the Monday after the Fair ends. During this time, Contractor shall coordinate with Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-32
the Engineer locations of the streets, as specified in the City’s Orange County Fair Moratorium Map, prior to commencing of proposed improvements. c. The Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any work from the Monday before Thanksgiving to the Monday after New Year’s Day on Arterial streets, and during the week of any Holiday (Sunday through Saturday) on Residential streets. During this period, all work shall be completed, all travel and/or traffic lanes shall be restored to a safe condition, be fully operational, and shall be opened to vehicular traffic.
d. During elections, no work will be allowed within six hundred feet (600’) from polling place including no parking of construction equipment or employee vehicles within said distance of 600 feet.
e. Prior to commencement of any work within City limits, the contractor shall coordinate with the ENGINEER so that the work performed will not interfere with any special events occurring in the City throughout the year. f. Any night or weekend work shall be approved by the City a minimum of five (5) working days prior to the scheduled construction of the streets affected. 601-3 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (TTC) ZONE DEVICES
601-3.4 Operations and Maintenance
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall keep the areas adjacent to the Project site clear of any objects that may be hazardous to pedestrians and motorists. Provisions to reroute pedestrians, including the disabled, around the work area must be clearly delineated. The Contractor shall be responsible for the project safety on a 24-hour basis each calendar day for the entire duration of the project.
The City will only provide inspection during the designated construction hours Monday through Friday and as approved by the ENGINEER for Saturday and Sunday work in accordance with the work hours defined herein. Any work done without inspection is at the Contractor’s risk and subject to rejection. The replacement costs for rejected work will be borne by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall provide access as required to accommodate special circumstance at any residence including access for disabled, impaired, special medical needs, etc. At all times the Contractor shall provide a safe and walk able temporary sidewalk with a minimum width of thirty-six inch (36") clearance adjoining excavated areas within parkway limits for wheelchair and pedestrians to travel around construction areas. If such clearance is not possible, barricading, plating, filling, or other measures shall be required at no additional cost to the City.
The Contractor shall protect and preserve all the existing pavement outside construction limits in the same condition as existing. Contractor shall replace and/or repair the Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-33
damaged area to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER at no cost to the CITY if damaged by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall limit excavations for curb and gutter, driveways, sidewalk, cross- gutter and spandrels work that will leave an open excavation for only one weekend in a continuous two-week period.
601-3.5 Signs and Signage
601-3.5.1 General
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall use illuminated or reflective warning/construction signs at both ends of construction area, and at appropriate locations or as directed by the ENGINEER for the entire duration of the project. Solar powered flashing arrow boards will be required for all lane closures and may be required for other traffic control. In addition to other delineation, the Contractor shall be responsible for the project safety on a 24-hour basis.
Where construction signing conflicts with existing signing, the Contractor shall cover existing signs in a manner approved by the ENGINEER.
In order to minimize interruption to the construction and the inconvenience to the motorists, the Contractor must post traffic control signs at all applicable approaches to forewarn traffic. All signs must be visible and readable to the traffic from a minimum distance of 75 feet.
The Contractor shall install C-18 ROAD CONSTRUCTION AHEAD, C-17 with APPROPRIATE SPEED LIMIT, and C-13 END CONSTRUCTION signage and as required pursuant to the Plans and Specifications.
The Contractor shall furnish, install, post and maintain in place "No Parking - Tow Away" signs of a minimum height of forty-two (42) inches (from ground finish surface to top of sign) on temporary traffic control devices (even if streets have posted "No Parking" signs), which shall be posted at least 72 hours prior to commencement of roadwork, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. On the sign, Contractor shall print the hours, day(s) and date of closure in two-inch-high letters and numbers. A sample of the completed sign shall be approved by the ENGINEER five (5) working days prior to posting. The signs shall be spaced at a maximum of 50 feet from the street intersection and/or from each adjacent sign and at 200 feet spacing within each alley. For any work to be performed on Monday morning or a morning following a holiday, the Contractor must post "No Parking - Tow Away" signs with all requirements as specified at least 48 hours prior to weekend or holiday begins.
When directed by the ENGINEER, the Contractor shall provide flagmen to direct the traffic, at no additional contract cost to the CITY.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-34
Coordination of Traffic Control with Residents, Utilities, and other Agencies The Contractor shall complete the following coordination efforts with residents, affected utilities, and other agencies as part of the Temporary Traffic Control work:
a. Scheduling
The Contractor shall submit the Construction Work Schedule to the CITY for review and acceptance pursuant to Section 6-1.1 of the General Provisions. This schedule shall provide affected residents and businesses ample “on-street” parking within an 800-foot distance from their residence and/or businesses’. Requests for changes in the schedule shall be submitted by the Contractor to the CITY for approval at least three (3) working days prior to the scheduled construction of the streets affected. b. Notification
Two (2) weeks prior to construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for all notification to the residents and the businesses, and provide project status updates to affected residences and businesses informing them of the pending Project and Scope of Work, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. The Contractor shall submit a resident notification letter to the CITY for approval at least five (5) working days prior to delivery. The Contractor shall hand deliver copies of the approved notification letter and a newsletter (copies provided by the CITY) to the affected residences and businesses prior to the scheduled construction of the streets. This notification letter shall state the date and time of restricted travel on the affected streets. Failure to meet the approved schedule requires that the Contractor immediately notify residents of the cancellation for that day's work and reschedule construction of the affected area at a later date, at no cost to the CITY. Notification of rescheduled work shall follow this same procedure.
Notify the ENGINEER five (5) working days before commencing any work as stated in “a” above.
Notify the trash pick-up company “Costa Mesa Disposal” and all other trash haulers licensed to do business within the city of Costa Mesa of the schedule of work and the limitation of access. Coordinate with trash haulers and residents to ensure that regularly scheduled trash collection will occur. Contact Public Services Department at (714) 754-5307 for addresses of Costa Mesa Disposal and other trash haulers; also notify U.S. Postal Service and all other affected utilities (Edison, sewer, water, gas, telephone, etc.).
Coordinate with Orange County Transportation Authority to plan and to accommodate bus routes at least five (5) working days prior to commencement of any work, which will affect any of their facilities.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-35
601-3.6.4 Barricades
[Add the following:].
Type I, II, and III barricades shall be used at all approaches, per standards and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall employ sufficient traffic barriers to prevent traffic from entering the construction areas.
601-4 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS
The Contractor shall provide temporary delineation as depicted in the TTCP and as directed and approved by the ENGINEER. Temporary delineation shall include wet nozzle sandblasting of conflicting markings, installation and removal of temporary centerlines or lane lines, detour signing, barricading, replacement of traffic lines, and markings in their proper locations upon termination of the detour phase.
Provide temporary travel lane delineation, as required, at all times. Temporary flexible reflective stick on markers (slurry markers) may be applied.
Any locations yielding a situation that is not considered driveable by the ENGINEER shall be resolved by the Contractor at the direction of the ENGINEER. The Contractor shall not be paid for such corrective action and shall be charged for any costs incurred by the City for corrective action.
Provide temporary traffic restriping at the conclusion of any working day for any centerline or lane line, which is obliterated by construction for a distance longer than 65 feet. 601-4.3 Removal
[Replace with the following:].
Removal shall conform with Section 314-2 of these Special Provisions.
The Contractor shall provide the first coat of permanent traffic restriping in accordance with Section 314 of these Special Provisions.
601-4.4 Measurement
601-4.5 Payment
[Replace both with the following:].
601-5 TRAFFIC LANE WIDTHS AND CLEARANCES
601-5.2 Lanes Widths
[Add the following:].
The minimum lane width shall be 10 feet. There shall be a minimum of 5-foot clearance from open excavations deeper than 4-inches, and 24-inches clearance from other obstructions and any excavations less than 4-inches unless authorized by the Engineer.
The clearance requirements from open excavations may be reduced if K-railing (if the contractor so chooses) with crash cushions are utilized; the specification and layout of the K-rails with crash cushions shall conform to Caltrans’ standards and shall be approved Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-36
by the ENGINEER; all costs for K-rails and crash cushions shall be borne by the Contractor.
[Add the following Subsection:].
602 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
BID ITEM NOS. 2A, 2B, AND 2C: IMPLEMENT TRAFFIC CONTROL, INCLUDING ALL
EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL, LABOR, AND SET UP (INCLUDES
REMOVAL AT THE END OF PROJECT)
Measurement and Payment for “Implement Traffic Control, including All Equipment, Material, Labor, and Set Up (includes removal at the end of Project)” shall be at the contract price bid per Lump Sum (LS) and shall be considered full compensation for providing the Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP), coordination, notifications, signage, and all labor, materials, equipment, and other related work as required to implement the TTCP as shown on the Plans, in accordance with all applicable sections of these Special Provisions, Standard Specifications, Caltrans Standard Specifications and Pans, and Caltrans Permit conditions, and no additional compensation will be allowed. The progress payment for Temporary Traffic Control shall be based on the completion percentage of the entire Project as determined by the ENGINEER.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-37
PART 7
STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS
SECTION 701 – CONSTRUCTION
701-1 GENERAL
[Add the following:].
The following additions are made to the “Standard Specifications.” If there is a conflict between the “Standard Specifications” and these additions, these additions shall have precedence. Provisions of the Standard Specifications and Standard Plans (2018) of the State of California, Department of Transportation (Caltrans) shall apply to all construction materials, methods, and payment for traffic signal and lighting work, except as stated herein.
701-1 GENERAL
701-17 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONSTRUCTION / MODIFICATION
[Modify this Subsection per the following:].
Sections 86 and 87 of the 2010 Standard Specifications and Standard Plans of the State of California, Department of Transportation (Caltrans), Division of Highways, shall apply to all construction materials, methods, and payment, except as stated herein for Traffic Signal Construction. The Contractor shall visit the site during the bidding phase to estimate the quantities for replacement of existing systems as specified. Contractor shall also obtain existing record drawings for further verification of striping layout, which is also covered under Section 314-1 of these Special Provisions. Any changes or deviations between the plans and field markings shall be at the ENGINEER’s discretion at no additional expense.
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §4-1.03
Scope of Work – Project and Work Description:
The Project consists of modification of the existing traffic signal at Harbor Boulevard and Hamilton Street. Work includes but is not limited to furnishing and installation of new vehicle indications, new conduit, new pull boxes, new pedestrian push button, new traffic signal pole on new foundation to be constructed by the Contractor, and rewiring of the intersection including termination of new signal cable and conductors in existing traffic signal cabinet.
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §8-1.02
Schedule:
The Contractor shall initiate procurement of traffic signal equipment immediately upon contract authorization and begin assessment of utility locations. The Engineer shall approve the scheduling and sequence of all construction work prior to performing the Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-38
construction activity. The Contract shall contact each utility company to coordinate and schedule work and provide written correspondence to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall verify all existing facilities and notify the Engineer of any conflicts found during pre-construction inspection prior to commencement of any work. During the course of construction, no additional compensation will be provided for the correction of the differences between the plans and in the field.
The Contractor shall attend a pre-construction meeting within one (1) week following contract award. No actual project working days shall be charged for these activities. The Contractor shall notify the City in writing of the start date of actual field construction.
It is the intent of the City to provide the Fourteen (14) week period for furnishing and delivery of equipment prior to start of construction activity. Excavation, conduit installation, pull boxes and foundations should be coordinated in a most expedient manner to minimize the disruption and inconvenience of an extended construction schedule.
Construction once started shall be pursued daily through project completion.
The Contractor is responsible for securing an adequate storage site for equipment and materials. The Contractor shall provide supervisory personnel to keep the construction site in a safe, neat and orderly condition at all times. No Materials or equipment shall be stored at the job sites unless approval is issued by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall have on the work site at all times as his agent, a competent English speaking superintendent capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the drawings, specifications, and other related documents.
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §56-3.01C(2)
Foundations:
Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) shall conform to Section 90-2, “Minor Concrete” of the Standard Specifications and shall contain not less than 564 pounds of cement per cubic yard. Foundation concrete shall be vibrated to eliminate air pockets. Anchor bolts and cages shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor conforming to Caltrans standards. The contractor shall verify the bolt pattern of each pole prior to foundation installation.
Existing pole foundations shall be completely removed. All material removed for pole foundations shall become the property of the Contractor and disposed of outside the work site by and at the expense of the Contractor on the same day of excavation. Contractor shall define the exact location and depth of all utilities in the vicinity of proposed foundations. After all utility locations are exactly established, the Contractor shall contact Engineer for authorization of specific pole foundation location.
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §56-3.02
Steel Standards, Poles, Pedestals, and Posts:
Contractor shall furnish and install new traffic signal pole with all necessary nuts, bolts, washers, cages, and other hardware as required conforming to manufacturer and Caltrans standards, at no additional contract expense. Poles and hardware shall be tested Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-39
and certified per Caltrans testing procedures. Copies of the inspection request form and certifications given to the Engineer. Sign mounting hardware shall be Detail “U” of the Standard Plans ES-7N.
The Contractor shall coordinate the delivery and erection of poles to occur on the same day. No materials or equipment shall be stored at the job site unless authorized by the Engineer. The job site shall be maintained in a neat and orderly condition and safe pedestrian pathways provided at all times along all sidewalks, without exception. The installation of signal poles shall meet CAL/OSHA Electrical Safety Order and the Public Utilities Commission General Order No. 95, Rules for Overhead Electric Line Construction.
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §87-21.03B
Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems:
The Contractor shall schedule work to maintain full signal operations daily each peak period, without exception. The Contractor shall furnish and install temporary wiring and hardware as required to maintain the signal operational daily during peak periods, at no additional contract expense. Traffic signal communications shall remain in operation daily each peak period; work shall be carefully coordinated to maintain fiber optic communications service.
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §86-1.02B and §87-1.03B
Conduit and Accessories and Conduit Installation:
Conduit shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-1.02B, “Conduit and Accessories” and shall be installed to the provisions in Section 87.103B, “Conduit Installation” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
Conduit shall be High Density Polyethylene (grey color) – HDPE, IPS SDR11 GPE, or Schedule 80 PVC, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The contractor shall have the proper HDPE spooling equipment to install conduit without crimping or damage.
HDPE conduit shall not be spliced. A bonding wire shall be furnished with all HDPE conduit. All conduit sweeps shall meet Caltrans standards for future fiber optic cable installations.
Existing reused conduit shall be cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with compressed air. All existing rigid metal conduit to be reused shall be equipped with new elbows and rigid metal fittings manufactured of mild steel. Rigid galvanized steel conduit couplings shall be threaded or compression type. Threadless connections or threaded coupler with two bolts as a clamp shall not be allowed. Rigid metal type shall be manufactured of mild steel and conform to UL Publication UL 6 for Rigid Metallic Conduit. Conduit threads shall be brush painted with either zinc-rich paint or zinc-rich primer, spray-on applications shall not be permitted.
Rock wheeling shall be allowed only if authorized in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer prior to work shall approve the method of rock wheeling. Conduit installation under pavement, curb/gutter areas shall be by boring method approved by the Engineer.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-40
No open cutting shall be permitted for streets in City moratorium areas, unless City Standard roadway repair moratorium compliance measures are implemented. Any work in designated moratorium areas will include AC pavement mill and overlay work extending 50’ beyond the damaged area, within each affected travel lane.
Excessive use of water, such that pavement might be undermined, or subgrade softened shall not be permitted. Conduits to be drilled or jacking rod shall be fitted with suitable drill bits for the required hole size. Jacking or boring method must not weaken or damage any embankment, structure ore pavement. Any mud from jacking or boring shall be flushed from the conduit and removed from the jacking pit to eliminate inadequate backfilling.
Parkway trenching shall conform to City of Costa Mesa Standard Drawing No. 813, 411, 413 and 414 for sidewalk replacement. All existing plant and irrigation materials including but not limited to sod, trees and bushes damaged by trenching or boring work shall be replaced in kind, at no additional compensation.
Within pull boxes, conduit shall be placed to meet minimum clearances between the pull box base, the conduit end and lid of pull box, conforming to Caltrans Standard Plans and Specifications. The contractor shall adjust existing pull boxes where clearance is inadequate to accommodate existing and proposed cable and/or conductors. Work shall conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications 86-1.02B and 87-1.03B. The ends of conduit termination in pull boxes and controller cabinets shall be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound.
Conduit shall be placed in a manner to allow the cable/wire to be pulled in a straight line and clear the side of the pull box by at least 51 mm (2”). Use minimum bending radius as permitted by Appendix H of ICEA S-19/NEMA WC 3 and SMFO cable manufacturer's recommendations.
After conductors/cables have been installed, the exposed end of conduits terminating in pull boxes, service equipment enclosure and controller cabinets shall be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound immediately after installation of conductors. Conduit for future use in pull boxes shall be threaded and capped, with a pull rope intact between successive pull boxes.
All excavations for the installation of conduits and pull boxes, and removal of old systems, shall be backfilled, compacted and restored to match adjacent areas and excess material shall be immediately removed from the job site. All trenching activity, commenced each day, shall be fully backfilled to the finished surface grade at the end of each day; final resurfacing shall be completed within five (5) working days on all streets and all trenches maintained in a safe condition.
Work shall include furnishing and installing trenching, jacking and boring, and all associated labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals involved in furnishing and installing conduit, complete in place. This shall include installation of conduit under sidewalk, soil and roadway pavement areas, removing surface materials, furnishing fittings, bends, bushings, pull wires, modification of conduit entrances, replacement and repair in kind of AC, PCC, sod, irrigation within all areas affected by conduit installation, Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-41
and all associated work, materials and equipment required to provide the intended operation. All jacking pits shall be adequately compacted immediately upon installing fill material and made safe for pedestrian access, and inspected by the Engineer prior to concrete or asphalt placement.
All conduit existing within excavation areas shall be lowered, modified and/or adjusted as required to accommodate the intended improvements at no additional compensation. The Contractor shall determine the exact location of all underground facilities within improvement area, by hand digging if necessary, and prior to commencing excavation work to assure avoidance of conflicts. All costs for preliminary exploratory work of existing conditions and subsequent utility modification shall be included in the lump sum bid item and no additional compensation shall be allowed.
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §86-1.02C and §87-1.03C
Pull Boxes and Installation of Pull Boxes:
Pull boxes shall conform to the provisions in the State Standard Specifications and these special provisions and comply with UL and NEMA standards. New pull boxes and covers in the sidewalk or behind the curb shall be lightweight fiber material, Christy “Fiberlyte”, or Engineer approved equal.
All pull boxes shall be factory-made standard size No.5 pull boxes with extension unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The cover marking for each pull box shall read "TRAFFIC". Pull boxes shall be provided with locking mechanisms as specified in the State Standard Plans and shall be gray in color.
All pull boxes shall be located as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer.
No pull box shall be located within the driveway apron, or within any wheelchair ramp landing. Pull boxes within unimproved areas shall have a Class 1 flexible Post Delineator, per Caltrans Standard Plan A73-C installed adjacent to the pull box.
Within the pull box, the conduit shall be placed in a manner that the lowest portion of the opening shall be a minimum of 51 mm above the bottom of the pull box, the top portion of the opening shall be not less than 203 mm from the top of the pull box. The conduit shall be placed in a manner to allow the cable/wire to be pulled in a straight line and clear the side of the pull box by at least 51 mm.
Pull box Installation Details - The bottom of pull boxes installed in the ground or in sidewalk areas shall be bedded in at least 152 mm of crushed rock and shall be grouted prior to the installation of conductors. The grout shall be between 51 mm and 25 mm in depth and shall be sloped towards the drain hole. A layer of roofing paper shall be placed between the grout and the crushed rock sump. A 25 mm drain hole shall be provided in the center of the pull boxes or splice vault through the grout and the roofing paper.
Excavating and backfilling shall be as per section 87-1.03E, “Excavating and Backfilling for Electrical Systems” of the State Standard Specifications except that the backfill material shall not contain rocks graded larger than 25 mm.
Where the sump of an existing pull box is damaged by the Contractor’s operations, the sump shall be reconstructed and if the sump was grouted, the old grout shall be removed, Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-42
and new grout placed at the cost of the Contractor and not the City. Any existing improvements damaged by the Contractor shall be in accordance with the State Standard Specifications at the cost of the Contractor and not the City.
Pull box Adjustments - The contractor shall adjust existing pull boxes where inadequate clearance is provided to accommodate the proposed cable and conductors, or where settling has occurred whereby the pull box grade is lower that the adjacent surface area grade at no additional cost to the City. Work shall conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications 87-1.03C. Pull box adjustment shall include the installation of new bushings, conduit end sealant, crushed rock and grout prior to the installation of conductors, and necessary concrete repair work. Old grout shall be removed, and new grout installed as required. Repair of adjacent PCC sidewalk shall be included, conforming to these specifications.
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §86-1.02F and §87-1.03F
Conductors and Cables and Conductors and Cables Installations:
Only the splicing of loop detector cable shall be permitted. All other conductors including interconnect cable shall be continuous without splicing between terminal points, without exception. Conductors No. 8 AWG or larger shall be spliced by the use of “C” shaped compression connectors. Splices shall be insulated by “Method B.” Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §86-1.02F(1)(c)(ii)
Bonding Jumpers and Equipment Grounding Conductors:
Bonding and grounding of metal conduit shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-
1.02F(1)(c)(ii) “Bonding Jumpers and Equipment Grounding Conductors,” of the Caltrans Specifications, and these Special Provisions. Grounding jumper shall be attached by a 3/16 inch or larger brass bolt in the signal Standard or controller pedestal and shall be run to the conduit, ground rod or bonding wire in adjacent pull box. The grounding jumper shall be visible after the PCC cap has been poured on foundation.
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §86-1.02P(2)
Service Equipment Enclosures:
The contractor shall protect in place and reuse existing electrical service.
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §6-2.03B
Job Site Inspection and Testing:
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to arrange the furnishing, testing, pick-up, and delivery of all items to the project site. Any costs involved to test, deliver and install equipment shall be borne by the Contractor and be considered as included in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be allowed.
Following notification, the Contractor must complete a satisfactory “turn-on” within a reasonable time of the day and hour specified in the notification. When a turn-on is not completed, as specified above, it shall be canceled and rescheduled with the Engineer.
The turn-on shall not be made on Friday or the day preceding a legal holiday. The Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-43
Engineer shall be notified at least 48 hours prior to the intended turn-on and shall authorize the “turn-on” day and hour.
The installation resistance shall not be less than 100 Meg ohms on all circuits when the megger tests are performed. Testing shall not be conducted until all control and/or sensor units and probes have been disconnected from the circuit.
The signal monitoring unit shall be tested in the field before “turn-on”. Five days of continuous satisfactory operation as called for in Section 87-1.01D, “Quality Assurance,” of the Standard Specifications shall be provided.
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §86-1.02Q(3)
Controller Cabinets:
Existing Type P-44 cabinet assembly shall be protected in place and reused. All necessary equipment required for modification of the traffic signal phasing such as load switches, and vehicle detector units shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor as shown on the plans. Contractor shall terminate new conductors in existing cabinet for intended operation.
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §86-1.02R and §87-1.02R
Signal Heads:
All new circular & arrow indications shall conform to the ITE specification adopted 6/27/05 and 7/1/07, including Intertek LED Certification with ETL Verified Label & Warranty. The contractor shall provide proof of compliance with the ITE standard. A five-year warrantee shall be provided on all LED lenses furnished by the manufacturer. A Certificate of Compliance from the manufacturer shall be submitted to the Engineer, and a copy of the LED purchase order, product specification, certificate of compliance and warrantee. All incandescent traffic signal lamps in existing and relocated heads shall be removed and replaced with new LED lenses.
Mounting hardware configurations shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation.
Vehicle head mounting assemblies shall be configured and adjusted by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer at no additional contract cost.
The top opening of signal heads shall be sealed with a neoprene gasket. LED’s shall be products pre-qualified by the Caltrans’ Testing Laboratory. Signal mounting assemblies shall consist of Size 41 standard steel pipe or galvanized conduit, necessary fittings, slip- fitters and terminal compartments. Pipe fittings shall be ductile iron, galvanized steel, aluminum alloy Type AC-84B No. 380 or Bronze. Mast arm slip-fitters post top slip-fitters and terminal compartments shall be cast bronze or hot-dip galvanized ductile iron. After installation any exposed threads of galvanized conduit brackets and areas of the brackets damaged by wrench or vise jaws shall be cleaned with a wire brush and brush painted with 2 applications of approved un-thinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the requirements in Section 91, “Paint”. Aerosol cans shall not be used.
Existing heads shall be cleaned, poorly bonded paint removed w/ wire brush and painted black.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-44
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §86-1.02S and §87-1.03S
Pedestrian Signal Heads:
Pedestrian signal heads shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor and shall be the ITE “Uniform Display” type “Countdown” Hand/Man pedestrian head or Engineer approved equal. The LED pedestrian heads shall be furnished with a 5-year warrantee from the manufacturer. A copy of the LED purchase order, product specification and warrantee shall be submitted to the Engineer.
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §86-1.02U and §87-1.03U
Push Button Assemblies:
Pedestrian and bike push button assemblies shall be the Polara Bulldog Round 3” stainless steel fully sealed assembly with LED and audible momentary beeper and hard enamel powder coat or engineer approved equal. The sign shall be attached and securely supported by the framework, and not extend beyond the framework. The display shall be international symbol without wording, mounted 40” high from the pedestrian landing surface. Face-plate screws shall be stainless steel tamper resistant. The contractor shall submit the PPB/BPB manufacture’s specifications and warranty to the Engineer.
Caltrans Std. Spec’s. §86-5
Detectors:
In addition to 86-5.01A(5) Installation Details, the following shall be added:
With reference to Curb Termination Detail Type A, ES-5E California Standard Plan, page 255, the excavation in the pavement adjacent to the curb and gutter section shall be backfilled with a combination of four inches (4”) minimum thickness fine hot mix bituminous material with 5.6 percent by dry weight asphalt binder mixed with minimal aggregate over two inches (2”) minimum thickness, 95 percent compacted sand tack coated on all contact surfaces. Entering saw-slot shall be deepened to allow both conduit and slack loop leads to be entire within the compacted sand. Neither asphalt nor epoxy is to be allowed to encase the loop leads. Provide and install new conduit for detector loop lead-ins as required.
If required, the Contractor shall test the detectors with a motor-driven cycle, as defined in the California Vehicle Code, that is licensed for street use by the Department of Motor Vehicles of the State of California. The unladen weight of the vehicle shall not exceed 220 pounds and the engine displacement shall not exceed 100 cubic centimeters. Special features, components or vehicles designed to activate the detector will not be permitted.
The Contractor shall provide an operator who shall drive the motor-driven cycle through their response or detection area of the detector at not less than three (3) miles per hour nor more than seven (7) miles per hour. The detector shall provide an indication in response to this test.
The contractor shall install Type D loops as required and Type E loops for the rest including Advanced Detection. For presence detection contractor shall install following number of Type D loops per lane:
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-45
- Left-turn lane – 4 loops at 10 O.C.
- Thru lane – 2 Loops at 10 O.C.
- Right turn lane (if applicable) – 1 Delay Loop
All Front Row Presence loops shall be installed starting at 1 foot behind the limit line.
For Advanced detection, the contractor shall install 1 Type E loop per thru lane.
The Contractor shall test loops, associated wiring and splicing from the controller cabinet to assure continuity and shall establish that the signal and loops are fully actuated and operating as designed. The Contractor shall completely assess existing conditions and shall immediately notify the Engineer of any existing deviation from normal actuated signal operation in writing prior to start of work.
Loop wire shall be Type 1. Loop detector lead-in cable shall be Type B All traffic loop detector installations shall be Type E and have a minimum one (1) inch cover conforming to Caltrans Standard Plan ES-5A and ES-5B.
Loops shall be installed 2 days following final A.C. work at intersections.
Loop conductors and epoxy shall be installed on the same day the loop slots are cut. The Contractor shall seal all loop slots with asphalt emulsion sealant or approved equal.
Slots in asphalt concrete pavement shall be filled with asphaltic concrete sealant as follows:
Temperature of sealant material during installation shall be above 70º F. Air temperature during installation shall be above 50º F. Sealant placed in the slots shall be compacted by use of an 8-inch diameter by 1/8-inch thick steel hand roller or other tool approved by the Engineer. Compacted sealant shall be flush with the pavement surface. Minimum conductor coverage shall be one inch. Excess sealant remaining after rolling shall not be reused. On completion of rolling, traffic will be permitted to travel over the sealant.
The Contractor shall determine if the existing loop lead-in conduit is adequate to accommodate the proposed loop wiring. Any increases in conduit size required to complete the work shall be included in the bid, and no additional compensation shall be allowed.
The Contractor shall contact the Engineer two (2) working days in advance for marking the locations of all existing loop detectors and adjusting signal timing prior to damaging or covering existing loops. The Engineer shall approve loop locations prior to installation; 6' Type E (circular) loops shall consist of 4 wraps.
Loop detectors shall be disconnected in adjacent pullbox prior to pavement removal or pavement milling operations.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-46
PROJECT A: NEW TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
W. 19TH STREET AT WALLACE AVENUE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The Project consists of furnishing and installing a new traffic signal at the intersection of 19th Street at Wallace Avenue including tying in to the existing fiber optic trunk line on 19th Street for communications between the new traffic signal and the City of Costa Mesa Traffic Management Center. Improvements also include required signing and striping changes, Video/Radar Detection, and GPS Emergency Vehicle Preemption System.
BID ITEM NO. 3A: FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW TRAFFIC SIGNAL, INCLUDING ALL
APPURTENANT MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, LABOR, AND CONSTRUICTION TO
PRODUCE A FULL FUNCTIONING TRAFFIC SIGNAL THAT IS CONNECTED AND FULLY COMMUNICATES WITH THE CITY’S TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
CENTER (TMC)
The following additions are made to the “Standard Specifications.” If there is a conflict between the “Standard Specifications” and these additions, these additions shall have precedence. Provisions of Sections 12, 56, 84, 86 and 87 of the Standard Specifications and Standard Plans (2018), and any applicable errata (or Revised Standard Plans) of the State of California, Department of Transportation shall apply to all construction materials, methods, and payment for traffic signal and lighting work, except as stated herein. 4 SCOPE OF WORK
4-1.03 Work Description
[Add the following:].
The scope of work in general consists of furnishing and installing a new traffic signal at W. 19th Street at Wallace Avenue including the furnishing and installing of new signal poles and foundations, signal and luminaire mast arm, controller, cabinet, vehicle and pedestrian signal heads, signs, safety lighting, APS push button, conduit, conductors and cable, service, video/radar hybrid detection system, emergency vehicle preemption system, pull box, fiber optics communication, and all work, materials and equipment required to provide operation as shown on the Plan and these Specifications. Work, materials and equipment shall conform to the provisions in Division X, “Electrical Work”, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications dated 2018, and these Special Provisions. 6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS
6-2 Quality Assurance
6-2.03 Department Acceptance
6-2.03B Job Site Inspection and Testing
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-47
[Add the following:].
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to arrange the furnishing, testing, pick-up, and delivery of all items to the project site. Any costs involved to test, deliver and install equipment shall be borne by the Contractor and be considered as included in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be allowed.
Following notification, the Contractor must complete a satisfactory “turn-on” within a reasonable time of the day and hour specified in the notification. When a turn-on is not completed, as specified above, it shall be canceled and rescheduled with the Engineer.
The turn-on shall not be made on Friday or the day preceding a legal holiday. The Engineer shall be notified at least 48 hours prior to the intended turn-on and shall authorize the “turn-on” day and hour.
The installation resistance shall not be less than 100 megohms on all circuits when the megger tests are performed. Testing shall not be conducted until all control and/or sensor units and probes have been disconnected from the circuit.
The signal monitoring unit shall be tested in the field before “turn-on”. Five days of continuous satisfactory operation as called for in Section 87-1.01D, “Quality Assurance,” of the Standard Specifications shall be provided.
8 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
8-1.02 Schedule
8-1.02A General
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall initiate procurement of traffic signal equipment immediately upon contract authorization and begin assessment of utility locations. The Engineer shall approve the scheduling and sequence of all construction work prior to performing the construction activity. The Contract shall contact each utility company to coordinate and schedule work and provide written correspondence to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall verify all existing facilities and notify the Engineer of any conflicts found during pre-construction inspection prior to commencement of any work. During the course of construction, no additional compensation will be provided for the correction of the differences between the plans and in the field.
The Contractor shall attend a pre-construction meeting within one (1) week following contract award. No actual project working days shall be charged for these activities. The Contractor shall notify the City in writing of the start date of actual field construction.
Excavation, conduit installation, pull boxes and foundations should be coordinated in a most expedient manner to minimize the disruption and inconvenience of an extended Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-48
construction schedule. Construction once started shall be pursued daily through project completion.
The Contractor is responsible for securing an adequate storage site for equipment and materials. The Contractor shall provide supervisory personnel to keep the construction site in a safe, neat and orderly condition at all times. No Materials or equipment shall be stored at the job sites unless approval is issued by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall have on the work site at all times as his agent, a competent English speaking superintendent capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the drawings, specifications, and other related documents.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-49
56 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURES, STANDARDS, AND POLES
56-3 Standards, Poles, Pedestals, And Posts
56-3.01C(2) Foundations
56-3.01C(2)(a) General
[Add the following:].
Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) shall conform to Section 90-2, “Minor Concrete” of the Standard Specifications and shall contain not less than 564 pounds of cement per cubic yard. Foundation concrete shall be vibrated to eliminate air pockets. Anchor bolts and cages shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor conforming to Caltrans standards. The contractor shall verify the bolt pattern of each pole prior to foundation installation.
After all utility locations are exactly established, the Contractor shall contact Engineer for authorization of specific pole foundation location.
56-3.02 Steel Standards, Poles, Pedestals, and Posts
56-3.02A General
[Add the following:].
Contractor shall furnish and install poles, nuts, bolts, washers, cages, and other hardware as required conforming to Caltrans standards, at no additional contract expense. Poles and hardware shall be tested and certified per Caltrans testing procedures. Copies of the inspection request form and certifications given to the Engineer. Sign mounting hardware shall be Detail “U” of the Standard Plans ES-7N.
The Contractor shall coordinate the delivery and erection of poles to occur on the same day. No materials or equipment shall be stored at the job site unless authorized by the Engineer. The job site shall be maintained in a neat and orderly condition and safe pedestrian pathways provided at all times along all sidewalks, without exception. The installation of signal poles shall meet CAL/OSHA Electrical Safety Order and the Public Utilities Commission General Order No. 95, Rules for Overhead Electric Line Construction.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-50
DIVISION X ELECTRICAL WORK
86 GENERAL (DIVISION X ELECTRICAL WORK)
All electrical equipment, materials, and work shall be in accordance with Section 86 “Electrical Work” and Section 87 “Electrical Systems” of the latest edition of the Caltrans Standard Specifications (including the Revised Standard Specifications) as modified within these Special Provisions.
The Contractor shall furnish all material, services, labor and equipment necessary for the required work.
These special provisions set minimum requirements on material characteristics of the pavement marking products. Requirements concerning application and contractor warranties shall be maintained to secure acceptable performances. 86-1.02 Materials
86-1.02B Conduit and Accessories
86-1.02B(1) General
[Add the following:].
Conduit shall be High Density Polyethylene (grey color) – HDPE, IPS SDR11 GPE, or Schedule 80 PVC, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. HDPE shall be used for underground boring of conduit or for underground fiber optic cables. The contractor shall have the proper HDPE spooling equipment to install conduit without crimping or damage.
HDPE conduit shall not be spliced. A bonding wire shall be furnished with all HDPE conduit. All conduit sweeps shall meet Caltrans standards for future fiber optic cable installations.
Pull tape shall be furnished and installed in each new conduit run. Pull tape must be a flat, woven, lubricated, soft-fiber, polyester tape with a minimum tensile strength of 1,800 lb. The tape must have sequential measurement markings every 3 feet.
Tracer wire shall be furnished and installed in each conduit run and shall be a minimum No. 12 solid copper conductor with orange insulation Type TW, THW, RHW, or USE. 86-1.02C Pull Boxes
86-1.02C(1) General
[Remove section from lines 6 to 23].
[Add the following:].
Pull boxes shall conform to the provisions in the State Standard Specifications and these special provisions and comply with UL and NEMA standards. New pull boxes shall be Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-51
Christy N-series composite and lids shall be lightweight fiber material, “Fiberlyte”.
Pull box lids for fiber optic pull boxes shall be bolt-down anti-vandal type.
Contractor to furnish tool for unlocking and removing pull box covers.
All pull boxes shall be factory-made standard size No.6 pull boxes unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. Home run pull boxes or pull boxes containing fiber splice enclosures shall be size No. 6 with extension (#6E) unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The cover marking for each pull box shall read "TRAFFIC SIGNAL" for traffic signal pull boxes and interconnect/communications pull boxes, and “LIGHTING” for lighting pull boxes, Pull boxes containing fiber optic cables shall be provided with locking mechanisms as specified in the State Standard Plans and shall be gray in color.
A pull box cover must have a marking on the top that is:
1. Clearly defined
2. Uniform in depth
3. Parallel to the longer side
4. From 1 to 3 inches in height
Pull boxes adjacent to Traffic Signal poles shall have 10 foot ground rod with ground clamp and shall be fastened to bare grounding conductor from Traffic Signal pole. No new pull box shall be located within five feet of a water meter or fire hydrant. Replace sidewalk in-kind to match existing material, color, and pattern, from score mark to score mark after pull boxes have been installed.
86-1.02C(2) Nontraffic Pull Boxes
[Add the following:].
The nontraffic pull box shall be a type N series pull box and the pull box lid shall be fiberlyte material. Pull boxes and covers shall be gray. 86-1.02F Conductors and Cables
86-1.02F(1) General
[Add the following:].
Only the splicing of loop detector cable shall be permitted. All other conductors including interconnect cable shall be continuous without splicing between terminal points, without exception. Conductors No. 8 AWG or larger shall be spliced by the use of “C” shaped compression connectors. Splices shall be insulated by “Method B.”.
Individual conductors shall not be used for new traffic signal installations or modifications of existing traffic signals unless specifically directed by the ENGINEER and shown on the plans.
Each traffic signal pole shall be served by a single 12 CSC cable per each two vehicle phases. Each pedestrian push button or bicycle push button assembly shall be served by a single 3 CSC.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-52
Conductors and cables must be clearly and permanently marked the entire length of their outer surface with:
1. Manufacturer's name or trademark
2. Insulation-type letter designation
3. Conductor size
4. Voltage
5. Number of conductors for a cable
The minimum insulation thickness and color code requirements must comply with NEC. 86-1.02F(1)(c)(ii) Bonding Jumpers and Equipment Grounding Conductors [Add the following:].
Grounding jumper shall be attached by a 3/16 inch or larger brass bolt in the signal Standard or controller pedestal and shall be run to the conduit, ground rod or bonding wire in adjacent pull box. The grounding jumper shall be visible after the PCC cap has been poured on foundation.
86-1.02K Luminaires
86-1.02K(1) General
[Add the following:].
Luminaire heads shall be LED-type. All luminaire heads shall be equipped with utility wattage labels. LED Luminaires shall be Leotek GCL G-series “legacy” or GCM J-Series luminaire heads, model number GCL1-80G-MV-NW-3R-GY-700-WL-PCR7-LLPC-SC or City approved equal The luminaire heads shall be 250W HPS equivalent or greater. 86-1.02M Photoelectric Controls
[Add the following:].
Contractor to furnish and install Type V photoelectric control on the side of all new service equipment enclosures.
86-1.02P Enclosures
86-1.02P(2) Service Equipment Enclosures
[Add the following:].
The contractor shall be responsible for carrying out the work in any Edison prepared design drawings to establish service connection to the intersection.
The contractor shall furnish and install a Type II-B service cabinet on the new traffic signal cabinet with a Type V photoelectric control on the side of the service equipment enclosure. The Contractor shall furnish all work and materials required to provide the Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-53
intended service and coordinate work with the Edison Company well in advance of this work. The Contractor shall pay all electrical service connection and design fees.
A new 3” schedule 80 PVC conduit shall be furnished and installed from the existing SCE pull box to the base of signal cabinet foundation. At the base of the signal cabinet foundation a 3” to 2.5” schedule 80 reducer fitting shall be installed and 2.5” schedule 80 conduit installed into the service cabinet. The new service cabinet shall provide a 100 amp main breaker, 50 amp signal breaker, 30 amp safety lighting breaker, 15 amp IISNS breaker, and spare 15 amp breaker. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to establish all electrical service connections for the traffic signal and lighting system and for any work seen or unforeseen during this process.
Service cabinets shall be aluminum (0.125-inch minimum thickness) with seams continuously welded meeting Caltrans Standards, unpainted aluminum, and anti-graffiti coated per the Engineer’s direction.
All work and materials required to provide the intended service shall be furnished and performed,
including coordinating with Edison. The lump sum bid price shall include installation and/or
removal of pull boxes/hand holes, service risers, breakers, conduit and conductors, labor, materials, tools and equipment to provide the intended service operation, including all necessary
connection fees, and no further compensation shall be allowed. 86-1.02Q Cabinets
86-1.02Q(3) Controller Cabinets
[Replace the entire section with the following:].
1. Controller/Cabinet Assembly
Contractor shall furnish and install Econolite (or Approved Equal) new TS2 Type 2 P-44 full Cabinet Assembly on new foundation.
Solid-state traffic actuated controller unit, cabinet and auxiliary equipment shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-1.02Q(3), "Controller Cabinets", these Special Provisions, and NEMA TS-2 standards.
Contractor shall furnish and install Econolite Cobalt ATC Controller unit and appurtenances in new signal cabinet as indicated on the plans.
Contractor shall furnish and install all miscellaneous items as necessary to produce a fully- operational system in accordance with the plans, these technical provisions, Caltrans Standard Plans and Standard Specifications. Power distribution panel, inside auxiliary control panel, and police panel shall be hard wired. Plug-N-Go shall not be used.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-54
2. Cabinet Assembly
The Contractor shall furnish and install Type "P-44" aluminum cabinet assembly as indicated that including but not limited to the following items:
i. One (1) - Fully wired eight (8) phase NEMA TS2 Type 2 "P-44" unpainted aluminum cabinet.
ii. One (1) - Econolite Cobalt ATC Controller unit with data key, Ethernet port, and FSK Telemetry, with 32 channels of detection. Controller shall be equipped with Econolite EOS software.
iii. One (1) - Malfunction Management Unit with LCD display (programmed for the intersection).
iv. One (8) position TS2 detector rack with (8) two-channel detection as indicated on plan and one (1) Bus Interface Unit, per rack.
v. Sixteen (16) position vertical load bay.
vi. Twelve (12) load switches.
vii. One (1) - Controller cabinet power supply.
viii. One (1) – Slide Drawer Shelf
Work shall be performed by a qualified traffic signal technician, certified to perform the cabinet hardware installations as required. The contractor shall furnish and install all necessary material, equipment and appurtenances required for intended operation as shown in the plans and as outlined in these specifications.
3. Cabinet Construction
Cabinet shall meet, as a minimum, all applicable sections of the NEMA Standard Publication. Where differences occur, this specification shall govern. The cabinet shall meet the following criteria:
i. Material shall be aluminum sheet, 5052-H32, with a minimum thickness of 0.125- inch. ii. The cabinet exterior shall be unpainted aluminum finish as indicated and with a white interior.
iii. The door hinge shall be of the continuous type with a stainless-steel hinge pin. iv. The door handle shall be cast aluminum.
v. All seams shall be sealed with RTV sealant or equivalent material on the interior of the cabinet.
vi. Cabinet lock shall be of the Corbin No. 2 type.
vii. The cabinet shall have four (4) sets of cabinet wiring diagrams. viii. The cabinet shall have one (1) set of equipment manuals (Controller, MMU, etc.).
Shelves
Two (2) aluminum shelves extending completely across the back of the cabinet in the top cabinet area.
1. The first aluminum shelf extending completely across the back of the cabinet shall be provided to support the detector rack(s) and power supply.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-55
2. The second aluminum shelf extending completely across the back of the cabinet shall be provided to support the controller and master (for future requirement provision) and the MMU.
Equipment Accessibility
All mounted panels and equipment shall have a minimum tool access clearance of 6".
Ventilating Fan SP14 The cabinet shall be provided with one (1) thermostatically- controlled ventilation fan, adjustable between 80o to 150o F and shall be installed in the top of the cabinet plenum.
Air Filter Assembly
The cabinet Air Filter shall be a one-piece removable, medium efficiency, synthetic, pleated (Econolite Part No. 57389P11) air filter and shall be firmly secured to the air entrance of the cabinet.
Cabinet Light Assembly
The cabinet shall be equipped with an LED lighting fixture mounted on the inside of the cabinet near the front edge. The LED light shall be activated by an On/Off switch that is turned on when the cabinet door is opened and turned off when the door is closed.
The cabinet shall have a gooseneck type lighting fixture that shall be mounted on the inside of the door near the hinge. The gooseneck light shall be activated by an On/Off switch that is turned on when the cabinet door is opened and turned off when the door is closed.
Lightning Suppression
The cabinet shall be equipped with an EDCO Model SHP-300-10 surge arrester, or City approved equivalent.
Power Panel
The Power Panel shall house the following equipment:
1. One (1) 40 Amp main breaker to supply power to the main panel, controller, MMU, and cabinet power supply.
2. One (1) 15 Amp auxiliary breaker to supply power to the fan, light, and GFCI outlet.
3. One (1) 50 Amp, 125 VAC radio interference line filter.
4. One (1) normally-open, 60 Amp, Crydom Model #HA8475 solid state relay, or City approved equivalent.
Convenience Outlet
Three (3) duplex outlets shall be supplied, as per the following:
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-56
1. The first is for short-term equipment use, 120-volt AC, 15 Amp NEMA 5-15 GFCI duplex outlet, and shall be mounted in the lower right corner of the cabinet facing the inside of the cabinet door and within 6" of the front edge of the opening of the door.
2. The second and third are for long-term equipment use, 120-volt AC, 15 Amp NEMA duplex outlet, and shall be mounted in the upper right corner of the cabinet facing the inside of the cabinet. Power shall be supplied from un-switched filtered power.
Inside Auxiliary Control Panel Switches
The inside door panel shall contain three (3) switches: Auto/Flash, Auto/Off/On Stop- Time, and Power On/Off. Auxiliary door panel switches shall be hard wired; printed circuit boards shall not be used.
1. Auto/Flash Switch (2-Position): In the Auto position, the intersection shall operate normally. In the Flash position, power shall be maintained to the controller and the intersection shall be placed in flash. The controller shall not be stop timed when in flash.
A guard shall be installed to prevent the switch from being shut off accidentally.
2. Auto/Off/On Stop-Time Switch (3-Position): In the Auto position, the controller shall be stop timed when the police door Auto/Flash Switch is in the Flash position or MMU flash.
In the Off position, the switch shall release all stop time from controller. In the On position, the switch shall maintain a continuous stop time to the controller.
3. Controller Power On/Off Switch (2-Position): This switch shall control the controllers AC power. A guard shall be installed to prevent the switch from being shut off accidentally.
Police Panel
The Police Panel shall contain two (2) switches: Signals On/Off and Auto/Flash. All police panel switches shall be hard wired; printed circuit boards shall not be used. The Police Panel shall have 2 conductor plugs for a mono plug (2 contacts, #59098P1 black handle) traffic light control cord “pickle switch”.
1. Signals On/Off Switch (2-Position) In the On position, the field displays shall show either normal operation or flash. In the Off position, power shall be removed from signal heads in the intersection. The controller shall continue to operate. In the Off position, the MMU shall not conflict or require reset.
2. Auto/Flash Switch (2-Position) In the Auto position, the intersection shall operate normally based on all other switches. In the Flash position, power shall not be removed from the controller and stop time shall be applied based on the Stop- Time switch.
4. Cabinet Wiring
Cables
All Controller and MMU cables shall have sufficient length to access any shelf position.
All cables shall be encased in a protective sleeve along their entire free length.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-57
All cabinet wiring shall be color coded as follows:
Purple = Flash Color programming
Brown = Green Signal wiring
Yellow = Yellow Signal wiring
Red = Red Signal wiring
Blue = Controller wiring
Gray = DC ground return, logic ground
Black = AC positive
White = AC negative
Green = Chassis
Main-Panel and Wire Terminations
All wires terminated behind the main-panel and other panels shall be soldered. No pressure or solder-less connectors shall be used. Printed circuit boards shall not be used on main panels.
Flashing Operation
Cabinet shall be wired for NEMA flash. All cabinets shall be wired to flash Red for all phases. Flashing display shall alternate between phases 1, 4, 5 and 8, and phases 2, 3, 6 and 7.
Detector Rack and Interface
A minimum of one (1) TS-2 Vehicle Loop detector rack with field termination panel, TS-2 power supply, and SDLC cable shall be provided for each new signal cabinet. Each individual rack shall support up to sixteen (16) channels of loop/video detection and one (1) BIU.
Main Panel Configuration
The main panel shall be fully wired in the following configuration:
1. Sixteen (16) vertical load sockets.
2. Six (6) flash transfer relay sockets.
3. One (1) flasher socket.
4. Wiring for both Type 1 and Type 2 Controllers.
5. Wiring for one Type 16 MMU.
Field Terminal Locations
Field terminals shall be located at the bottom of the main panel and angled forward for easy viewing and wiring. The order shall be from left to right beginning with phase one and following the order of the load switches. Field terminals shall be of the barrier type.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-58
5. Cabinet Equipment
Detectors
New cabinets shall be equipped with the proper number of detector slots and cards, as required for intended operation.
Controller Unit
New cabinets shall be equipped with one (1) Econolite Cobalt ATC controller. Controller shall be system ready for communication on the Centracs Traffic Signal Management/Monitoring software. Controller shall allow logging of Alarm inputs.
Controller software shall be the new Econolite EOS software.
Malfunction Management Unit (MMU)
New cabinets shall be equipped with a NEMA TS2 Type 16 MMU with the latest current released software. MMU jumper cards shall be programmed to specific intersection's requirements.
Bus Interface Unit (BIU)
BIU's shall meet all TS2-1992, Section 8 requirements. In addition, all BIU's shall provide three (3) separate front panel indicators: Power, Valid Data, and Transmit.
Cabinet Power Supply
The cabinet power supply shall meet the NEMA TS2 specification. All power supplies shall also provide a separate front panel indicator LED for each of the four (4) power outputs. Front panel banana jack test points for 24 VDC and logic ground shall also be provided.
Telemetry Interface Panel
Cabinet shall be wired with a telemetry interface panel and telemetry connecting cable that can communicate with the Centracs Traffic Signal Management/Monitoring master software. The cabinet shall be wired for telemetry transient suppression, EDCO Model No. PC642C-00-AD, or City approved equivalent.
Flasher Unit
All flasher units shall meet NEMA TS-2, Section 6 requirements and shall be EDI Model 810, or City approved equivalent.
Intersection Diagram
For the new cabinets, an intersection diagram prepared in AutoCAD shall be provided on an 8.5" x 11" sheet of paper and enclosed in a protective plastic cover. The diagram and protective cover shall be located on the inside of the cabinet door above the Auxiliary Panel. The diagram shall depict the general intersection layout, phases, overlaps, Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-59
detector assignments, and north arrow. The top of the diagram will be north and the diagram shall be pre-approved by the City Engineer.
Cabinet Wiring Diagram
New cabinet wiring diagrams shall be arranged on three (3) separate sheets in a simplistic way to facilitate the reading of it. The first sheet shall represent everything on the left side of the cabinet, the second sheet everything in the middle of the cabinet including the main panel, and the third sheet everything on the right side of the cabinet. The final cabinet wiring diagram layout shall be approved by the City Engineer. 86-1.02R Signal Heads
[Add the following:]
Vehicle head mountings shall be configured as directed by the Engineer prior to drilling of standards and head installations. Adjustments required to the signal head mounting configuration and placement on standards shall be provided as directed by the Engineer at no additional contract cost. PV heads, if used, shall be programmed at the direction of the Engineer. The color of all signal heads, backplates, and mountings shall be black. 86-1.02R(4) Signal Faces
[Add the following:].
All new circular signal indications shall be 12” GE VLA Model LED Signal Modules with an incandescent look & arrow indications shall be 12” GE GTX City VLA Model with an incandescent look. The red and green indications shall be clear and the yellow indication shall be tinted. A five-year warrantee shall be provided on all LED lenses furnished by the manufacturer. A Certificate of Compliance from the manufacturer shall be submitted to the Engineer, and a copy of the LED purchase order, product specification, certificate of compliance and warrantee. If programmed visibility (PV) signal heads are used, they shall be LED.
86-1.02T Accessible Pedestrian Signals
[Add the following:].
When an Accessible Pedestrian Signal (APS) system is required, the Contractor shall furnish and install a Polara APS system. The APS system shall include Polara Push Button Station, Central Control Unit (CCU2EN) and E-Configurator and all necessary equipment, mounts, cabling, connectors, and any other items necessary to provide the intended operation as shown on the plans. All Accessible Pedestrian Signals shall have a 10’ minimum physical separation between them per California MUTCD requirements.
The contractor shall coordinate with the manufacturer and submit to the City specification sheets for the programming of the audible feedback messaging for each pedestrian crossing for City approval.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-60
For APS push buttons, the push button sign shall be an R10-3e (9”x15”) sign with back plate attachment.
86-1.02U Push Button Assemblies
[Add the following:].
Pedestrian push button assemblies shall be the Polara iNS Navigator 2-wire push button station with PEU and anti-vandal.
The push button shall be 40” high from the finished pedestrian landing surface. Face- plate screws shall be stainless steel tamper resistant. The contractor shall submit the PPB manufacture’s specifications and warranty to the Engineer.
Push button housing shall be the yellow or black (per Engineer approval) and consist of the ADA push button and an attached R10-3e (9”x15”) sign with back plate attachment.
The sign shall be attached and securely supported by the framework, and not extend beyond the framework.
87 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
87-1 General
87-1.03 Construction
87-1.03B Conduit Installation
87-1.03B(1) General
[Add the following:].
Existing reused conduit shall be cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with compressed air. All existing rigid metal conduit to be reused shall be equipped with new elbows and rigid metal fittings manufactured of mild steel. Rigid galvanized steel conduit couplings shall be threaded or compression type. Threadless connections or threaded coupler with two bolts as a clamp shall not be allowed. Rigid metal type shall be manufactured of mild steel and conform to UL Publication UL 6 for Rigid Metallic Conduit. Conduit threads shall be brush painted with either zinc-rich paint or zinc-rich primer, spray-on applications shall not be permitted.
Rock wheeling shall be allowed only if authorized in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer prior to work shall approve the method of rock wheeling. Conduit installation under pavement, curb/gutter areas shall be by boring method approved by the Engineer.
No open cutting shall be permitted for streets in City moratorium areas, unless City Standard roadway repair moratorium compliance measures are implemented. Any work in designated moratorium areas will include AC pavement mill and overlay work extending 50’ beyond the damaged area, within each affected travel lane.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-61
Excessive use of water, such that pavement might be undermined, or subgrade softened shall not be permitted. Conduits to be drilled or jacking rod shall be fitted with suitable drill bits for the required hole size. Jacking or boring method must not weaken or damage any embankment, structure or pavement. Any mud from jacking or boring shall be flushed from the conduit and removed from the jacking pit to eliminate inadequate backfilling.
Parkway trenching shall conform to City of Costa Mesa Standard Drawing No. 813, 411, 413 and 414 for sidewalk replacement. All existing plant and irrigation materials including but not limited to sod, trees and bushes damaged by trenching or boring work shall be replaced in kind, at no additional compensation.
Within pull boxes, conduit shall be placed to meet minimum clearances between the pull box base, the conduit end and lid of pull box, conforming to Caltrans Standard Plans and Specifications. The contractor shall adjust existing pull boxes where clearance is inadequate to accommodate existing and proposed cable and/or conductors. Work shall conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications 86-1.02B and 87-1.03B. The ends of conduit termination in pull boxes and controller cabinets shall be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound.
Conduit shall be placed in a manner to allow the cable/wire to be pulled in a straight line and clear the side of the pull box by at least 2 inches. Use minimum bending radius as permitted by Appendix H of ICEA S-19/NEMA WC 3 and SMFO cable manufacturer's recommendations.
After conductors/cables have been installed, the exposed end of conduits terminating in pull boxes, service equipment enclosure and controller cabinets shall be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound immediately after installation of conductors. Conduit for future use in pull boxes shall be threaded and capped, with a pull rope intact between successive pull boxes.
All excavations for the installation of conduits and pull boxes, and removal of old systems, shall be backfilled, compacted and restored to match adjacent areas and excess material shall be immediately removed from the job site. All trenching activity, commenced each day, shall be fully backfilled to the finished surface grade at the end of each day; final resurfacing shall be completed within five (5) working days on all streets and all trenches maintained in a safe condition.
Work shall include furnishing and installing trenching, jacking and boring, and all associated labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals involved in furnishing and installing conduit, complete in place. This shall include installation of conduit under sidewalk, soil and roadway pavement areas, removing surface materials, furnishing fittings, bends, bushings, pull wires, modification of conduit entrances, replacement and repair in kind of AC, PCC, sod, irrigation within all areas affected by conduit installation, and all associated work, materials and equipment required to provide the intended operation. All jacking pits shall be adequately compacted immediately upon installing fill material and made safe for pedestrian access, and inspected by the Engineer prior to concrete or asphalt placement.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-62
All conduit existing within excavation areas shall be lowered, modified and/or adjusted as required to accommodate the intended improvements at no additional compensation. The Contractor shall determine the exact location of all underground facilities within improvement area, by hand digging if necessary, prior to commencing excavation work to assure avoidance of conflicts. All costs for preliminary exploratory work of existing conditions and subsequent utility modification shall be included in the lump sum bid item and no additional compensation shall be allowed.
The Contractor shall be responsible for identifying the location and for the protection of all electrical facilities including signal conduit and interconnect. Where damage is caused by the Contractor's operation, the Contractor shall replace damaged facility at no extra cost to the City of Costa Mesa.
87-1.03B(3) Conduit Installation Underground
87-1.03B(3)(a) General
[Remove the section from lines 1 to 5].
[Add the following:].
Conduit depth shall be per the latest approved City of Costa Mesa standard plans and drawings and latest Caltrans standard specifications, including revision. 87-1.03C Installation of Pull Boxes
87-1.03C(1) General
[Add the following:].
All pull boxes shall be located as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer.
No pull box shall be located within the driveway apron, or within any wheelchair ramp landing. Pull boxes within unimproved areas shall have a Class 1 flexible Post Delineator, per Caltrans Standard Plan A73-C installed adjacent to the pull box.
Within the pull box, the conduit shall be placed in a manner that the lowest portion of the opening shall be a minimum of 2 inches above the bottom of the pull box, the top portion of the opening shall be not less than 8 inches from the top of the pull box. The conduit shall be placed in a manner to allow the cable/wire to be pulled in a straight line and clear the side of the pull box by at least 2 inches.
Pullbox Installation Details - The bottom of pull boxes installed in the ground or in sidewalk areas shall be bedded in at least 6 inches of crushed rock and shall be grouted prior to the installation of conductors. The grout shall be between 1and 2 inches in depth and shall be sloped towards the drain hole. A layer of roofing paper shall be placed between the grout and the crushed rock sump. A 1 inch drain hole shall be provided in the center of the pull boxes or splice vault through the grout and the roofing paper.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-63
Excavating and backfilling shall be as per section 87-1.03E, “Excavating and Backfilling for Electrical Systems” of the State Standard Specifications except that the backfill material shall not contain rocks graded larger than 1 inch.
Where the sump of an existing pull box is damaged by the Contractor’s operations, the sump shall be reconstructed and if the sump was grouted, the old grout shall be removed, and new grout placed at the cost of the Contractor and not the City. Any existing improvements damaged by the Contractor shall be in accordance with the State Standard Specifications at the cost of the Contractor and not the City.
Pull box Adjustments - The contractor shall adjust existing pull boxes where inadequate clearance is provided to accommodate the proposed cable and conductors, or where settling has occurred whereby the pull box grade is lower than that of the adjacent surface area grade at no additional cost to the City. Work shall conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications 87-1.03C. Pull box adjustment shall include the installation of new bushings, conduit end sealant, crushed rock and grout prior to the installation of conductors, and necessary concrete repair work. Old grout shall be removed, and new grout installed as required. Repair of adjacent PCC sidewalk shall be included, conforming with these specifications.
87-1.03F Conductors and Cables Installations
87-1.03F(2) Cables
87-1.03F(2)(a) General
[Add the following:].
The 12 CSC and 3 CSC cables shall be run continuous between terminal block terminals and traffic signal controller cabinet load switch bay terminals. Splices will not be allowed and no daisy-chaining of traffic signal cables shall be permitted.
Mast-arm mounted traffic signal indications shall be connected to the side mount vehicle indication terminal box using a 5 CSC. Three section and four section vehicle indications shall use a single 5 CSC. Five section vehicle indications shall use 2-5 CSC. 5 CSC shall be run continuous between the signal indication and the side mount vehicle indication terminal box and no splicing will be allowed. Multiple indications for the same vehicle phase shall not use the same 5 CSC. Each CSC shall be labeled in a permanent, color- coded manner at the side mount vehicle indication terminal box, such that the vehicle phase and placement are noted on the cable. For example, Ø2 Inboard would indicate the cable serving the indication closest to the traffic signal mast arm pole.
The contractor shall provide cable slack to comply with the requirements shown in Caltrans RSP Section 87-1.03F(1). Contractor shall install a tracer wire in all electrical conduits.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-64
87-1.03R Signal Heads
87-1.03R(1) General
[Add the following:].
Mounting hardware configurations shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation.
Vehicle head mounting assemblies shall be configured and adjusted by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer at no additional contract cost.
The top opening of signal heads shall be sealed with a neoprene gasket. LED’s shall be products pre-qualified by the Caltrans’ Testing Laboratory. Signal mounting assemblies shall consist of Size 41 standard steel pipe or galvanized conduit, necessary fittings, slip- fitters and terminal compartments. Pipe fittings shall be ductile iron, galvanized steel, aluminum alloy Type AC-84B No. 380 or Bronze. Mast arm slip-fitters post top slip-fitters and terminal compartments shall be cast bronze or hot-dip galvanized ductile iron. After installation any exposed threads of galvanized conduit brackets and areas of the brackets damaged by wrench or vise jaws shall be cleaned with a wire brush and brush painted with 2 applications of approved un-thinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the requirements in Section 91, “Paint”. Aerosol cans shall not be used. 87-1.03V Detectors
[Replace with the following:].
87-1.03V(4) Video Detection
Video detection system shall be Iteris Vantage Vector Hybrid Video/Radar Detection System with all required appurtenances and monitor and mouse set-up in the traffic signal cabinet.
87-4 Signal and Lighting Systems
87-4.02 Materials
[Add the following section:].
87-4.02C Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs
[Add the following].
The IISNS shall be a Type A sign with internal LED light panel. If new IISNS signs are used, the contractor shall submit proposed IISNS sign panel overlay for City approval prior to ordering.
The housing must be constructed to resist torsional twist and warp. The housing must be designed such that opening or removing the panels provides access to the interior of the sign for lamp, ballast, and fuse replacement.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-65
The top and bottom of the sign must be manufactured from formed or extruded aluminum and attached to formed or cast aluminum end fittings. The top, bottom, and end fittings must form a sealed housing.
The top of the housing must have 2 free-swinging mounting brackets. Each bracket must be vertically adjustable for leveling the sign to either a straight or curved mast arm.
The bracket assembly must allow the lighting fixture to swing perpendicular to the sign panel.
The sign panel's surface must be evenly illuminated. The brightness measurements for the letters must be a minimum of 150 foot-lamberts, average. The letter-to-background brightness ratio must be from 10:1 to 20:1. The background luminance must not vary by more than 40 percent from the average background brightness measurement. The luminance of letters, symbols, and arrows must not vary by more than 20 percent from their average brightness measurement.
The message must appear on both sides of the sign and be protected from UV radiation.
No splicing is allowed within the fixture.
[Add the following section 88:].
88 MISCELLANEOUS TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS
88-1 Emergency Vehicle Preemption
88-1.01 General
If used, Emergency vehicle Multimode Preemption system shall be the Global Traffic Technologies (GTT) Opticom Preemption System. All GTT Opticom equipment shall be new and obtained from the local authorized GTT Opticom dealer to secure the 5/ 10 year warranty.
A multimode priority control system shall operate in a manner that allows Infrared, and GPS/Radio priority control technologies to interoperate and activate one another in a consistent manner. The priority control system shall consist of a matched system of vehicle equipment and intersection equipment capable of employing both data-encoded radio communications to identify the presence of designated priority vehicles, as well as data-encoded infrared signaling communications. In priority vehicle mode, the data- encoded communication shall request the traffic signal controller to advance to and/or hold a desired traffic signal display selected from phases normally available. A record of system usage by agency identification number, vehicle classification and vehicle identification number shall be created. The system software shall support call history analysis and reporting across any subset of intersections and/or vehicles independent of activation method. System software shall also support both onsite and remote programming and monitoring of the priority control system.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-66
Contractor to Provide and install the following as shown on plans:
GTT M-764 (MMPS) Multi Mode Phase Selector
GTT M-768 (MMPS) Green Sense Panel and Harness
GTT M-760 Card Rack
GTT 3100 GPS Radio Unit
GTT 1070 GPS Installation Cable
Intersection detection equipment will consist of a GPS receiver and radio transceiver connected to a multimode phase selector located in the intersection controller cabinet.
The GPS radio unit receives the data-encoded radio signal from the GPS radio equipped vehicle and transfers the decoded information through detector cable to the multimode phase selector for processing. The intersection radios also communicates to vehicles and other intersection radios at distances of up to at least 2,500 feet (762m) with no obstructions.
The multimode phase selector shall be capable of receiving data encoded signals from either or both infrared and GPS radio detection equipment and combine the detection signals into a single set of tracked vehicles requesting priority activation. The multimode phase selector will process the vehicle information to ensure that the vehicle is (1) in a predefined approach corridor, (2) heading toward the intersection, (3) requesting priority, and (4) within user-settable range. The multimode phase selector shall treat the combined, single set of tracked calls with first come first served priority methodology within a given priority level. GPS radio distance/ETA shall be first come first served methodology based on time of detection as each equipped vehicle reaches its programmed threshold.
When these conditions are met, the phase selector shall generate a priority control request to the traffic controller for the approaching priority vehicle. If the approaching vehicle has an active turn signal, the approach intersection shall relay the priority request to the next nearest in-range intersection in the direction of the approaching vehicle’s turn signal. The output of the phase selector may also be varied depending on the state of the approaching vehicle’s turn signal.
To ensure priority control system integrity, operation and compatibility, all components shall be from the same manufacturer. The system shall offer compatibility with most signal controllers, e.g. NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association), 170. The system can be interfaced with most globally available controllers using the controller’s preemption inputs. RS-232, USB and Ethernet interfaces shall be provided to allow management by on-site interface software and central software.
Matched Components
As stated above, the Opticom system is comprised of matched system components.
These components are further described as follows:
1. Opticom GPS Components
a. Vehicle/Intersection radio/GPS module, Radio/GPS Antenna with factory terminated SMA connectors, and vehicle control unit. The radio/GPS module shall obtain the vehicle position, speed and heading information and transmit this information only when within range of a GPS intersection. The Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-67
vehicle control unit shall communicate with the radio/GPS module and provide the interface to the vehicle in order to monitor the vehicle’s turn signal status, provide activation and disable inputs as well as regulate the vehicle power provided to the radio/GPS module.
b. Intersection Radio/GPS Module. The intersection radio/GPS module shall transmit a beacon every second and receive the data transmitted by the vehicle equipment and relay this information to the phase selector as well as other system-equipped intersections. It shall also obtain position information from the GPS satellites.
c. Radio/GPS Cable. The radio/GPS cable shall carry the data received from the intersection radio/GPS unit to the phase selector. It shall also carry the power for the radio and GPS components provided by the phase selector.
The same cable shall be used to carry the data between the vehicle radio/GPS unit and the vehicle control unit. The cable used to connect the radio/GPS unit to the phase selector shall be a shielded 10 conductor data cable; the use of coax cable is not permitted.
2. Opticom System Multimode Components
a. Multimode Phase Selector. The multimode phase selector shall recognize inputs from both infrared and GPS/radio activation methods at the intersection and supplies coordinated inputs to the controller. The multimode phase selector shall process the data in order to validate that all parameters required for granting a priority request are met. It shall be located within the controller cabinet at the intersection. It shall request the controller to provide priority to a valid priority vehicle by connecting its outputs to the traffic controller’s preemption inputs.
b. Card Rack. The card rack shall provide simplified installation of a phase selector into controller cabinets that do not already have a suitable card rack.
Multimode Phase Selector
1. The multimode phase selector recognizes inputs from both infrared and GPS/radio activation methods at the intersection and supplies coordinated inputs to the controller.
2. The multimode phase selector is designed to be installed in the traffic controller cabinet and is intended for use directly with numerous controllers. These include Type 170/2070 controllers with compatible software, NEMA controllers, or other controllers along with the system card rack and suitable interface equipment and controller software.
3. The multimode phase selector will be a plug-in, four channel, multiple-priority, multi-modal device intended to be installed directly into a card rack located within the controller cabinet. The multi-mode phase selector shall be capable of using existing Opticom IR or Opticom GPS card racks,
4. The multimode phase selector may be powered from either +24 VDC or 120VAC.
5. The multimode phase selector shall support front-panel RS-232, USB and Ethernet interfaces to allow management by on-site interface software and central software. An RS-232 port shall be provided on the rear card edge of the unit. Additional RS-232 communication ports shall be available using the Auxiliary Interface Panel.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-68
6. The multimode phase selector shall include the ability to directly sense the green traffic controller signal indications through the use of dedicated sensing circuits and wires connected directly to field wire termination points in the traffic controller cabinet. This connection shall be made using the auxiliary interface panel.
7. The multimode phase selector shall have the capability of storing a minimum of 10,000 priority control calls. When the log is full, the phase selector shall drop the oldest entry to accommodate the new entry. The phase selector shall store each call record in non-volatile memory and shall retain the record if power terminates. Each preemption record entry shall include the following points of information about the priority call:
It shall be the responsibility of the contractor that the authorized dealer of the emergency vehicle preemption equipment be present for the traffic signal function test. To insure installation and functioning of the GTT Opticom equipment, the representative from the dealer shall be certified and factory trained on the latest edition of GTT Opticom equipment and software. The dealer’s representative shall provide a test vehicle with the latest Opticom GPS emitter as required for the testing. Please contact DDL Traffic Inc., the Sole Authorized Dealer for Southern California at (714) 321-7513.
Payment
Payment for Compensation for “Furnish and Install New Traffic Signal (Project A)” (Bid Item No. 3A) shall be per the Lump Sum bid fee and additional compensation shall not be allowed. The Lump Sum price shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, appurtenances, tools, equipment and incidentals, potholing of all new traffic signal pole foundations, and for doing all work involved as specified on the Plans and these Specifications.
BID ITEM NO. 5A: IMPLEMENT TRAFFIC SIGNAL INTERCONNECT AND FULL FUNCTIONALITY WITH THE CITY’S TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CENTER (TMC)
All Traffic Signal Interconnect work and materials shall comply with Section 87 “Electrical Systems” of the 2018 CSP and RSP, notably Section 87-18 “Interconnection Conduit and Cable” and Section 87-19 “Fiber Optic Cable Systems”. The Contractor shall furnish all material, services, labor and equipment necessary to provide signal interconnection between new and existing signals and establish communication between the new traffic signal and the City of Costa Mesa Traffic Management Center (TMC).
Description
The scope of work in general consists of completing all necessary traffic signal interconnect work at the intersection of 19 th Street at Wallace Avenue to establish communications between the new traffic signal and the City of Costa Mesa Traffic Management Center (TMC). Work includes, but is not limited to, replacing existing traffic signal interconnect pullbox with new #6E pull box complete with new fiber optic splice closure. Contractor shall pull all necessary slack from adjacent traffic signal interconnect pull boxes and splice new fiber optic drop cable to connect to new traffic signal cabinet.
Contractor shall furnish and install new fiber optic Ethernet switch and all other necessary fiber optic communication equipment to integrate new traffic signal to the existing Centracs Traffic Signal Central System at the TMC.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-69
Payment
Payment for Compensation for “Traffic Signal Interconnect (Project A)” (Bid Item No. 5A) shall be per the Lump Sum bid fee for Traffic Signal Interconnect and additional compensation shall not be allowed. The Lump Sum price shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved as specified on the Plans and these Specifications.
PROJECT B: NEW HAWK SIGNAL AT W. 18TH STREET
ACROSS FROM LIONS PARK
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The Project consists of furnishing and installing a new traffic signal (HAWK) at the existing midblock crosswalk at W. 18th Street across from Lions Park. Improvements also include required signing and striping changes.
BID ITEM NO. 3B: FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW HAWK SIGNAL, INCLUDING ALL
APPURTENANT MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, LABOR, AND CONSTRUCTION TO
PRODUCE A FULL FUNCTIONING HAWK SIGNAL
The following additions are made to the “Standard Specifications.” If there is a conflict between the “Standard Specifications” and these additions, these additions shall have precedence. Provisions of Sections 12, 56, 84, 86 and 87 of the Standard Specifications and Standard Plans (2018), and any applicable errata (or Revised Standard Plans) of the State of California, Department of Transportation shall apply to all construction materials, methods, and payment for traffic signal and lighting work, except as stated herein.
Any curb ramp modification and minor concrete work and materials shall comply with Section 73 “Concrete Curbs and Sidewalk” and of the 2018 CSP and RSP. The Contractor shall furnish all material, services, labor and equipment necessary to provide the improvements shown on the plans and as detailed in these special provisions. 4 SCOPE OF WORK
4-1.03 Work Description
[Add the following:].
The scope of work in general consists of furnishing and installing a new traffic signal (HAWK) at W. 18th Street across from Lions Park including the furnishing and installing of new signal poles and foundations, signal and luminaire mast arm, controller, cabinet, vehicle and pedestrian signal heads, signs, safety lighting, APS push button system, conduit, conductors and cable, service, and all work, materials and equipment required to provide operation as shown on the Plan and these Specifications. Work, materials and equipment shall conform to the provisions in Division X, “Electrical Work”, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications dated 2018, and these Special Provisions.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-70
6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS
6-2 Quality Assurance
6-2.03 Department Acceptance
6-2.03B Job Site Inspection and Testing
[Add the following:].
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to arrange the furnishing, testing, pick-up, and delivery of all items to the project site. Any costs involved to test, deliver and install equipment shall be borne by the Contractor and be considered as included in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be allowed.
Following notification, the Contractor must complete a satisfactory “turn-on” within a reasonable time of the day and hour specified in the notification. When a turn-on is not completed, as specified above, it shall be canceled and rescheduled with the Engineer.
The turn-on shall not be made on Friday or the day preceding a legal holiday. The Engineer shall be notified at least 48 hours prior to the intended turn-on and shall authorize the “turn-on” day and hour.
The installation resistance shall not be less than 100 megohms on all circuits when the megger tests are performed. Testing shall not be conducted until all control and/or sensor units and probes have been disconnected from the circuit.
The signal monitoring unit shall be tested in the field before “turn-on”. Five days of continuous satisfactory operation as called for in Section 87-1.01D, “Quality Assurance,” of the Standard Specifications shall be provided.
8 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
8-1.02 Schedule
8-1.02A General
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall initiate procurement of traffic signal equipment immediately upon contract authorization and begin assessment of utility locations. The Engineer shall approve the scheduling and sequence of all construction work prior to performing the construction activity. The Contract shall contact each utility company to coordinate and schedule work and provide written correspondence to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall verify all existing facilities and notify the Engineer of any conflicts found during pre-construction inspection prior to commencement of any work. During the course of construction, no additional compensation will be provided for the correction of the differences between the plans and in the field.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-71
The Contractor shall attend a pre-construction meeting within one (1) week following contract award. No actual project working days shall be charged for these activities. The Contractor shall notify the City in writing of the start date of actual field construction.
Excavation, conduit installation, pull boxes and foundations should be coordinated in a most expedient manner to minimize the disruption and inconvenience of an extended construction schedule. Construction once started shall be pursued daily through project completion.
The Contractor is responsible for securing an adequate storage site for equipment and materials. The Contractor shall provide supervisory personnel to keep the construction site in a safe, neat and orderly condition at all times. No Materials or equipment shall be stored at the job sites unless approval is issued by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall have on the work site at all times as his agent, a competent English speaking superintendent capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the drawings, specifications, and other related documents.
56 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURES, STANDARDS, AND POLES
56-3 Standards, Poles, Pedestals, And Posts
56-3.01C(2) Foundations
56-3.01C(2)(a) General
[Add the following:].
Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) shall conform to Section 90-2, “Minor Concrete” of the Standard Specifications and shall contain not less than 564 pounds of cement per cubic yard. Foundation concrete shall be vibrated to eliminate air pockets. Anchor bolts and cages shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor conforming to Caltrans standards. The contractor shall verify the bolt pattern of each pole prior to foundation installation.
After all utility locations are exactly established, the Contractor shall contact Engineer for authorization of specific pole foundation location.
56-3.02 Steel Standards, Poles, Pedestals, and Posts
56-3.02A General
[Add the following:].
Contractor shall furnish and install poles, nuts, bolts, washers, cages, and other hardware as required conforming to Caltrans standards, at no additional contract expense. Poles and hardware shall be tested and certified per Caltrans testing procedures. Copies of the inspection request form and certifications given to the Engineer. Sign mounting hardware shall be Detail “U” of the Standard Plans ES-7N.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-72
The Contractor shall coordinate the delivery and erection of poles to occur on the same day. No materials or equipment shall be stored at the job site unless authorized by the Engineer. The job site shall be maintained in a neat and orderly condition and safe pedestrian pathways provided at all times along all sidewalks, without exception. The installation of signal poles shall meet CAL/OSHA Electrical Safety Order and the Public Utilities Commission General Order No. 95, Rules for Overhead Electric Line Construction.
86 GENERAL (DIVISION X ELECTRICAL WORK)
86-1.02 Materials
86-1.02B Conduit and Accessories
86-1.02B(1) General
[Add the following:].
Conduit shall be High Density Polyethylene (grey color) – HDPE, IPS SDR11 GPE, or Schedule 80 PVC, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The contractor shall have the proper HDPE spooling equipment to install conduit without crimping or damage.
HDPE conduit shall not be spliced. A bonding wire shall be furnished with all HDPE conduit. All conduit sweeps shall meet Caltrans standards for future fiber optic cable installations.
Pull tape shall be furnished and installed in each new conduit run. Pull tape must be a flat, woven, lubricated, soft-fiber, polyester tape with a minimum tensile strength of 1,800 lb. The tape must have sequential measurement markings every 3 feet.
Tracer wire shall be furnished and installed in each conduit run and shall be a minimum No. 12 solid copper conductor with orange insulation Type TW, THW, RHW, or USE. 86-1.02C Pull Boxes
86-1.02C(1) General
[Remove section from lines 6 to 23].
[Add the following:].
Pull boxes shall conform to the provisions in the State Standard Specifications and these special provisions and comply with UL and NEMA standards. New pull boxes shall be Christy N-series composite and lids shall be lightweight fiber material, “Fiberlyte”.
All pull boxes shall be factory-made standard size No.6 pull boxes unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. Home run pull boxes or pull boxes containing fiber splice enclosures shall be size No. 6 with extension (#6E) unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The cover marking for each pull box shall read Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-73
“TRAFFIC SIGNAL” for traffic signal pull boxes or for interconnect/communications pull boxes, or “LIGHTING” for lighting pull boxes,. If a mix of one system is used in a pull box such as traffic signal and interconnect, then “TRAFFIC SIGNAL” shall be the label of the cover. Pull boxes shall be provided with locking mechanisms as specified in the State Standard Plans and shall be gray in color.
A pull box cover must have a marking on the top that is:
1. Clearly defined
2. Uniform in depth
3. Parallel to the longer side
4. From 1 to 3 inches in height
Pull boxes adjacent to Traffic Signal poles shall have 10 foot ground rod with ground clamp and shall be fastened to bare grounding conductor from Traffic Signal pole. No new pull box shall be located within five feet of a water meter or fire hydrant. Replace sidewalk in-kind to match existing material, color, and pattern, from score mark to score mark after pull boxes have been installed.
86-1.02F Conductors and Cables
86-1.02F(1) General
[Add the following:].
Only the splicing of loop detector cable shall be permitted. All other conductors including interconnect cable shall be continuous without splicing between terminal points, without exception. Conductors No. 8 AWG or larger shall be spliced by the use of “C” shaped compression connectors. Splices shall be insulated by “Method B.”.
Individual conductors shall not be used for new traffic signal installations or modifications of existing traffic signals unless specifically directed by the ENGINEER and shown on the plans.
Each traffic signal pole shall be served by a single 12 CSC cable per each two vehicle phases. Each pedestrian push button or bicycle push button assembly shall be served by a single 3 CSC.
Conductors and cables must be clearly and permanently marked the entire length of their outer surface with:
1. Manufacturer’s name or trademark
2. Insulation-type letter designation
3. Conductor size
4. Voltage
5. Number of conductors for a cable
The minimum insulation thickness and color code requirements must comply with NEC. 86-1.02F(1)I(ii) Bonding Jumpers and Equipment Grounding Conductors [Add the following:].
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-74
Grounding jumper shall be attached by a 3/16 inch or larger brass bolt in the signal Standard or controller pedestal and shall be run to the conduit, ground rod or bonding wire in adjacent pull box. The grounding jumper shall be visible after the PCC cap has been poured on foundation.
86-1.02K Luminaires
86-1.02K(1) General
[Add the following:].
Luminaire heads shall be LED-type. All luminaire heads shall be equipped with utility wattage labels. LED Luminaires shall be Leotek GCL G-series “legacy” or GCM J-Series luminaire heads, model number GCL1-60G-MV-NW-3R-GY-530-WL-PCR7-LLPC-SC or City approved equal.The luminaire heads shall be 250W HPS equivalent or greater. 86-1.02M Photoelectric Controls
[Add the following:].
Contractor to furnish and install Type V photoelectric control on the side of all new service equipment enclosures.
86-1.02P Enclosures
86-1.02P(2) Service Equipment Enclosures
[Add the following:].
The contractor shall be responsible for carrying out the work in any Edison prepared design drawings to establish service connection to the intersection.
The contractor shall furnish and install a Type II-B service cabinet on the new traffic signal cabinet with a Type V photoelectric control on the side of the service equipment enclosure. The Contractor shall furnish all work and materials required to provide the intended service and coordinate work with the Edison Company well in advance of this work. The Contractor shall pay all electrical service connection and design fees.
A new 3” schedule 80 PVC conduit shall be furnished and installed from the existing SCE pull box to the base of signal cabinet foundation. At the base of the signal cabinet foundation a 3” to 2.5” schedule 80 reducer fitting shall be installed and 2.5” schedule 80 conduit installed into the service cabinet. The new service cabinet shall provide a 100 amp main breaker, 50 amp signal breaker, 30 amp safety lighting breaker, 15 amp IISNS breaker, and spare 15 amp breaker. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to establish all electrical service connections for the traffic signal and lighting system and for any work seen or unforeseen during this process.
Service cabinets shall be aluminum (0.125-inch minimum thickness) with seams continuously welded meeting Caltrans Standards, unpainted aluminum, and anti-graffiti coated per the Engineer’s direction.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-75
All work and materials required to provide the intended service shall be furnished and performed, including coordinating with Edison. The lump sum bid price shall include installation and/or removal of pull boxes/hand holes, service risers, breakers, conduit and conductors, labor, materials, tools and equipment to provide the intended service operation, including all necessary connection fees, and no further compensation shall be allowed.
86-1.02Q Cabinets
86-1.02Q(3) Controller Cabinets
[Replace the entire section with the following:].
1. Controller/Cabinet Assembly
Contractor shall furnish and install Econolite (or Approved Equal) new TS2 Type 2 P-44 full Cabinet Assembly on new foundation.
Solid-state traffic actuated controller unit, cabinet and auxiliary equipment shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-1.02Q(3), "Controller Cabinets", these Special Provisions, and NEMA TS-2 standards.
Contractor shall furnish and install Econolite Cobalt ATC Controller unit and appurtenances in new signal cabinet as indicated on the plans.
Contractor shall furnish and install all miscellaneous items as necessary to produce a fully- operational system in accordance with the plans, these technical provisions, Caltrans Standard Plans and Standard Specifications. Power distribution panel, inside auxiliary control panel, and police panel shall be hard wired. Plug-N-Go shall not be used.
2. Cabinet Assembly
The Contractor shall furnish and install Type "P-44" aluminum cabinet assembly as indicated that including but not limited to the following items:
i. One (1) - Fully wired eight (8) phase NEMA TS2 Type 2 "P-44" unpainted aluminum cabinet.
ii. One (1) - Econolite Cobalt ATC Controller unit with data key, Ethernet port, and FSK Telemetry, with 32 channels of detection. Controller shall be equipped with Econolite EOS software.
iii. One (1) - Malfunction Management Unit with LCD display (programmed for the intersection).
iv. One (8) position TS2 detector rack with (8) two-channel detection as indicated on plan and one (1) Bus Interface Unit, per rack.
v. Sixteen (16) position vertical load bay.
vi. Twelve (12) load switches.
vii. One (1) - Controller cabinet power supply.
viii. One (1) – Slide Drawer Shelf
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-76
Work shall be performed by a qualified traffic signal technician, certified to perform the cabinet hardware installations as required. The contractor shall furnish and install all necessary material, equipment and appurtenances required for intended operation as shown in the plans and as outlined in these specifications.
3. Cabinet Construction
Cabinet shall meet, as a minimum, all applicable sections of the NEMA Standard Publication. Where differences occur, this specification shall govern. The cabinet shall meet the following criteria:
i. Material shall be aluminum sheet, 5052-H32, with a minimum thickness of 0.125- inch. ii. The cabinet exterior shall be unpainted aluminum finish as indicated and with a white interior.
iii. The door hinge shall be of the continuous type with a stainless-steel hinge pin. iv. The door handle shall be cast aluminum.
v. All seams shall be sealed with RTV sealant or equivalent material on the interior of the cabinet.
vi. Cabinet lock shall be of the Corbin No. 2 type.
vii. The cabinet shall have four (4) sets of cabinet wiring diagrams. viii. The cabinet shall have one (1) set of equipment manuals (Controller, MMU, etc.).
Shelves
Two (2) aluminum shelves extending completely across the back of the cabinet in the top cabinet area.
1. The first aluminum shelf extending completely across the back of the cabinet shall be provided to support the detector rack(s) and power supply.
2. The second aluminum shelf extending completely across the back of the cabinet shall be provided to support the controller and master (for future requirement provision) and the MMU.
Equipment Accessibility
All mounted panels and equipment shall have a minimum tool access clearance of 6".
Ventilating Fan SP14 The cabinet shall be provided with one (1) thermostatically- controlled ventilation fan, adjustable between 80o to 150o F and shall be installed in the top of the cabinet plenum.
Air Filter Assembly
The cabinet Air Filter shall be a one-piece removable, medium efficiency, synthetic, pleated (Econolite Part No. 57389P11) air filter and shall be firmly secured to the air entrance of the cabinet.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-77
Cabinet Light Assembly
The cabinet shall be equipped with an LED lighting fixture mounted on the inside of the cabinet near the front edge. The LED light shall be activated by an On/Off switch that is turned on when the cabinet door is opened and turned off when the door is closed.
The cabinet shall have a gooseneck type lighting fixture that shall be mounted on the inside of the door near the hinge. The gooseneck light shall be activated by an On/Off switch that is turned on when the cabinet door is opened and turned off when the door is closed.
Lightning Suppression
The cabinet shall be equipped with an EDCO Model SHP-300-10 surge arrester, or City approved equivalent.
Power Panel
The Power Panel shall house the following equipment:
1. One (1) 40 Amp main breaker to supply power to the main panel, controller, MMU, and cabinet power supply.
2. One (1) 15 Amp auxiliary breaker to supply power to the fan, light, and GFCI outlet.
3. One (1) 50 Amp, 125 VAC radio interference line filter.
4. One (1) normally-open, 60 Amp, Crydom Model #HA8475 solid state relay, or City approved equivalent.
Convenience Outlet
Two (2) duplex outlets shall be supplied, as per the following:
1. The first is for short-term equipment use, 120-volt AC, 15 Amp NEMA 5-15 GFCI duplex outlet, and shall be mounted in the lower right corner of the cabinet facing the inside of the cabinet door and within 6" of the front edge of the opening of the door.
2. The second is for long-term equipment use, 120-volt AC, 15 Amp NEMA duplex outlet, and shall be mounted in the upper right corner of the cabinet facing the inside of the cabinet. Power shall be supplied from un-switched filtered power.
Inside Auxiliary Control Panel Switches
The inside door panel shall contain three (3) switches: Auto/Flash, Auto/Off/On Stop- Time, and Power On/Off. Auxiliary door panel switches shall be hard wired; printed circuit boards shall not be used.
1. Auto/Flash Switch (2-Position): In the Auto position, the intersection shall operate normally. In the Flash position, power shall be maintained to the controller and the intersection shall be placed in flash. The controller shall not be stop timed when in flash.
A guard shall be installed to prevent the switch from being shut off accidentally.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-78
2. Auto/Off/On Stop-Time Switch (3-Position): In the Auto position, the controller shall be stop timed when the police door Auto/Flash Switch is in the Flash position or MMU flash.
In the Off position, the switch shall release all stop time from controller. In the On position, the switch shall maintain a continuous stop time to the controller.
3. Controller Power On/Off Switch (2-Position): This switch shall control the controllers AC power. A guard shall be installed to prevent the switch from being shut off accidentally.
Police Panel
The Police Panel shall contain two (2) switches: Signals On/Off and Auto/Flash. All police panel switches shall be hard wired; printed circuit boards shall not be used.
1. Signals On/Off Switch (2-Position) In the On position, the field displays shall show either normal operation or flash. In the Off position, power shall be removed from signal heads in the intersection. The controller shall continue to operate. In the Off position, the MMU shall not conflict or require reset.
2. Auto/Flash Switch (2-Position) In the Auto position, the intersection shall operate normally based on all other switches. In the Flash position, power shall not be removed from the controller and stop time shall be applied based on the Stop- Time switch.
4. Cabinet Wiring
Cables
All Controller and MMU cables shall have sufficient length to access any shelf position.
All cables shall be encased in a protective sleeve along their entire free length.
All cabinet wiring shall be color coded as follows:
Purple = Flash Color programming
Brown = Green Signal wiring
Yellow = Yellow Signal wiring
Red = Red Signal wiring
Blue = Controller wiring
Gray = DC ground return, logic ground
Black = AC positive
White = AC negative
Green = Chassis
Main-Panel and Wire Terminations
All wires terminated behind the main-panel and other panels shall be soldered. No pressure or solder-less connectors shall be used. Printed circuit boards shall not be used on main panels.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-79
Flashing Operation
Cabinet shall be wired for NEMA flash. All cabinets shall be wired to flash Red for all phases. Flashing display shall alternate between phases 1, 4, 5 and 8, and phases 2, 3, 6 and 7.
Detector Rack and Interface
A minimum of one (1) TS-2 Vehicle Loop detector rack with field termination panel, TS-2 power supply, and SDLC cable shall be provided for each new signal cabinet. Each individual rack shall support up to sixteen (16) channels of loop/video detection and one (1) BIU.
Main Panel Configuration
The main panel shall be fully wired in the following configuration:
1. Sixteen (16) vertical load sockets.
2. Six (6) flash transfer relay sockets.
3. One (1) flasher socket.
4. Wiring for both Type 1 and Type 2 Controllers.
5. Wiring for one Type 16 MMU.
Field Terminal Locations
Field terminals shall be located at the bottom of the main panel and angled forward for easy viewing and wiring. The order shall be from left to right beginning with phase one and following the order of the load switches. Field terminals shall be of the barrier type.
5. Cabinet Equipment
Detectors
New cabinets shall be equipped with the proper number of detector slots and cards, as required for intended operation.
Controller Unit
New cabinets shall be equipped with one (1) Econolite Cobalt ATC controller. Controller shall be system ready for communication on the Centracs Traffic Signal Management/Monitoring software. Controller shall allow logging of Alarm inputs.
Controller software shall be the new Econolite EOS software.
Malfunction Management Unit (MMU)
New cabinets shall be equipped with a NEMA TS2 Type 16 MMU with the latest current released software. MMU jumper cards shall be programmed to specific intersection's requirements.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-80
Bus Interface Unit (BIU)
BIU's shall meet all TS2-1992, Section 8 requirements. In addition, all BIU's shall provide three (3) separate front panel indicators: Power, Valid Data, and Transmit.
Cabinet Power Supply
The cabinet power supply shall meet the NEMA TS2 specification. All power supplies shall also provide a separate front panel indicator LED for each of the four (4) power outputs. Front panel banana jack test points for 24 VDC and logic ground shall also be provided.
Telemetry Interface Panel
Cabinet shall be wired with a telemetry interface panel and telemetry connecting cable that can communicate with the Centracs Traffic Signal Management/Monitoring master software. The cabinet shall be wired for telemetry transient suppression, EDCO Model No. PC642C-00-AD, or City approved equivalent.
Flasher Unit
All flasher units shall meet NEMA TS-2, Section 6 requirements and shall be EDI Model 810, or City approved equivalent.
Intersection Diagram
For the new cabinets, an intersection diagram prepared in AutoCAD shall be provided on an 8.5" x 11" sheet of paper and enclosed in a protective plastic cover. The diagram and protective cover shall be located on the inside of the cabinet door above the Auxiliary Panel. The diagram shall depict the general intersection layout, phases, overlaps, detector assignments, and north arrow. The top of the diagram will be north and the diagram shall be pre-approved by the City Engineer.
Cabinet Wiring Diagram
New cabinet wiring diagrams shall be arranged on three (3) separate sheets in a simplistic way to facilitate the reading of it. The first sheet shall represent everything on the left side of the cabinet, the second sheet everything in the middle of the cabinet including the main panel, and the third sheet everything on the right side of the cabinet. The final cabinet wiring diagram layout shall be approved by the City Engineer. 86-1.02R Signal Heads
[Add the following:]
Vehicle head mountings shall be configured as directed by the Engineer prior to drilling of standards and head installations. Adjustments required to the signal head mounting configuration and placement on standards shall be provided as directed by the Engineer at no additional contract cost. PV heads, if used, shall be programmed at the direction of the Engineer. The color of all signal heads shall be black.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-81
86-1.02R(4) Signal Faces
[Add the following:].
All new circular signal indications shall be 12” GE VLA Model LED Signal Modules with an incandescent look & arrow indications shall be 12” GE GTX City VLA Model with an incandescent look. The red and green indications shall be clear and the yellow indication shall be tinted. A five-year warrantee shall be provided on all LED lenses furnished by the manufacturer. A Certificate of Compliance from the manufacturer shall be submitted to the Engineer, and a copy of the LED purchase order, product specification, certificate of compliance and warrantee. If programmed visibility (PV) signal heads are used, they shall be LED.
86-1.02T Accessible Pedestrian Signals
[Add the following:].
When an Accessible Pedestrian Signal (APS) system is required, the Contractor shall furnish and install a Polara APS system. The APS system shall include Polara Push Button Station, Central Control Unit (CCU2EN) and E-Configurator and all necessary equipment, mounts, cabling, connectors, and any other items necessary to provide the intended operation as shown on the plans. All Accessible Pedestrian Signals shall have a 10’ minimum physical separation between them per California MUTCD requirements.
The contractor shall coordinate with the manufacturer and submit to the City specification sheets for the programming of the audible feedback messaging for each pedestrian crossing for City approval.
For APS push buttons, the push button sign shall be an R10-3e (9”x15”) sign with back plate attachment.
86-1.02U Push Button Assemblies
[Add the following:].
Pedestrian push button assemblies shall be the Polara iNS Navigator 2-wire push button station with PEU and anti-vandal.
The push button shall be 40” high from the finished pedestrian landing surface. Face- plate screws shall be stainless steel tamper resistant. The contractor shall submit the PPB manufacture’s specifications and warranty to the Engineer.
Push button housing shall be the color black or yellow (per Engineer approval) and consist of the ADA push button and an attached R10-3e (9”x15”) sign with back plate attachment.
The sign shall be attached and securely supported by the framework, and not extend beyond the framework.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-82
87 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
87-1 General
87-1.03 Construction
87-1.03B Conduit Installation
87-1.03B(1) General
[Add the following:].
Existing reused conduit shall be cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with compressed air. All existing rigid metal conduit to be reused shall be equipped with new elbows and rigid metal fittings manufactured of mild steel. Rigid galvanized steel conduit couplings shall be threaded or compression type. Threadless connections or threaded coupler with two bolts as a clamp shall not be allowed. Rigid metal type shall be manufactured of mild steel and conform to UL Publication UL 6 for Rigid Metallic Conduit. Conduit threads shall be brush painted with either zinc-rich paint or zinc-rich primer, spray-on applications shall not be permitted.
Rock wheeling shall be allowed only if authorized in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer prior to work shall approve the method of rock wheeling. Conduit installation under pavement, curb/gutter areas shall be by boring method approved by the Engineer.
No open cutting shall be permitted for streets in City moratorium areas, unless City Standard roadway repair moratorium compliance measures are implemented. Any work in designated moratorium areas will include AC pavement mill and overlay work extending 50’ beyond the damaged area, within each affected travel lane.
Excessive use of water, such that pavement might be undermined, or subgrade softened shall not be permitted. Conduits to be drilled or jacking rod shall be fitted with suitable drill bits for the required hole size. Jacking or boring method must not weaken or damage any embankment, structure or pavement. Any mud from jacking or boring shall be flushed from the conduit and removed from the jacking pit to eliminate inadequate backfilling.
Parkway trenching shall conform to City of Costa Mesa Standard Drawing No. 813, 411, 413 and 414 for sidewalk replacement. All existing plant and irrigation materials including but not limited to sod, trees and bushes damaged by trenching or boring work shall be replaced in kind, at no additional compensation.
Within pull boxes, conduit shall be placed to meet minimum clearances between the pull box base, the conduit end and lid of pull box, conforming to Caltrans Standard Plans and Specifications. The contractor shall adjust existing pull boxes where clearance is inadequate to accommodate existing and proposed cable and/or conductors. Work shall conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications 86-1.02B and 87-1.03B. The ends of conduit termination in pull boxes and controller cabinets shall be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-83
Conduit shall be placed in a manner to allow the cable/wire to be pulled in a straight line and clear the side of the pull box by at least 2 inches. Use minimum bending radius as permitted by Appendix H of ICEA S-19/NEMA WC 3 and SMFO cable manufacturer’s recommendations.
After conductors/cables have been installed, the exposed end of conduits terminating in pull boxes, service equipment enclosure and controller cabinets shall be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound immediately after installation of conductors. Conduit for future use in pull boxes shall be threaded and capped, with a pull rope intact between successive pull boxes.
All excavations for the installation of conduits and pull boxes, and removal of old systems, shall be backfilled, compacted and restored to match adjacent areas and excess material shall be immediately removed from the job site. All trenching activity, commenced each day, shall be fully backfilled to the finished surface grade at the end of each day; final resurfacing shall be completed within five (5) working days on all streets and all trenches maintained in a safe condition.
Work shall include furnishing and installing trenching, jacking and boring, and all associated labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals involved in furnishing and installing conduit, complete in place. This shall include installation of conduit under sidewalk, soil and roadway pavement areas, removing surface materials, furnishing fittings, bends, bushings, pull wires, modification of conduit entrances, replacement and repair in kind of AC, PCC, sod, irrigation within all areas affected by conduit installation, and all associated work, materials and equipment required to provide the intended operation. All jacking pits shall be adequately compacted immediately upon installing fill material and made safe for pedestrian access, and inspected by the Engineer prior to concrete or asphalt placement.
All conduit existing within excavation areas shall be lowered, modified and/or adjusted as required to accommodate the intended improvements at no additional compensation. The Contractor shall determine the exact location of all underground facilities within improvement area, by hand digging if necessary, prior to commencing excavation work to assure avoidance of conflicts. All costs for preliminary exploratory work of existing conditions and subsequent utility modification shall be included in the lump sum bid item and no additional compensation shall be allowed.
The Contractor shall be responsible for identifying the location and for the protection of all electrical facilities including signal conduit and interconnect. Where damage is caused by the Contractor’s operation, the Contractor shall replace damaged facility at no extra cost to the City of Costa Mesa.
87-1.03B(3) Conduit Installation Underground
87-1.03B(3)(a) General
[Remove the section from lines 1 to 5].
[Add the following:].
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-84
Conduit depth shall be per the latest approved City of Costa Mesa standard plans and drawings.
87-1.03C Installation of Pull Boxes
87-1.03C(1) General
[Add the following:].
All pull boxes shall be located as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer.
No pull box shall be located within the driveway apron, or within any wheelchair ramp landing. Pull boxes within unimproved areas shall have a Class 1 flexible Post Delineator, per Caltrans Standard Plan A73-C installed adjacent to the pull box.
Within the pull box, the conduit shall be placed in a manner that the lowest portion of the opening shall be a minimum of 2 inches above the bottom of the pull box, the top portion of the opening shall be not less than 8 inches from the top of the pull box. The conduit shall be placed in a manner to allow the cable/wire to be pulled in a straight line and clear the side of the pull box by at least 2 inches.
Pull box Installation Details – The bottom of pull boxes installed in the ground or in sidewalk areas shall be bedded in at least 6 inches of crushed rock and shall be grouted prior to the installation of conductors. The grout shall be between 1and 2 inches in depth and shall be sloped towards the drain hole. A layer of roofing paper shall be placed between the grout and the crushed rock sump. A 1 inch drain hole shall be provided in the center of the pull boxes or splice vault through the grout and the roofing paper.
Excavating and backfilling shall be as per section 87-1.03E, “Excavating and Backfilling for Electrical Systems” of the State Standard Specifications except that the backfill material shall not contain rocks graded larger than 1 inch.
Where the sump of an existing pull box is damaged by the Contractor’s operations, the sump shall be reconstructed and if the sump was grouted, the old grout shall be removed, and new grout placed at the cost of the Contractor and not the City. Any existing improvements damaged by the Contractor shall be in accordance with the State Standard Specifications at the cost of the Contractor and not the City.
Pull box Adjustments – The contractor shall adjust existing pull boxes where inadequate clearance is provided to accommodate the proposed cable and conductors, or where settling has occurred whereby the pull box grade is lower than that of the adjacent surface area grade at no additional cost to the City. Work shall conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications 87-1.03C. Pull box adjustment shall include the installation of new bushings, conduit end sealant, crushed rock and grout prior to the installation of conductors, and necessary concrete repair work. Old grout shall be removed, and new grout installed as required. Repair of adjacent PCC sidewalk shall be included, conforming with these specifications.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-85
87-1.03F Conductors and Cables Installations
87-1.03F(2) Cables
87-1.03F(2)(a) General
[Add the following:].
The 12 CSC and 3 CSC cables shall be run continuous between terminal block terminals and traffic signal controller cabinet load switch bay terminals. Splices will not be allowed and no daisy-chaining of traffic signal cables shall be permitted.
Mast-arm mounted traffic signal indications shall be connected to the side mount vehicle indication terminal box using a 5 CSC. Three section and four section vehicle indications shall use a single 5 CSC. Five section vehicle indications shall use 2-5 CSC. 5 CSC shall be run continuous between the signal indication and the side mount vehicle indication terminal box and no splicing will be allowed. Multiple indications for the same vehicle phase shall not use the same 5 CSC. Each CSC shall be labeled in a permanent, color- coded manner at the side mount vehicle indication terminal box, such that the vehicle phase and placement are noted on the cable. For example, Ø2 Inboard would indicate the cable serving the indication closest to the traffic signal mast arm pole.
The contractor shall provide cable slack to comply with the requirements shown in Caltrans RSP Section 87-1.03F(1). Contractor shall install a tracer wire in all electrical conduits.
87-1.03R Signal Heads
87-1.03R(1) General
[Add the following:].
Mounting hardware configurations shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation.
Vehicle head mounting assemblies shall be configured and adjusted by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer at no additional contract cost.
The top opening of signal heads shall be sealed with a neoprene gasket. LED’s shall be products pre-qualified by the Caltrans’ Testing Laboratory. Signal mounting assemblies shall consist of Size 41 standard steel pipe or galvanized conduit, necessary fittings, slip- fitters and terminal compartments. Pipe fittings shall be ductile iron, galvanized steel, aluminum alloy Type AC-84B No. 380 or Bronze. Mast arm slip-fitters post top slip-fitters and terminal compartments shall be cast bronze or hot-dip galvanized ductile iron. After installation any exposed threads of galvanized conduit brackets and areas of the brackets damaged by wrench or vise jaws shall be cleaned with a wire brush and brush painted with 2 applications of approved un-thinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the requirements in Section 91, “Paint”. Aerosol cans shall not be used.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-86
Payment
Payment for Compensation for “Furnish and Install New Traffic Signal (HAWK) (Project B)” (Bid Item No. 3B) shall be per the Lump Sum bid fee and additional compensation shall not be allowed. The Lump Sum price shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, appurtenances, tools, equipment and incidentals, potholing of all new traffic signal pole foundations, and for doing all work involved as specified on the Plans and these Specifications.
PROJECT C: NEW HAWK SIGNAL AT WILSON STREET
ACROSS FROM WILSON PARK
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The Project consists of furnishing and installing a new traffic signal (HAWK) at the intersection of Wilson Street at Fordham Drive across from Wilson Park. Improvements also include required signing and striping changes.
BID ITEM NO. 3C: FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW HAWK SIGNAL, INCLUDING ALL
APPURTENANT MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, LABOR, AND CONSTRUCTION TO
PRODUCE A FULL FUNCTIONING HAWK SIGNAL
The following additions are made to the “Standard Specifications.” If there is a conflict between the “Standard Specifications” and these additions, these additions shall have precedence. Provisions of Sections 12, 56, 84, 86 and 87 of the Standard Specifications and Standard Plans (2018), and any applicable errata (or Revised Standard Plans) of the State of California, Department of Transportation shall apply to all construction materials, methods, and payment for traffic signal and lighting work, except as stated herein.
Any curb ramp modification and minor concrete work and materials shall comply with Section 73 “Concrete Curbs and Sidewalk” and of the 2018 CSP and RSP. The Contractor shall furnish all material, services, labor and equipment necessary to provide the improvements shown on the plans and as detailed in these special provisions. 4 SCOPE OF WORK
4-1.03 Work Description
[Add the following:].
The scope of work in general consists of furnishing and installing a new traffic signal (HAWK) at Wilson Street at Fordham Drive, across from Wilson Park, including the furnishing and installing of new signal poles and foundations, signal and luminaire mast arm, controller, cabinet, vehicle and pedestrian signal heads, signs, safety lighting, push button, conduit, conductors and cable, service, and all work, materials and equipment required to provide operation as shown on the Plan and these Specifications. Work, Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-87
materials and equipment shall conform to the provisions in Division X, “Electrical Work”, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications dated 2018, and these Special Provisions. 6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS
6-2 Quality Assurance
6-2.03 Department Acceptance
6-2.03B Job Site Inspection and Testing
[Add the following:].
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to arrange the furnishing, testing, pick-up, and delivery of all items to the project site. Any costs involved to test, deliver and install equipment shall be borne by the Contractor and be considered as included in the lump sum price and no additional compensation shall be allowed.
Following notification, the Contractor must complete a satisfactory “turn-on” within a reasonable time of the day and hour specified in the notification. When a turn-on is not completed, as specified above, it shall be canceled and rescheduled with the Engineer.
The turn-on shall not be made on Friday or the day preceding a legal holiday. The Engineer shall be notified at least 48 hours prior to the intended turn-on and shall authorize the “turn-on” day and hour.
The installation resistance shall not be less than 100 megohms on all circuits when the megger tests are performed. Testing shall not be conducted until all control and/or sensor units and probes have been disconnected from the circuit.
The signal monitoring unit shall be tested in the field before “turn-on”. Five days of continuous satisfactory operation as called for in Section 87-1.01D, “Quality Assurance,” of the Standard Specifications shall be provided.
8 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
8-1.02 Schedule
8-1.02A General
[Add the following:].
The Contractor shall initiate procurement of traffic signal equipment immediately upon contract authorization and begin assessment of utility locations. The Engineer shall approve the scheduling and sequence of all construction work prior to performing the construction activity. The Contract shall contact each utility company to coordinate and schedule work and provide written correspondence to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall verify all existing facilities and notify the Engineer of any conflicts found during pre-construction inspection prior to commencement of any work. During the Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-88
course of construction, no additional compensation will be provided for the correction of the differences between the plans and in the field.
The Contractor shall attend a pre-construction meeting within one (1) week following contract award. No actual project working days shall be charged for these activities. The Contractor shall notify the City in writing of the start date of actual field construction.
Excavation, conduit installation, pull boxes and foundations should be coordinated in a most expedient manner to minimize the disruption and inconvenience of an extended construction schedule. Construction once started shall be pursued daily through project completion.
The Contractor is responsible for securing an adequate storage site for equipment and materials. The Contractor shall provide supervisory personnel to keep the construction site in a safe, neat and orderly condition at all times. No Materials or equipment shall be stored at the job sites unless approval is issued by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall have on the work site at all times as his agent, a competent English speaking superintendent capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the drawings, specifications, and other related documents.
56 OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURES, STANDARDS, AND POLES
56-3 Standards, Poles, Pedestals, And Posts
56-3.01C(2) Foundations
56-3.01C(2)(a) General
[Add the following:].
Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) shall conform to Section 90-2, “Minor Concrete” of the Standard Specifications and shall contain not less than 564 pounds of cement per cubic yard. Foundation concrete shall be vibrated to eliminate air pockets. Anchor bolts and cages shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor conforming to Caltrans standards. The contractor shall verify the bolt pattern of each pole prior to foundation installation.
After all utility locations are exactly established, the Contractor shall contact Engineer for authorization of specific pole foundation location.
56-3.02 Steel Standards, Poles, Pedestals, and Posts
56-3.02A General
[Add the following:].
Contractor shall furnish and install poles, nuts, bolts, washers, cages, and other hardware as required conforming to Caltrans standards, at no additional contract expense. Poles Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-89
and hardware shall be tested and certified per Caltrans testing procedures. Copies of the inspection request form and certifications given to the Engineer. Sign mounting hardware shall be Detail “U” of the Standard Plans ES-7N.
The Contractor shall coordinate the delivery and erection of poles to occur on the same day. No materials or equipment shall be stored at the job site unless authorized by the Engineer. The job site shall be maintained in a neat and orderly condition and safe pedestrian pathways provided at all times along all sidewalks, without exception. The installation of signal poles shall meet CAL/OSHA Electrical Safety Order and the Public Utilities Commission General Order No. 95, Rules for Overhead Electric Line Construction.
86 GENERAL (DIVISION X ELECTRICAL WORK)
86-1.02 Materials
86-1.02B Conduit and Accessories
86-1.02B(1) General
[Add the following:].
Conduit shall be High Density Polyethylene (grey color) – HDPE, IPS SDR11 GPE, or Schedule 80 PVC, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The contractor shall have the proper HDPE spooling equipment to install conduit without crimping or damage.
HDPE conduit shall not be spliced. A bonding wire shall be furnished with all HDPE conduit. All conduit sweeps shall meet Caltrans standards for future fiber optic cable installations.
Pull tape shall be furnished and installed in each new conduit run. Pull tape must be a flat, woven, lubricated, soft-fiber, polyester tape with a minimum tensile strength of 1,800 lb. The tape must have sequential measurement markings every 3 feet.
Tracer wire shall be furnished and installed in each conduit run and shall be a minimum No. 12 solid copper conductor with orange insulation Type TW, THW, RHW, or USE. 86-1.02C Pull Boxes
86-1.02C(1) General
[Remove section from lines 6 to 23].
[Add the following:].
Pull boxes shall conform to the provisions in the State Standard Specifications and these special provisions and comply with UL and NEMA standards. New pull boxes shall be Christy N-series composite and lids shall be lightweight fiber material, “Fiberlyte”.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-90
All pull boxes shall be factory-made standard size No.6 pull boxes unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. Home run pull boxes or pull boxes containing fiber splice enclosures shall be size No. 6 with extension (#6E) unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The cover marking for each pull box shall read "TRAFFIC SIGNAL" for traffic signal pull boxes, “LIGHTING” for lighting pull boxes, or “INTERCONNECT” for pull boxes for interconnect/communications. If a mix of one system is used in a pull box such as traffic signal and interconnect, then “TRAFFIC SIGNAL” shall be the label of the cover. Pull boxes shall be provided with locking mechanisms as specified in the State Standard Plans and shall be gray in color.
A pull box cover must have a marking on the top that is:
1. Clearly defined
2. Uniform in depth
3. Parallel to the longer side
4. From 1 to 3 inches in height
Pull boxes adjacent to Traffic Signal poles shall have 10 foot ground rod with ground clamp and shall be fastened to bare grounding conductor from Traffic Signal pole. No new pull box shall be located within five feet of a water meter or fire hydrant. Replace sidewalk in-kind to match existing material, color, and pattern, from score mark to score mark after pull boxes have been installed.
86-1.02F Conductors and Cables
86-1.02F(1) General
[Add the following:].
Only the splicing of loop detector cable shall be permitted. All other conductors including interconnect cable shall be continuous without splicing between terminal points, without exception. Conductors No. 8 AWG or larger shall be spliced by the use of “C” shaped compression connectors. Splices shall be insulated by “Method B.”.
Individual conductors shall not be used for new traffic signal installations or modifications of existing traffic signals unless specifically directed by the ENGINEER and shown on the plans.
Each traffic signal pole shall be served by a single 12 CSC cable per each two vehicle phases. Each pedestrian push button or bicycle push button assembly shall be served by a single 3 CSC.
Conductors and cables must be clearly and permanently marked the entire length of their outer surface with:
1. Manufacturer's name or trademark
2. Insulation-type letter designation
3. Conductor size
4. Voltage
5. Number of conductors for a cable
The minimum insulation thickness and color code requirements must comply with NEC.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-91
86-1.02F(1)(c)(ii) Bonding Jumpers and Equipment Grounding Conductors [Add the following:].
Grounding jumper shall be attached by a 3/16 inch or larger brass bolt in the signal Standard or controller pedestal and shall be run to the conduit, ground rod or bonding wire in adjacent pull box. The grounding jumper shall be visible after the PCC cap has been poured on foundation.
86-1.02K Luminaires
86-1.02K(1) General
[Add the following:].
Luminaire heads shall be LED-type. All luminaire heads shall be equipped with utility wattage labels. LED Luminaires shall be Leotek GCL G-series “legacy” or GCM J-Series luminaire heads, model number GCL1-60G-MV-NW-3R-GY-530-WL-PCR7-LLPC-SC or City approved equal The luminaire heads shall be 250W HPS equivalent or greater. 86-1.02M Photoelectric Controls
[Add the following:].
Contractor to furnish and install Type V photoelectric control on the side of all new service equipment enclosures.
86-1.02P Enclosures
86-1.02P(2) Service Equipment Enclosures
[Add the following:].
The contractor shall be responsible for carrying out the work in any Edison prepared design drawings to establish service connection to the intersection.
The contractor shall furnish and install a Type II-B service cabinet on the new traffic signal cabinet with a Type V photoelectric control on the side of the service equipment enclosure. The Contractor shall furnish all work and materials required to provide the intended service and coordinate work with the Edison Company well in advance of this work. The Contractor shall pay all electrical service connection and design fees.
A new 3” schedule 80 PVC conduit shall be furnished and installed from the existing SCE pull box to the base of signal cabinet foundation. At the base of the signal cabinet foundation a 3” to 2.5” schedule 80 reducer fitting shall be installed and 2.5” schedule 80 conduit installed into the service cabinet. The new service cabinet shall provide a 100 amp main breaker, 50 amp signal breaker, 30 amp safety lighting breaker, 15 amp IISNS breaker, and spare 15 amp breaker. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to establish Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-92
all electrical service connections for the traffic signal and lighting system and for any work seen or unforeseen during this process.
Service cabinets shall be aluminum (0.125-inch minimum thickness) with seams continuously welded meeting Caltrans Standards, unpainted aluminum, and anti-graffiti coated per the Engineer’s direction.
All work and materials required to provide the intended service shall be furnished and performed, including coordinating with Edison. The lump sum bid price shall include installation and/or removal of pull boxes/hand holes, service risers, breakers, conduit and conductors, labor, materials, tools and equipment to provide the intended service operation, including all necessary connection fees, and no further compensation shall be allowed.
86-1.02Q Cabinets
86-1.02Q(3) Controller Cabinets
[Replace the entire section with the following:].
1. Controller/Cabinet Assembly
Contractor shall furnish and install Econolite (or Approved Equal) new TS2 Type 2 P-44 full Cabinet Assembly on new foundation.
Solid-state traffic actuated controller unit, cabinet and auxiliary equipment shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-1.02Q(3), "Controller Cabinets", these Special Provisions, and NEMA TS-2 standards.
Contractor shall furnish and install Econolite Cobalt ATC Controller unit and appurtenances in new signal cabinet as indicated on the plans.
Contractor shall furnish and install all miscellaneous items as necessary to produce a fully- operational system in accordance with the plans, these technical provisions, Caltrans Standard Plans and Standard Specifications. Power distribution panel, inside auxiliary control panel, and police panel shall be hard wired. Plug-N-Go shall not be used.
2. Cabinet Assembly
The Contractor shall furnish and install Type "P-44" aluminum cabinet assembly as indicated that including but not limited to the following items:
i. One (1) - Fully wired eight (8) phase NEMA TS2 Type 2 "P-44" unpainted aluminum cabinet.
ii. One (1) - Econolite Cobalt ATC Controller unit with data key, Ethernet port, and FSK Telemetry, with 32 channels of detection.
iii. One (1) - Malfunction Management Unit with LCD display (programmed for the intersection).
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-93
iv. One (8) position TS2 detector rack with (8) two-channel detection as indicated on plan and one (1) Bus Interface Unit, per rack.
v. Sixteen (16) position vertical load bay.
vi. Twelve (12) load switches.
vii. One (1) - Controller cabinet power supply.
viii. One (1) – Slide Drawer Shelf
Work shall be performed by a qualified traffic signal technician, certified to perform the cabinet hardware installations as required. The contractor shall furnish and install all necessary material, equipment and appurtenances required for intended operation as shown in the plans and as outlined in these specifications.
3. Cabinet Construction
Cabinet shall meet, as a minimum, all applicable sections of the NEMA Standard Publication. Where differences occur, this specification shall govern. The cabinet shall meet the following criteria:
i. Material shall be aluminum sheet, 5052-H32, with a minimum thickness of 0.125- inch. ii. The cabinet exterior shall be unpainted aluminum finish as indicated and with a white interior.
iii. The door hinge shall be of the continuous type with a stainless-steel hinge pin. iv. The door handle shall be cast aluminum.
v. All seams shall be sealed with RTV sealant or equivalent material on the interior of the cabinet.
vi. Cabinet lock shall be of the Corbin No. 2 type.
vii. The cabinet shall have four (4) sets of cabinet wiring diagrams. viii. The cabinet shall have one (1) set of equipment manuals (Controller, MMU, etc.).
Shelves
Two (2) aluminum shelves extending completely across the back of the cabinet in the top cabinet area.
1. The first aluminum shelf extending completely across the back of the cabinet shall be provided to support the detector rack(s) and power supply.
2. The second aluminum shelf extending completely across the back of the cabinet shall be provided to support the controller and master (for future requirement provision) and the MMU.
Equipment Accessibility
All mounted panels and equipment shall have a minimum tool access clearance of 6".
Ventilating Fan SP14 The cabinet shall be provided with one (1) thermostatically- controlled ventilation fan, adjustable between 80o to 150o F and shall be installed in the top of the cabinet plenum.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-94
Air Filter Assembly
The cabinet Air Filter shall be a one-piece removable, medium efficiency, synthetic, pleated (Econolite Part No. 57389P11) air filter and shall be firmly secured to the air entrance of the cabinet.
Cabinet Light Assembly
The cabinet shall be equipped with an LED lighting fixture mounted on the inside of the cabinet near the front edge. The LED light shall be activated by an On/Off switch that is turned on when the cabinet door is opened and turned off when the door is closed.
The cabinet shall have a gooseneck type lighting fixture that shall be mounted on the inside of the door near the hinge. The gooseneck light shall be activated by an On/Off switch that is turned on when the cabinet door is opened and turned off when the door is closed.
Lightning Suppression
The cabinet shall be equipped with an EDCO Model SHP-300-10 surge arrester, or City approved equivalent.
Power Panel
The Power Panel shall house the following equipment:
1. One (1) 40 Amp main breaker to supply power to the main panel, controller, MMU, and cabinet power supply.
2. One (1) 15 Amp auxiliary breaker to supply power to the fan, light, and GFCI outlet.
3. One (1) 50 Amp, 125 VAC radio interference line filter.
4. One (1) normally-open, 60 Amp, Crydom Model #HA8475 solid state relay, or City approved equivalent.
Convenience Outlet
Two (2) duplex outlets shall be supplied, as per the following:
1. The first is for short-term equipment use, 120-volt AC, 15 Amp NEMA 5-15 GFCI duplex outlet, and shall be mounted in the lower right corner of the cabinet facing the inside of the cabinet door and within 6" of the front edge of the opening of the door.
2. The second is for long-term equipment use, 120-volt AC, 15 Amp NEMA duplex outlet, and shall be mounted in the upper right corner of the cabinet facing the inside of the cabinet. Power shall be supplied from un-switched filtered power.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-95
Inside Auxiliary Control Panel Switches
The inside door panel shall contain three (3) switches: Auto/Flash, Auto/Off/On Stop- Time, and Power On/Off. Auxiliary door panel switches shall be hard wired; printed circuit boards shall not be used.
1. Auto/Flash Switch (2-Position): In the Auto position, the intersection shall operate normally. In the Flash position, power shall be maintained to the controller and the intersection shall be placed in flash. The controller shall not be stop timed when in flash.
A guard shall be installed to prevent the switch from being shut off accidentally.
2. Auto/Off/On Stop-Time Switch (3-Position): In the Auto position, the controller shall be stop timed when the police door Auto/Flash Switch is in the Flash position or MMU flash.
In the Off position, the switch shall release all stop time from controller. In the On position, the switch shall maintain a continuous stop time to the controller.
3. Controller Power On/Off Switch (2-Position): This switch shall control the controllers AC power. A guard shall be installed to prevent the switch from being shut off accidentally.
Police Panel
The Police Panel shall contain two (2) switches: Signals On/Off and Auto/Flash. All police panel switches shall be hard wired; printed circuit boards shall not be used.
1. Signals On/Off Switch (2-Position) In the On position, the field displays shall show either normal operation or flash. In the Off position, power shall be removed from signal heads in the intersection. The controller shall continue to operate. In the Off position, the MMU shall not conflict or require reset.
2. Auto/Flash Switch (2-Position) In the Auto position, the intersection shall operate normally based on all other switches. In the Flash position, power shall not be removed from the controller and stop time shall be applied based on the Stop- Time switch.
4. Cabinet Wiring
Cables
All Controller and MMU cables shall have sufficient length to access any shelf position.
All cables shall be encased in a protective sleeve along their entire free length.
All cabinet wiring shall be color coded as follows:
Purple = Flash Color programming
Brown = Green Signal wiring
Yellow = Yellow Signal wiring
Red = Red Signal wiring
Blue = Controller wiring
Gray = DC ground return, logic ground
Black = AC positive
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-96
White = AC negative
Green = Chassis
Main-Panel and Wire Terminations
All wires terminated behind the main-panel and other panels shall be soldered. No pressure or solder-less connectors shall be used. Printed circuit boards shall not be used on main panels.
Flashing Operation
Cabinet shall be wired for NEMA flash. All cabinets shall be wired to flash Red for all phases. Flashing display shall alternate between phases 1, 4, 5 and 8, and phases 2, 3, 6 and 7.
Detector Rack and Interface
A minimum of one (1) TS-2 Vehicle Loop detector rack with field termination panel, TS-2 power supply, and SDLC cable shall be provided for each new signal cabinet. Each individual rack shall support up to sixteen (16) channels of loop/video detection and one (1) BIU.
Main Panel Configuration
The main panel shall be fully wired in the following configuration:
1. Sixteen (16) vertical load sockets.
2. Six (6) flash transfer relay sockets.
3. One (1) flasher socket.
4. Wiring for both Type 1 and Type 2 Controllers.
5. Wiring for one Type 16 MMU.
Field Terminal Locations
Field terminals shall be located at the bottom of the main panel and angled forward for easy viewing and wiring. The order shall be from left to right beginning with phase one and following the order of the load switches. Field terminals shall be of the barrier type.
5. Cabinet Equipment
Detectors
New cabinets shall be equipped with the proper number of detector slots and cards, as required for intended operation.
Controller Unit
New cabinets shall be equipped with one (1) Econolite Cobalt ATC controller. Controller shall be system ready for communication on the Centracs Traffic Signal Management/Monitoring software. Controller shall allow logging of Alarm inputs.
Controller software shall be the new Econolite EOS software.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-97
Malfunction Management Unit (MMU)
New cabinets shall be equipped with a NEMA TS2 Type 16 MMU with the latest current released software. MMU jumper cards shall be programmed to specific intersection's requirements.
Bus Interface Unit (BIU)
BIU's shall meet all TS2-1992, Section 8 requirements. In addition, all BIU's shall provide three (3) separate front panel indicators: Power, Valid Data, and Transmit.
Cabinet Power Supply
The cabinet power supply shall meet the NEMA TS2 specification. All power supplies shall also provide a separate front panel indicator LED for each of the four (4) power outputs. Front panel banana jack test points for 24 VDC and logic ground shall also be provided.
Telemetry Interface Panel
Cabinet shall be wired with a telemetry interface panel and telemetry connecting cable that can communicate with the Centracs Traffic Signal Management/Monitoring master software. The cabinet shall be wired for telemetry transient suppression, EDCO Model No. PC642C-00-AD, or City approved equivalent.
Flasher Unit
All flasher units shall meet NEMA TS-2, Section 6 requirements and shall be EDI Model 810, or City approved equivalent.
Intersection Diagram
For the new cabinets, an intersection diagram prepared in AutoCAD shall be provided on an 8.5" x 11" sheet of paper and enclosed in a protective plastic cover. The diagram and protective cover shall be located on the inside of the cabinet door above the Auxiliary Panel. The diagram shall depict the general intersection layout, phases, overlaps, detector assignments, and north arrow. The top of the diagram will be north and the diagram shall be pre-approved by the City Engineer.
Cabinet Wiring Diagram
New cabinet wiring diagrams shall be arranged on three (3) separate sheets in a simplistic way to facilitate the reading of it. The first sheet shall represent everything on the left side of the cabinet, the second sheet everything in the middle of the cabinet including the main panel, and the third sheet everything on the right side of the cabinet. The final cabinet wiring diagram layout shall be approved by the City Engineer. 86-1.02R Signal Heads
[Add the following:]
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-98
Vehicle head mountings shall be configured as directed by the Engineer prior to drilling of standards and head installations. Adjustments required to the signal head mounting configuration and placement on standards shall be provided as directed by the Engineer at no additional contract cost. PV heads, if used, shall be programmed at the direction of the Engineer. The color of all signal heads shall be black. 86-1.02R(4) Signal Faces
[Add the following:].
All new circular signal indications shall be 12” GE VLA Model LED Signal Modules with an incandescent look & arrow indications shall be 12” GE GTX City VLA Model with an incandescent look. The red and green indications shall be clear and the yellow indication shall be tinted. A five-year warrantee shall be provided on all LED lenses furnished by the manufacturer. A Certificate of Compliance from the manufacturer shall be submitted to the Engineer, and a copy of the LED purchase order, product specification, certificate of compliance and warrantee. If programmed visibility (PV) signal heads are used, they shall be LED.
86-1.02U Push Button Assemblies
[Add the following:].
Pedestrian push button assemblies shall be the Polara BDL3 Bulldog III Series 3.5” stainless steel fully sealed assembly with latching Led and audible momentary buzzer and black powder coat manufactured by Polara Engineering Inc. The push button shall be 40” high from the finished pedestrian landing surface. Face-plate screws shall be stainless steel tamper resistant. The contractor shall submit the PPB manufacture’s specifications and warranty to the Engineer.
Push button housing shall be the color black and consist of the ADA push button and an attached R10-3e (9”x15”) sign with back plate attachment. The sign shall be attached and securely supported by the framework, and not extend beyond the framework. 87 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
87-1 General
87-1.03 Construction
87-1.03B Conduit Installation
87-1.03B(1) General
[Add the following:].
Existing reused conduit shall be cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with compressed air. All existing rigid metal conduit to be reused shall be Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-99
equipped with new elbows and rigid metal fittings manufactured of mild steel. Rigid galvanized steel conduit couplings shall be threaded or compression type. Threadless connections or threaded coupler with two bolts as a clamp shall not be allowed. Rigid metal type shall be manufactured of mild steel and conform to UL Publication UL 6 for Rigid Metallic Conduit. Conduit threads shall be brush painted with either zinc-rich paint or zinc-rich primer, spray-on applications shall not be permitted.
Rock wheeling shall be allowed only if authorized in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer prior to work shall approve the method of rock wheeling. Conduit installation under pavement, curb/gutter areas shall be by boring method approved by the Engineer.
No open cutting shall be permitted for streets in City moratorium areas, unless City Standard roadway repair moratorium compliance measures are implemented. Any work in designated moratorium areas will include AC pavement mill and overlay work extending 50’ beyond the damaged area, within each affected travel lane.
Excessive use of water, such that pavement might be undermined, or subgrade softened shall not be permitted. Conduits to be drilled or jacking rod shall be fitted with suitable drill bits for the required hole size. Jacking or boring method must not weaken or damage any embankment, structure or pavement. Any mud from jacking or boring shall be flushed from the conduit and removed from the jacking pit to eliminate inadequate backfilling.
Parkway trenching shall conform to City of Costa Mesa Standard Drawing No. 813, 411, 413 and 414 for sidewalk replacement. All existing plant and irrigation materials including but not limited to sod, trees and bushes damaged by trenching or boring work shall be replaced in kind, at no additional compensation.
Within pull boxes, conduit shall be placed to meet minimum clearances between the pull box base, the conduit end and lid of pull box, conforming to Caltrans Standard Plans and Specifications. The contractor shall adjust existing pull boxes where clearance is inadequate to accommodate existing and proposed cable and/or conductors. Work shall conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications 86-1.02B and 87-1.03B. The ends of conduit termination in pull boxes and controller cabinets shall be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound.
Conduit shall be placed in a manner to allow the cable/wire to be pulled in a straight line and clear the side of the pull box by at least 2 inches. Use minimum bending radius as permitted by Appendix H of ICEA S-19/NEMA WC 3 and SMFO cable manufacturer's recommendations.
After conductors/cables have been installed, the exposed end of conduits terminating in pull boxes, service equipment enclosure and controller cabinets shall be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound immediately after installation of conductors. Conduit for future use in pull boxes shall be threaded and capped, with a pull rope intact between successive pull boxes.
All excavations for the installation of conduits and pull boxes, and removal of old systems, shall be backfilled, compacted and restored to match adjacent areas and excess material shall be immediately removed from the job site. All trenching activity, commenced each Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-100
day, shall be fully backfilled to the finished surface grade at the end of each day; final resurfacing shall be completed within five (5) working days on all streets and all trenches maintained in a safe condition.
Work shall include furnishing and installing trenching, jacking and boring, and all associated labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals involved in furnishing and installing conduit, complete in place. This shall include installation of conduit under sidewalk, soil and roadway pavement areas, removing surface materials, furnishing fittings, bends, bushings, pull wires, modification of conduit entrances, replacement and repair in kind of AC, PCC, sod, irrigation within all areas affected by conduit installation, and all associated work, materials and equipment required to provide the intended operation. All jacking pits shall be adequately compacted immediately upon installing fill material and made safe for pedestrian access, and inspected by the Engineer prior to concrete or asphalt placement.
All conduit existing within excavation areas shall be lowered, modified and/or adjusted as required to accommodate the intended improvements at no additional compensation. The Contractor shall determine the exact location of all underground facilities within improvement area, by hand digging if necessary, prior to commencing excavation work to assure avoidance of conflicts. All costs for preliminary exploratory work of existing conditions and subsequent utility modification shall be included in the lump sum bid item and no additional compensation shall be allowed.
The Contractor shall be responsible for identifying the location and for the protection of all electrical facilities including signal conduit and interconnect. Where damage is caused by the Contractor's operation, the Contractor shall replace damaged facility at no extra cost to the City of Costa Mesa.
87-1.03B(3) Conduit Installation Underground
87-1.03B(3)(a) General
[Remove the section from lines 1 to 5].
[Add the following:].
Conduit depth shall be per the latest approved City of Costa Mesa standard plans and drawings.
87-1.03C Installation of Pull Boxes
87-1.03C(1) General
[Add the following:].
All pull boxes shall be located as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer.
No pull box shall be located within the driveway apron, or within any wheelchair ramp landing. Pull boxes within unimproved areas shall have a Class 1 flexible Post Delineator, per Caltrans Standard Plan A73-C installed adjacent to the pull box.
Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-101
Within the pull box, the conduit shall be placed in a manner that the lowest portion of the opening shall be a minimum of 2 inches above the bottom of the pull box, the top portion of the opening shall be not less than 8 inches from the top of the pull box. The conduit shall be placed in a manner to allow the cable/wire to be pulled in a straight line and clear the side of the pull box by at least 2 inches.
Pull box Installation Details - The bottom of pull boxes installed in the ground or in sidewalk areas shall be bedded in at least 6 inches of crushed rock and shall be grouted prior to the installation of conductors. The grout shall be between 1and 2 inches in depth and shall be sloped towards the drain hole. A layer of roofing paper shall be placed between the grout and the crushed rock sump. A 1 inch drain hole shall be provided in the center of the pull boxes or splice vault through the grout and the roofing paper.
Excavating and backfilling shall be as per section 87-1.03E, “Excavating and Backfilling for Electrical Systems” of the State Standard Specifications except that the backfill material shall not contain rocks graded larger than 1 inch.
Where the sump of an existing pull box is damaged by the Contractor’s operations, the sump shall be reconstructed and if the sump was grouted, the old grout shall be removed, and new grout placed at the cost of the Contractor and not the City. Any existing improvements damaged by the Contractor shall be in accordance with the State Standard Specifications at the cost of the Contractor and not the City.
Pull box Adjustments - The contractor shall adjust existing pull boxes where inadequate clearance is provided to accommodate the proposed cable and conductors, or where settling has occurred whereby the pull box grade is lower than that of the adjacent surface area grade at no additional cost to the City. Work shall conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications 87-1.03C. Pull box adjustment shall include the installation of new bushings, conduit end sealant, crushed rock and grout prior to the installation of conductors, and necessary concrete repair work. Old grout shall be removed, and new grout installed as required. Repair of adjacent PCC sidewalk shall be included, conforming with these specifications.
87-1.03F Conductors and Cables Installations
87-1.03F(2) Cables
87-1.03F(2)(a) General
[Add the following:].
The 12 CSC and 3 CSC cables shall be run continuous between terminal block terminals and traffic signal controller cabinet load switch bay terminals. Splices will not be allowed and no daisy-chaining of traffic signal cables shall be permitted.
Mast-arm mounted traffic signal indications shall be connected to the side mount vehicle indication terminal box using a 5 CSC. Three section and four section vehicle indications shall use a single 5 CSC. Five section vehicle indications shall use 2-5 CSC. 5 CSC shall be run continuous between the signal indication and the side mount vehicle indication Project and Specification No. 22-07
SP-102
terminal box and no splicing will be allowed. Multiple indications for the same vehicle phase shall not use the same 5 CSC. Each CSC shall be labeled in a permanent, color- coded manner at the side mount vehicle indication terminal box, such that the vehicle phase and placement are noted on the cable. For example, Ø2 Inboard would indicate the cable serving the indication closest to the traffic signal mast arm pole.
The contractor shall provide cable slack to comply with the requirements shown in Caltrans RSP Section 87-1.03F(1). Contractor shall install a tracer wire in all electrical conduits.
87-1.03R Signal Heads
87-1.03R(1) General
[Add the following:].
Mounting hardware configurations shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation.
Vehicle head mounting assemblies shall be configured and adjusted by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer at no additional contract cost.
The top opening of signal heads shall be sealed with a neoprene gasket. LED’s shall be products pre-qualified by the Caltrans’ Testing Laboratory. Signal mounting assemblies shall consist of Size 41 standard steel pipe or galvanized conduit, necessary fittings, slip- fitters and terminal compartments. Pipe fittings shall be ductile iron, galvanized steel, aluminum alloy Type AC-84B No. 380 or Bronze. Mast arm slip-fitters post top slip-fitters and terminal compartments shall be cast bronze or hot-dip galvanized ductile iron. After installation any exposed threads of galvanized conduit brackets and areas of the brackets damaged by wrench or vise jaws shall be cleaned with a wire brush and brush painted with 2 applications of approved un-thinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the requirements in Section 91, “Paint”. Aerosol cans shall not be used.
Payment
Payment for Compensation for “Furnish and Install New Traffic Signal (HAWK) (Project C)” (Bid Item No. 3C) shall be per the Lump Sum bid fee and additional compensation shall not be allowed. The Lump Sum price shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, appurtenances, tools, equipment and incidentals, potholing of all new traffic signal pole foundations, and for doing all work involved as specified on the Plans and these Specifications.
SECTION “G”
APPENDIX “A”
PROJECT LOCATIONS
AND MAP
CITYWIDE NEW TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND HAWK SIGNAL INSTALLATION PROJECT, CITY PROJECT NO. 22-07
PROJECT LOCATION MAPS
NEW TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT W. 19TH STREET & WALLACE AVENUE
NEW HAWK SIGNAL AT W. 18TH STREET ACROSS FROM LIONS PARK CITYWIDE NEW TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND HAWK SIGNAL INSTALLATION PROJECT, CITY PROJECT NO. 22-07
PROJECT LOCATION MAPS
NEW HAWK SIGNAL AT WILSON STREET ACROSS FROM WILSON PARK SECTION “G”
APPENDIX “B”
ENGINEERING DESIGN
PLANS
COPYRIGHT © BKF ENGINEERS2021 3
BULBOUTCONSTRUCTIONDETAILS
WEST19THSTREETANDPLACENTIAAVENUE
WEST19THSTREETANDWALLACEAVENUE
C65388 ROGERCHUNG
BKFENGINEERS
4675MACARTHURCT.
SUITE400
NEWPORTBEACH,CA92660
(949)526-8460
www.bkf.com
C1.0 Notes.dwg
PlotJul05,2022at4:09pm
07/05/2022 CITYOFCOSTAMESA
C1.0
1 Know what's
R
CITYOFCOSTAMESA
C3.0
3COPYRIGHT © BKF ENGINEERS2021 3
BULBOUTCONSTRUCTIONDETAILS
WEST19THSTREETANDPLACENTIAAVENUE
WEST19THSTREETANDWALLACEAVENUE
C65388 ROGERCHUNG
BKFENGINEERS
4675MACARTHURCT.
SUITE400
NEWPORTBEACH,CA92660
(949)526-8460
www.bkf.com
C3.0 Grading Wallace.dwg
PlotJul06,2022at11:19am
07/05/2022
Know what's
R
SECTION “G”
APPENDIX “C”
CITY AND CALTRANS
STANDARD DRAWINGS
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.
<Wb_\ehd_W FNM<= /-.1 >Z_j_ed
&?AP:wi FNM<= /--6 >Z_j_ed) _dYbkZ_d] K[l_i_edi . $ /) Wi Wc[dZ[Z \eh ki[ _d <Wb_\ehd_W' <^Wfj[h 0; s IWl[c[dj WdZ <khX FWha_d]i Gel[cX[h 4) /-.1 IWhj 0 s FWha_d]i
IW][ 43-
-··
j-- l OF STREET
60 1
R
101
2d 201
td
1--l I
PARKWAY I
V411PER FT.
2 °/o
1/4' PE� FT..
L J• ... --ll 2"
. ll� k- l OF STREET a--t_
w I I . I ...
I� so'
I I1� w
� w 5' 20' 20' 5 !1
3'
I�•�}<- · --,zl
I � 1 �., 3 TYPE"c-a" cuRa a SUTTER ,
�,. • Q I
I� 1���FT. _ 2% , 2°b� �I§ JI => ·1.��--�--,-····· . .__ �� _f 5 I _y4-4 s ·
I 6.fi ,.�
4 2 4
NOTE:
50' R/W TO BE USED WITH CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL ONLY.
CD
®
©
©
A5PHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT ( 4• THICKNESS). ACTUAL THICKNESS TO 8[ DETERMINED AFTElt ltOUOH GftADING.
CRUSHED" A8GREGATE USE I a• THICKNESS). ACTUAL THICKNESS TO BE DETERMINED AFTEJl-ftOUOH-GIIADlN
TYP! "c-•• Oft •c-g• CURii AHD BUTTER PER STD. DWfil, NO • .!S_. 4• P.C.C. SIDEWALK PEit STD. DWG. Ho: 411.
DRIVEWAY LOCATIONS AND SLOPES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER ON STREETS WITH 50
1 R/W.
CITY OF COSTA MESA . TYPICAL SECTION
60 1 a 50
1 RESIDENTIAL STREETS
DRAWN J.C.8.
CALIFORNIA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT APPROV;;; i!§.��U�,S�S-
BRUCE O. MATTE � - -
SCALE�
STD. DWG, NO.
114
l- £. ALLEY
20'
201 �L·Y£L LINE
------ ---- -
� (. ALLET
.
1'-6" 1'-6"
DETAIL OF
'·v" GUTTER
r"F,L.
1. CONCRBTB SHALL BE 560-C-3250 PER CURRENT EDITIOli
OF
STAHDARD SPECIFICATIONS SEC. 201-1.
2. ALLEYS SHALL NOT RECEIVE STREET DRAINAGE.
3. ALLEr APPROACH SEE CITY STD. owe. 51.C •
4. 1/
4 DCB TJUWSVERSB EXPANSI:OH JOINTS SMLL BE
PLACED
AT 40' INTERVALS AND 1/B'"x 2• W"'...AltBNED
PLNl'B
JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED AT 10' IN'l'ERVALS IR
nm p.c.c. •v• GOTTO, l'OR DC'l'AILS SU C.I'l'Y STD.
DNG.
NO. JU.
101
CITY OF COSTA MESA
CALIFORNIA
TYPICAL �ECTION
ALLEY AND
V
11 GUTTER
ENGIEERING DEPARTMENT
OllilWN �
ICAI.I �
STD. DWG. NO.
, '8
PARKWAY WIDTHS:
5 1
FOR 50 R/W
10 1
FOR so' R/ W
71 FOR 84
1 R/W
7' FOR 106
1 R/W
8 1
FOR 120
1 R/W
I,
PLAN
·WIDTH-··
CASE IV
CURB RADIUS ( SEE NOTE 2 )
CUT OFF ( SEE NOTE I )
NOTES:
I. THE PROPERTY LINE DIAGONAL CUT-OFF IS
A STRAIGHT LINE DRAWN BETWEEN llfE
R/W LINES ( OR PUE LINES, IF EXISTING)
AT THE BC R. AND ECR.
2. ALL CUfiB RETURN RADII SHALL BE 25
1 UNLESS BOTH STREETS ARE ON
THE MAS
TER PLAN OF HIGHWAYS, AND THEN THE
DIAGONAL CUT-OFF
SHALL BE FOR A 3S'
CURB RETURN RADIUS.
3. ALL 50
1 STREETS REQUIRE A
3 1
PUBLIC
UTILIZATION EASEMENT, SEE STD.
OWG· NO.
114.
?AVEl.!ENT WIOTk
Ol�ENSION PER 0LAN I.;•• :,•r
�--1111'"1 )11111���---L
R=D.5" R=0.5"
---===l=��----...:.��---V. ·:-:-:->
......... �- � i. ·. -: >:.:.:.:.
\.
FIN I SHED Sl.fiF ACE
_
__ ::_..._-1 i) I?:\{''.��;
.... 0 z
... ...
U)
TYPE �A• CURB
PAVEMENT WIDTH
OIJIIENSION FER PLAN
.... ::I.
a: ... a.
.
. ..
. . .
.
. .
. .. . \ . . . . .
\ .
.
. .
. �. : . : r: . : . : . : .
.
.
. .
.
.
. .
. \, .
.. .
. �-
·.�
•):
..
.
..
..
.
..: ·.
: . · .. ·. :_ : ·\: ·
... ·.
� \ �
I. 5" e,••
.
.
1>"-. • ••• •. . •
R=0.5"
.. ·.}·. I f· ·-b" ...: . . . . I . ...: FINISHED SURFACE I u · ·. �· ·. ·,�·�· ·. 0•
TYPE
11 8 11 CURB
Rt. VISED 4-16-86
___ , ____ .._�.._·
.
__ · ._·._�-· ..... -· . .__·.,__. __ __
�TES
11 u.....__ 4 X 9" LG. DOWEL
AT 4'-0" Q.C.
1. 1/4" ExPANSl{'OI JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED AT 40' INTERVALS .AHO AT ALL UJEDIAN NOSES. 1/8" x 2" wEAKENEC l"LANE � "�ASTI.: :c,,,nicL jDflin SMLL BE PLACED "1 10' INT!:'.RVALS.
FOR DETAILS SEE STD. OMG. 'IQ. 314.
2. IXYIIELS FCA 'TYPE "B" O.RB "-\Y BE DELETto •HEN EXTRUOED CDNCRETE IS EIOHOEO TO lltE PAVEJ,16NT WI TH lJ'PAOVEO A[)l,<ES I VE, EXCEPT n,E I SLANO NOSES IIHIOI SHALL BE DOWELED.
3. WHERE MEDIANS ARE LNICSC-"PEO, ClJl'l8 S"IALL EXTEND 6" BELOW SUB-GAAOE AHO BE BACKED WITH-" 20 MIL PL,.STIC "'OISTURE BARRIER THAT OOEHOS 6" BELOW Ct.RS.
C.F. AHO H SHALL BE "ER "'LAN.
�. THESE CURBS ARE NON-w>-ER CARRYING. TRANSITION TO TYPE "C" CUR8 00 GUTTER PER PLAN.
). COtCRETE SMLL BE S"oo-C-3ZSb;.ER CUl'lREN"f EOITH)N OF STAHOf,RO SPECIFICATIONS FOR PuBLIC llOQKS C()ISTRLCTIC'N 5EC. 201-1.1.:.
CITY OF COSTA MESA
CALIFORNIA fA,/N
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT •
1111.awa D)ff:
SCALI NONE.
srD.DIIW.NO.
311
·_,r··
-�
FlNISHED
SURFACE
NOTES:
FINISHED
SURFACE
PAVEMENT WIDTli DIMENSION PER PLAN
,._ "
CRUSliED AGGREGATE BASE
t-2
� ..
CONC. PER LIN. FT. :s O.OGOB4 CU. 'Q)S.
I Cll YD. • 19. 79S� UN. FT.
TYPE 1'c-61CURB a GUTTER
RWEIIEHT WIDTH DIMENSION PER PLAN
21-011
N
R=I"
CONC. PEii LIN. FT. • 0.0S41S CIL YDS.
I CU. YD. • 15.!50 LIN. FT.
TYPE 'c·S- CURB a GUTTER
2"
s"
6"
•••• i>- ••••• . . . . . .
R=Y2·
I. l/4• EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED AT 401
IN TERVALS AND. AT ALL B.C.R.' S E.� ANO 1/S'x 2
11 WEAKENED PLANE OR PLASTIC CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED AT 10' INTERVALS. FOR DETAILS,° SEE STD. _DWG. NO. 314.
2. CONCRE TE SHALL BE S"6o·C!-'3.i5'"c, PER CURRENT EDITION OF STANDARD. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUSLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SEC. 201-1.1.2.
3. SUBGRADE RELATIVE COMPACTION SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 90 % . �
VERTICAL OBSTRUCTION
\�·· x It
W+Y
OF DEPRESSED CURB
x
SEE BELOW �Z (W+Y) Yz (W+Y)
FLOW LINE OF GU'l'TER
ft' C.4.8. INJN.) SECTION A-A
x
1/z (W+Y)
I. FOR Cl.RB ANO GUTTE R DE TAILS,
SEE STD. OWG. NO.�
2. FOR JOINT DETAILS, SEE STD.
OWG. NO.�
W+Y
PLAN
3. CONCRETE TO BE 360-C-32.fi:J, PER CURRENT EDITION OF
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FO'R PUBLIC
WORKS CONSTRUCTION SEC. 201-1.1.2
4. ALL DRIVEWAY LOCAT IONS AND DIMENSION S
SHALL BE APPROVED BY TRANSPORTATION
SERVICES ENGINEER ,
1/z (W+Y)
DIMENSIONS:
% MIN. TO t. PRODUCED
x
SEE BELOW
W = 10
1 MIN.-16
1 MAX. FOR RESIDENTIAL
DRIVE WAYS IN R-1 ZONE • Y: 0.
W= 16
1 MIN.-26' MAX. FOR OT HE R
· DRIVEWAYS.
X= 4
1 FOR 6
1 1 CURB FACE.
X= 5
1 FOR 8
11 CURB FACE.
CITY OF COSTA MESA
CALIFORNIA
DEPRESSED CURB
FOR DRIVEWAY APPROACH
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
EXMNSION JOINT FILLER
l/4
11 EX�NSION JOINT
40'
INTERVALS
.. ·.�.·.· .... ·.· . ·.-.... · ·�·.· .·.· ... ,.. ·.•·.·.•·.-....... > •• • •• ·.i.. ��-. •• •• • •••••• j.. • • • •• • •
. ,.
.. "'"�� ... . . .,:. ·. ·. ·. . . .,:. • .,I__\.':>• c:..v- • • • . . . . . .: . . . .·. �. ·. •. • "!-•. •. ·. ·. •!· . r • • •. •
· .. :· .:· :· .)··:.<:·{·. ·. >··:-. ··>:-.... :,.._::
CONSTRUCTION
JOI NT
1/a" x
2 11
WEAKENED PLANE JOI NT
f 0' INTERVALS
l
CURS e, BUTTER
.�
PK
., .. FOR SIDEWALK
TO CUR8.
PER FT.
COLO JOIHT
SECTION A-A
DIMENSIONS:
P'K• PAIIKWAY WIDTH
s "' SIDEWALK WIDTH I •
&r/ ""'--PKsD" S •4 -4
&0
1 ff!W-PK•lo' 5,.4•_4•
s'
CR!i§HED AGGREGATE BAS£
( T MAX. AGGREGATE)
·� NW--PK• 7• S•41-4. RESIDENTIAL 1 6
1 -4" COIIIIEIICI.AL II INDUSTRIAL
106 1
NW--PK•7
1 1•41
-4· JtEa_JD£lfTJAL. s'-4" CONMEIICIAL a INDUSTlt�L
120
1 1\11'--PK••' 5•41-4• RESIDENTIAL I T'-4" CDIIIIERCIAL II INDUSTRIAL S'• 4
1 -0•
'--i. I
'
2"
- - - -- - - - - - • � �
"S U
;'
LITY E'ASEIIENT REQUIRED FORD' PARKWAY
· 4 P.C.C. SIDEWALK t_
\:
10'.
J.
&UTTER
+ +
10' 10' 10
1 10' I 0
1 A,..._j
PLAN
NOTESt
I. Yl IXNJIIK* ,NHtlT8 IHM.L fl PLACED AT 40' fll'TEINAU AND AT THE END Of' ALL CUN ·I
IIETUIHIS,
1. '9" X � C ... TIIDL OR WDICEH ED . PLANE JO IHTs SHAlL BE PLACED AT IO' l�ll'VAI.S a. DM111D9 ,Ng..,-. .. _,.flllD PLANE JOINTS "°" IIDhAUC IHALL H P'L.Aef:D TO COINCI. Wffll •Olll'R 0,, THS CUIII. "· l'M IJIMI I IIOli'"tlOINT MID RAICINID l'LANlt JODrr DETAILS, 11:E STD. DR. NO. I I 4, &. SIDEWALK THICKIIDS II 4• EXCll'T AT DIIIVDfA'n WHDI fT SHALL H a• THicic."9 ll COIICIIETE SIMU. ·al $!0-C-2�00 PEil CUltllENT EDfTIOH OF STANDAIID SPECIFICATIONS SEC .�01-1.1.z. 't 10• INTKll'VAL -81TWDN 'PIAIIIYQIIE JOINTS NAY II: YAIIIID. IF .IOllhNO DIITINO INNOVENINTI AND AP'PltOYED IY CITY "ENIINtllt.
L WID£N SIDEWALK TO FROVJDE MIH. CLEAR DISTANCE PER STD. DWG. NO,.!..Ll., t. ALL EXPOSED CORNERS OH SID EWALK SHA LL 9E ROUNDED OFF WITH 112• JIAOIIJS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SHO"'" OH ST!>. IMO, HO • .ll!,
DIMENSIONS:
PK•PAJltlC....r WIDTH
&o' RJW--PK :a 101
94' '1/W-- PK:a 7'
10 $1R/W-PK" 71
12o' RIW-- PK:a a'
V,j• �IOH JOINT
10' 10-'
PK
SECTION A-A
4• P.C.C.
SIDEWALK
CURB a GUTTER
----1/a •x 2• WEAKENED
PL.AN JOINT DR PLASTIC _CEHlllOL IO'10'
TREE WELL IILOCX OUT lALTERHA
419
l/4 • EXAINSION "OINT
10' 10'
40 1 1/9 • X 2• NED PLAIIE Oii PLASTIC
l:OH1JIOL JOIJfT
PLAN
NOTESr
I. kj EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE PL.ACE> AT 40
1 IHTEIIVAI.S AND AT TIC END OP" ALL
CUii• RETUIIIII.
2. 11."xr' WEAICDED PUJIE 01'1 PLASTIC CONTRO.. JOINTS SHALL H PLACED AT 10' l�AU.
J. EXMNSIOII .tolllTI AND WUJ!EIED P'LANE .,OINTI JrOlt SIDEWAUC SHAU. 111:. P'LACED TO COINCIDE Wmt iKMNTS DI' 11C CUltl,
.... '°" DPIIUIIION .JOIW1' AND WUU:IID l"t.Allt: .,OINT DETAILS ,au STD. DW8. NO. J.U, a. IIDl!:IW.JC THICICNDS II 4• lXCIE"f AT
DIIIVIWA'YI WHIEJltE IT IHAU. K •• THICIC.
&. CONCRETE SHALL H UO C 2500 P£Jt CUftllt:NT EDITION 0, STANDARD SP£CIFICATIOHS FOii PUBLIC WOltlCS CO NST RUCTION SEC. 201- I. I .I.
7. TREE WELL ILOC,COUTI TO 8! CONSTRUCT ED W/ LOCATION II SPACING Put PLAN. 9, JO' JHTIEIIVAL IETW!llf TlltAHSYEltSE JOINTS MAY IIE YAlllED IF JOINING .... EXIITINO IIIPROYEMIIIT&.
9. AI.L EXPOSED CORNERS "ON SIDEWALK SHALL IE ROUNDED WfTH 112• JIADIUS,EXCEl'T AS OTH£IIIWISE SKOWII ON STD. DWGc�l'ii• 10, WIDIM SIDEWALK Ttl. PflO'YIDI 111111, STANct PEJt STD. DWG,N OL!.I.L..
TH A N ,
CITY OF COSTA MESA
CALIFORNIA
COMMERCIAL �.DEWALK DETAILS
PUBLIC SERVICE DEPARTMENT APPROVED
0...,, W. A.B.
,c:.u NONE
�LIZATION
GUTTER
PLAN
NOTES1
L FOR STANDARD SIDEWALK DETAIU,SH STD. DW8. NO.fil AND/Cit �.
Z. FIRE lfflJRAHTS SHALL l!IE 2' CLEAR r:FF OF TH£ CUR.8 FACE.
3. 110 Y!Rl'ICAL Ol!ISTIIUCTIOH WITHIN � CLEAR OF DIIIYEWAY TOP OF •x:
4. :=-:r.,f.0�� 111.ffT8'"aR#AoWo aV'foc�ofaid.LTINATE LOCAT IOH, :S, AMO POLES, GUT AJIClf(lftS, MD ST.11£lT LIG"TS SHAU H 111• Cl.Ult or, Cllfla FACL
CITY OF COSTA MESA
CALIFORNIA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
SIDEWALK OBSTRUCTIONS FLARE
STD. DWG.
413
DIMENSIONS:
PtC • PARKWAY WIDTH
S • SIOEWALX WIDTH SEE MOTE 7
50 1
R/W--PK=5'
50 1
R/'W- -PKa!o'
84' R/W- PK••'
I 06' R,/W-PK•7'
I 2 o' PI/W-- PtCz !'
"y� -Jr.AOIUS VARIES (25' OR 3CI')
s'• .,,·-o·
PK
"i'
NOTES1
PLAN
I. t'4 • !XMHIION JOIN'TI SHAU II P'LACID AT IND OF CUJl8 IIETWINI. va• x z' WEAKEJtED PLANE OR
PLASTIC CONTROL JOINTS
RADIUsa !5 1
2. �.·x 2• WEAICPN!D '1.ANE OR PLASTIC CClflTJIOL JOINTS SHALL If: PLACED SO AS NOT TO EXCUD lo' O.C:. AT It..
1. tr011 EXMNIJON JOINT ANO WEMCIN!D PI.ANE tlOIJiT DffAILl,1!! STD. DWL N0.114 ,
4. CONCIIITI SHALL aE PU CUltltlNT EDITION OF STMDMD SICCll'ICIATIO,;.- P'OII PU8LIC WOIIICS CONSTltUCTION arc. 101.-Ll.1, CLASS szoc-zsoo !5. ILL UW,TJOIIS PEI PLAN. FOii CIIOIS WTTDtS F.L.P. I • .l"Bl STD. 0¥ra. HO • ..,!!L SHALL H IICMN Olt Pl.All. a. ,OJI -STIIEET. l'IAIJIUS DATA, RE STD. owe. NO.�
7. 1U STO. o-.e. NO,.!!! 1.!!l AND .!!.!.. FOii IASI: AHO SIDE...,.LK lllaldEMI.NTS.
CITY OF COSTA MESA
CALIFORNIA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
STANDARD .SIDEWALK RETURN .
DRAWN W,A.B,
SCALE NONE
�l OF CROSS-GUTTER
,,
. 4' VARI
f. r
I 'ARIES- SEE PLAHS
�---4-CUR8 a 81.tTTElt
i----R/W LINE
PLAN
NOTES:
I. SMOOTH TIIOWtl. 1• WJDt'. FLOW LINE IN Cl'tOS$•GUTTEJt ANO Sl"AHDRELS. z. AGGIIE8ATE 1A11E THICKNESS FCfl SPAJIDIIELS !HALL IIE THE SAM!: AS P'Dfl atoSS-BUTTEll. l. POU11 CURl!I MOHOUnRCALLY WITH SPAJl1.IIIEL.
0 4,. F'Oft JOINT DETAIL�, SEE STD. DWG. NO. 314 APIO ..f!.1.
5. COIICIIETE SHALL K 160 C 32!50 P!II C\IIUIIJIT mrTlOH Of' STAHDMD SPEOFIC4TIOHS FOii PUE1Q WCRQ CONSTIIUc:ll0111 SEC 201-1.1. 2.
.. AU- ELEYATfOIII IMAU. R PEJI l'I.AN.
7. DISTANCE L RION IIIDOLE DftDINAT! OF CUfllt HTUJIIH TO JOINT SHAU. llt 7' Folt 1• C.I'. Off � f'Ofl 1• C.I' •• a. Alff CAOSS·GUTTI II TO BE CONSTRUCTED ON I.US THAN 0.20 % SHAI.L HAVE DllAIN.HE STllUCl\JIIU COHSTIIUCTEO TO MITIGATE THE ADVEJtSE El'T!CTS OF NUISAlfC!: WATEll AHO FULL CON-1:� AMON W1JH EXl'IIMSION JOINTS WINll \. NO M.ONI !D9t: OI' IUTTR L
CITY OF COSTA MESA
CALIFORNIA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
TYPICAL -CROSS-GUTTER.
DltAWff MJC.S,
SCALE NONE
STD. DWG. NCl
4 f 5.
<r
<(
...
SECTION A-A
d-- s
# 3#12·11.u.
DETAIL OF ANCHOR
(SEE HOTES :Sa 7)
NOTES:
a·
L
P.C.C.
INLET
TYPE.II
INLET
TYPE!
z c ..J a.
z 0
a :c .., ..,
c(
z
0 i=
;!
..,
A
PLAN
PROALE
I. FLOOR OF BOX TO BE TR OWELED S .. OOTH.
2. WHEN THE TOE Of' SLOPE IS WITHIN THE 11/W, INLET- TYPE l BEr;IHS AT THE TOE RATHER THAN AT THE R/W LINE.
3. FOlt OPEN DrTCH APl'ftOACHITYPE JI J THE 2'EXTENSIOH IS NOT ltEQlllftED WHEN THE BACK OF WALX 1$ 2'DII MOIIE l"JIOII THE ft/W LIHE. -4. TOP DI" INLE T STIIUCTUftEfTYPE I & J[) TD BE l'LUSH WITH ADJACENT .SUlrf'ACE WMEJltl!: PIIACTICA8U,
5. A HEADED STE EL STUD f X &f WITH HEAD D•l•AT TAatED BY A l'ULL PENl!:TIIATION BIITT WELD MAT Ill USED AS A)! AU"EllMATI: AIICHOA. 111. NOIINAL CUIIB l"ACE AT ioolHT II AND Q 0 a+5" AT PDlflT II AND,._ "1. THI: 3• LEG OF THE IHTUIIOII AHCHOllS SHALL• l"AII.ALLEL TO THI TOI" 01" SIDEWALK.
I. 0. S • AIIO ,¥ A SH.ILL IE POI IMP'ltDYEJIDT l"LANS. ,. CIJR8 BATTER SHALL COWDIHI TO EXIS TINO AOJOIPtlHG cun. SU sro. owe. HO..llL
10. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 5&0 C 3250.
CITY OF COSTA MESA PARKWAY
CALIFORNIA
SECTION-INLET TYPE I
SECTION-INLET TYPER
STEIL LIST
I • ·�1.V,UIIHD AIICHOII
J. ITEltL.t»--·
f-d' ,· z-fu•x.f r •• 7• f-•·
··-·· . • "' . II 2'-ll'"
z'-o• .. . • . • z•-••
z•-•• .. • • .. • ··-:a·
J'-o• . . J • ,, :a'-•·
I'-,· . • . ,. •• �.-
�-o• . . .. "' ,· �-
4�.· 4• •fx r-z+• • ,. . .f •"-•·
s'-o· • • .. • •• .. _ ...
.:...· .. H • • 4• .. -�·
fl-d' • Ir • n -¥' .._ ..
DRAIN NO.
I
DIIAWN £ISA..
SCAL! NONE
IJlfLET PER C.UE I OR II
R/W LINE
�
/
(SEE NOTE 3) ---,,;
/I ,
;I � f1
. WALXISEE NOTE2) )
1 I 1i I
1/ f..-11 I
SEE CURB
A
I 0-
� 11., ,,;
!I PLAN
TOP OF CUR8 NE
E.G.
R/W�
i----- PARKWAY WIDTH PER IMPROVEMENT PL.AN--,
NOTE:
FINISHED PARJCWAY GRA DE
I
P.C.C.WAU<(SEE NOTE
Z )
SEE INLET
SEE NOTE 3
SECTION A-A
I
R/W
DROP INLET CATCH BASIN SECTIO N
R/W�
. n 2·-0· 1
OPEH om,, PER IYPRDYENarr"' • ...,.. ?
• WALK
�
I
�·- � � - '-6-2
I CASE Il INLET
GRADED DITCH SECTION
CURB PROFILE
a• NORMAL CURB FACE
F.L.
:IEE NOTE
3 .::t<NCIIIMAL T.C.GRADE UfE AS SHOWN ON PROFIL E
CURB PROFILE
s• NORMAL CURB FACE
I. TOP OF INLET SntUCTURE( CASE I ) TO BE FLUSH WITH ADJACEHT SURFACE. z. CONSTIIUCT Jt.c.c. WALK AND CWIB AND GUTTER AS SPECIFIED ON PLAN . MININWI REPLACEMENT OF WALK AND CUIIB AND GUTTER SHALL IIE FIIOM JOINT TO JOINT 01'1 As DIRECTED BY THE CITY EHGINEER.
SEE STD. DWG. 110 • .llia THE CONTRACT PRICE PAID FOR P.c.c. WALK ITEM SHALL INCLUDE WALK CONBTIIUCTED IN CONJUCTION WITH "AllllWAY CULVERT.
l. ONE CIIQLAII � � - Jl'LACKD llr A. l.OCAnDN OTHEIIWISL T HE J?.E SlillLL BE ALH� fOJNDlirr 4470 OR EQUAi. WITH 1Ht Sii& AS·S� ON ........... POii SIZES OTHP THAN s· xs,,,12 H SMALL IIE 10 AHO c.,: 0/ER PIPE SHALL 811!: �D 1• l'CII I • '4. ILET CASE TO H �llED ON INP'II� OR ...... l'LAN.
,.. AN&L£ " a • 11.0tMLS o• ulll.EIS OTHDIIIISJ Sf'ICPll:D. e. TTK,DNl!:NSIOIIS,AHD ELIYA.TIOIIS 0, P.C.C.Olla AMD lil1TTU PEii INPIIOVNENT PL.AH.
7. llfLESS OlHIDIWISE SPEOll'IED,,-11.INE APC> GIIATE l"Olt INLET CASIE t SHILL BE ALKAMIIIA FOUNDRY 14 • X z 4• 1"11'£ A.-24 22 IGALYAHIZtD) OR EOU&L , PLActO LEVEL.
B. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLAS S 5ZOC 2500.
..
PARKWA YS LESS THAN 8
1 I COYEII IIEOUlllED
CASE I: 2
1 X 4' TREE WELL
TREE WELLS
4e"---4
--\i---------1
4 -l:--
1--e
PARKWAYS 8
1 OR GREATER 2 COVEJtS ltEQUlllED
CASE R: 4' X 4
1 TREE WELL
c - ""
""
0 CAK A " c D
I: 4!-d' �-rt'
lt �-o· 4':.r,"
"ff-,r l'-nf
�':.1( ··-itf
. POROUS TR EE WELL COVER
_/Willi ADJACENT
POROUS.PEJtNEAa.E �c.c.
flEINFWtCED:W,JTH �xz_f
l&GWBE WIRE NESH •
DIRTTI> BEFUISH
�
�-�
rl •• nm_�=-: ----.;_;-:;.:.ftt:!.�':"":,:-i_•
. �-:�-..---_,-_-_-_.,.,..,,.,· ........ --.-w-
TYPICAL SECTIONS
NOTES=
I. nra: WEU.S SIIAL.L - PI...M%D Uf>ROXIIIATELY :so' APAIIT, IUT NOT LESS THAN OflE PEit l'lt:SIDEXTIAf. LOT.
Z. LOCATION OF Tiii!! WELLS WILL IIE SUI.JECT TO T� IL"OI.LOWIN• CONDITIONS:
A. zs' FROM c1111a IIETURNS..
L I 5
1 flltOII UMT STANDAIIDS AND li'Owet POLES.
C. la' P110M FIM: HYDIIAKTS,DIIIYEWAYS, HOUSE WALU,UTILITY METERS, l"ED£STALS.
D. 10' P1tOM ALL UTILITY UTIEIIAU AND WAINS.
l. COVERS Allt: TO • COLOllED aUFF usu,. AM ACCEPT.uu: COLOIIUtO AGENT.
4. TWEE WELLS AM: TO SE •.acKP"ILLt:D WFTH CLEAH DlltT .AHD !'LUSH WITH ADJACDIT WALK UNTIL TIIED ARI!'. l"L.AN1'EI.
i-----PA_R_K_W_AY_V_A_Rl_ES_-_S_E _E_P_LA_N_S _(;_S_EE_N_O_TE_B-'--) ----1-ff. , R/W OR
S/W EASEMENT
i-------- VARIES-----+--- 4' (1.22m)
ON-SHE
\MPROVEMENTS
6" ( 15 3mm) C.M.B. PER
STD DWG NO 312
UNDER CURB AND GUTTER
C)�
z ...I -< -== U>w xo
La.I iii
SIDEWALK
TRANSITION AREA
LIMITS PER STD
DWG NO 811
8.33%
MAX
WEAKENED
PLANE JT
CONST JT
JOIN
2% MAX
· .--�- 5· (153mm)·\ .. ·: ·_ - i��J�,c���s· (153mm) CODE 6" (153mm)
MINIMUM CRUSHED MISCEUANEOUS BASE (C.M.8.)
SECTION A-A
N.T.S.
Al
SIDEWALK TRANSITION
AREA (TYPICAL)
(1 /2) W
N�
�ix
(1/2) W
WEAKENED
PtJ\NE JT
4' (1.22m}
<t
WEAKENED
PLANE JT
it, R/W OR
S/W EASEMENT
CONST JT
. JOIN
i----GRAOE I BREAKS-----
CONST JT
EXP JT
2' (610mm) MIN TO
VERTICAL OBSTRUCTION
x
CITY OF COST A MESA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
APPROVED BY:
FILE NAME: ST0-513.DWG /
FLOW LINE OF GUTTER
w
A_J
PLAN
N.T.S.
x
EXP JT
2' (610mm) ·>.ON
TO PROJECTED ie_
(TYPICAL)
RESIDENTIAL
DRIVEWAY APPROACH
TYPE I
STD. OWG. NO.
513
REVISED: SHT. 1 OF 2
EXP JT 3/8� (10mm) GUTIER UP
FLOW LINE OF GUTTE
1 2 W
x w
SECTION 8-8
DIMENSIONS N.T.S.
W=10' (3.05m) MIN - 16' (4.88m) MAX 'FOR RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAYS.
X= 4' (1.22m) FOR 6" (153mm) CURB FACE.
X= 5' (1.52m) FOR 8 .. (204mm). CURB FACE.
NOTES:
x
CURB FACE
HEIGHT VARIES
1. ALL DRIVEWAY LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE TRANSPORTATION SERVICES DMSION.
2. THERE SHALL BE ONE DRNEWAY PER PROPERTY.
3. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 560-C-3250 PER LATEST EDITION OF STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONST RUCTION SEC. 201 -1.
4. DEPRESSED CURB IS STR AIGHT GRADED WITH 3/8.,.
(10mm) GUTTER UP.
5. BASED UPON EXISTING SOIL CONDITIONS, THE CllY ENGINEER MAY REQUIRE A K EYWAY AT BACK OF CURB.
6. FOR JOINT DETNLS AND K'f:fWAY DETAIL, SEE STD DWG NO 314.
7. ALL PARTIAL DRIVEWAY RECONSTRUCTION SHALL REQUIRE TIE BARS (#4 x 2 4") AT 24 • ON CENTER.
8. FOR A 5' (1.52m) PARKWAY, A 3' (914mm) PUBLIC SIDEWALK EASEMENT IS REQUIRED AT THE BACK OF RIGHT -OF -WAY /PROPERTY LINE.
CITY OF COST A MESA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
APPROVED BY:
FILE NAME: STD-513.D'/¢
RESIDENTIAL
DRIVEWA-Y APPROACH
TYPE I
REVISED:
STD. owe. NO.
513
SHT. 2 OF 2
\
. .
t----P_AA_KW_'A_�_V_:AR_l_ES_-_S_EE_P_LAN_S ....:(:__SE-=E�NO-=-T-=E:......7:..!.)_--1_!t , R/W OR
S/W EASEMENT
i-------VARIE S -----+-- 4' (1.22m)
s· (150mm) C.M.B. PER
STD DWG NO 312
UNDER CURB AND GUTTER
SIDEWALK
TRANSffiON
{SEE NOTE 8)
ON-SITE
2!1: MAX \�£.N1S
-��--.-
6-.-
(
=
150:=m=m...:...)_·:·:-;:-· -r-G:::RAD=-=:E TO JOIN
PE
R
MUNICIPAL
s· (150mm) CODE
5• (150 mm)
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (P.C.C.)
s· (150 mm)
MINIMUM CRUSHED MISCEU.ANEOUS ELo\SE (C.M.8.)
SECTION A-A
N.T.S.
I(
UMITSPER 12W 12W
t-----'STD'---_N_O_B ...... 1-1--+--- DRIVEWAY WIDTH ---i x y
CITY OF COST A MESA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
APPROVED:
FILE NAME: ST0-514.DWG
'
. ct_ 4' (1.22m)
FLOW LINE OF GUTTER
w
A_J
PLAN
N.T.S.
y
DRIVEWAY APPROACH-TYPE If
_COMMERCIAL AND MULTI-USE
REVISED:
X 2'
(610mm) MIN
to PROJECTED
PANO/OR
VERTICAL
OBSTRUCTION
e Costa Mesa
SHT. 1 OF 2
..
;· t.
.'[· ... .
� OF DRIVEWAY APPROACH (SYMMETRJCAL)----1
't
BACK OF DRIVEWAY APPROtiCH
CF HEIGHT
VARIES
\. x y (1/2) W
. '
SECTION 8-8
N.T.S.
DIMENSIONS
W= 16' {4.88m) MIN - 26' {7.92m) MAX FOR ALL DRIVEWAYS.
X= 4' {1.22m) FOR 6'" (150mm) CURB FACE.
X= 5' {1.52m) FOR 8'" (200mm) CURB FACE.
Y= 7' (2.13m) ON MASTER PlAN STREETS
Y= 4' (1.22m) ON RESIDENTIAL, NON....:MASTER PLAN STREETS.
NOTES:
1. ALL DRIVEWAY LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE TRANSPORTATION SERVICES DMSION.
.. .
2. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 560-C-3250 PER LATEST EDffiON OF STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SEC. 201-1.
3. DEPRESSED CURB IS STRAIGHT GRADED WITH 3/8 .. (10mm) GUITER UP.
4. BASED UPON EXISTING SOIL CONDITIONS, THE CITY ENGINEER MAY REQUIRE A KEYWAY AT BACK OF CURB.
5. FOR JOINT DETAILS ANO KEYWAY DETAIL, SEE STD DWG NO 314.
6. All PARTIAL DRIVEWAY RECONSTRUCTION SHALL REQUIRE TIE BARS (#-4 x 2'4j AT 24• ON CENTER.
7. FOR A 5' (1.52m) PARKWAY, A 3' (914-rnm) PUBLIC SIDEWALK EASEMENT IS REQUIRED AT THE BACK OF PROPERTY/RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE.
8. CASE I - SIDEWALK ADJACENT TO CURB ANO GUITER. NO GREENBELT.
CASE II - EXISTING GREENBELT BETWEEN SIDEWAU< AND CURB ANO GUTIER.
CITY OF COST A MESA
PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
APPROVED:
FILE NAME: STD-514.DWG
DRIVEWAY APPROACH-TYPE H
COMMERCIAL AND MUL Tl-USE
REVISED:
STD. OWC. NO.
514.
SHT. 2 Of 2
1200 mm
(4') MIN
y
1200 mm
(4') MIN
y
1200 mm
(4') MIN
y
r ....
GRADE BREAKS
�-
,._
STR _yR m
I
\. x ·I· w -I· x · I�+ A
TYPE A
A
r ....
GRADE BREAKS
TYPE B
A ..... � .... r=�- ·---
w .1
TYPE C
1200 mm
(4') MIN y
L��s mm (1") CF
SECTION A-A
CURB FACE, mm
150 (6") or less
175 {7")
200 (8")
225 (9")
250 (10")
275 (11")
300 (12") i:;r more
N\.irES:
X. mm
900 (3'-0")
1050 (3'-6")
1200 { 4' -0")
1350 (4'-6")
15�0 (�'--o")
i 1650 (5'-6")
1800 (s'-o")
Y, mm
1200 (4'-0")
1425 (4'-9")
1700 (5' -8")
19s11. te'-6") . - \
2175 (7'-3.) ·
2400 (8'-0")
2625 (8' -9")
1. RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE 100 mm
( 4") THICK PCC.
2. COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE 150 m�
{6�y-·rl:II_CK- PCC.
3. WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS SHALL BE .INS,:ALLED
AT BOTH SIDE OF A DRIVEWAY AND AT
APPROXIMATELY 300.0 mm_ (10') INTERVALS.·
..i., CURB FOR TYPE C DRIVEWAY SHALL BE
INTEGRAL AND MATCH ADJACENT
CONSTRUCTION.
5. REFER TO LOCAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS
FOR AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACCESS
. REQUIREMENTS AND MAXIMUM PERMITTED
DRIVEW AY WIDTHS.
6. DIMENSIONS. SHOWN ON THIS PLAN FOR METRIC
AND ENGLISH UNITS ARE NOT EXACTLY EQUAL
VALUES. iF METRIC UNITS ARE USED, ALL
VALUES USED FOR COl'i3 . ..:-··-... ..,._. �'!.�'' A�
METRIC VALUES. IF ENGLISH UNITS ARE
USEO, ALL VALUES USED FOR CONSTRUCTION
SHALL BE ENGLISH VALUES.
AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION· SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA CHAPTER
PROMULGATED BY THE
PUBLIC WORKS STANDARDS INC.
GREENBOOK COMMlTTEI:
1984
REV.1998
DRIVEWAY APPROACHES
USE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
STANDARD PLAN
METRIC
110 - 1
SHEET1 OF1
I
·! ..
.;··
··,.· .,,nr'.:
·,,:1tr1�"-:,
···----· ·-
·.�, -.. · .
,t/ .... :
\�
·- ..... �
I" MINIMUM
2" MAXIMUM
, ;· ··.··· .... ..
.. ·TREE:J�O'OT>··��iRllER
• : •• ... . :.(''/ ,· . !
· .... "- .
12" ROOT PRUNE BARRIER
;'.,
·t
H :·:-- : . - . . •• ·· ··(�.} {�--.,-1;
fJ'Jfr;r:·. : ......
·,�·iirli:; :; .. '..J=t ::-.�;�··("
'"
,
.
.... . ......... ........ �-1.
· .. ·•·. -,
1708
·.SHT. I OF 2
NOTES:
Tree Trimming
l. Prior to root pruning, each tree shall be trimmed to reduce its overall size by one-third Cl/3) and to promote improved growth.
Trirrming shall also provide:
a. Removal of all dead, damaged, diseased, or structurally deficient limbs;
b. Thinning to reduce interior wind resistance;
c. Vertical clearance of 14.0 feet over roadways 9.0 feet over sidewalks;
d. Visual clearance around all traffic control devices and signs; e. An overall balanced appearance.
2. Root Pruning :
Root pruning cuts shall be made immediately adjacent to the sidewalk and shall be 4" wide, IG" deep {measured from the top of the final grade of the sidewalk) and 16'. long centered 8' either side of the center of the tree. The bottom 13" of the root prune cut shall be fille<! with pea gravel, to promote deeper watering, with the top 3" filled with native soil free from rocks or other rri0teriols that would interfere with landscape maintenance tasks. At least 18 months shall tror<:?�!:-e :.ciiore root pruning the opposite of a tree. In general, root pruning would not be performed adjacent to the curb -due to the normal depth of the curb.
3. Root ,control Barrier :
Barrier sholl be fabricated from o high density, high impact plastic, i.e.
Polystyrene, Polyethylene, Polyvinyl Cti]oride, <PVC>, or Acrylonitrile-Butodiene Styrene CABS>. The interior surface shall hove Y2" high Cminirrum> raised vertical ribs spaces 6" to ff' apart the full depth of the barrier and shall be expressly designed for root deflection.
Barrier used for root pruning shall have a minimum depth of 12" with a minimum thickness of 0.06". Barriers shall be 16 feet long in one continuous piece (preferred) or in a corrbinotion of pieces securely fastened wii"h adhesive at Joint points.
)RANGE COUNTY ENVIRONMENT AL MANAGEMENT AGE�
Approved �
dopted: Res. 78-791 Revised: Res. 86-1141; 88-1341: 96-546
TREE ROOT BARRIER
WLZau. frectorof Public Works
STD. PLAN
1708
SHT.2 OF 2
I
OUR REF:
I
SUBJECT:
I TO:
l
I
,.·,: , -·
UNITEi;) STATES.POST OFFICE
WEu13:JDJAZ:am:-9998 <�:.�{��:
DATE: May 30, 1990
Location of mailboxrs P.0.CL:
• •
Ciry o[ Costa. Mesa
MailboxPs shall bP l�catPd -0n thr right hand �idc of th� road way in chr dirPction of rhr delivpry routr PXCPpt on onr way streets where- ch�y may "b£> placed on the _left hand
sidP. The
bottom of _the .box shall be set ac an c-lrvation <>stablishrc oy the u.,s. Postal Service, usually betWP<>n 3 1 6 11 and 4'0" aOOV<' the roadway surfac£>.
On curbed strc<>ti, thr ro�dsidr fBcP of thr mailoox shall br sec back fr om th<' face of rhP curb a distance becwrpn b and 12 inches. On residential strrrts without curbs.L that carry low traffic volumrs, the ro�dsidr facr of·a mailbox shall br offsrc brt�ern 8 and 12 inchrs brh ind the cdgr of pavrmrnt. 156.54 D.M.M. Loca.tion
Rural boxrs muse br placPd so chat thPy may bP saf<>ly and con vcnirnrly srrvrd by carrirrs without lr a�ing their conv�yancrs.
In all new housing cracks, wr instrucr chr buildcrs to instal }· curolinc dr livcry boxes at 2 ro a posr, at thr prop£>rty line on tn<> curb.
155.262 Hardshi? casrs
a) ChnngPs. in the ·typ<> of dPlivr ry authorizPd for �n ;ira;i will be considered whC'rr. sarvic� by existing mPthods w�uld imp·osc- an rxtrcmP. ph.ysical harcdshi� on an in.dividual cus_tom��� Any .rrqurst for n changr in d,•J iv,•ry mPthods must o,• submi� rr.d in wr.icing. ·Ai>p·roval of rhc-sc r,•quPsts should be ba.s,•Y .u _,;�·,i·-�':· numanitarian and not economic crirrria. Each rr.que�t fo�A c h a n g � i n d ,?I i v a r y _ � "
0 r v i c r. s n o u l d b P r. " a 1 u a t r d o n � h r � a �-ts ·. of the customrr's nards; a ·rrquf'st should. not· oe den.ic>d �o.-lrly. orc. aus,• of incrP.asrd opcrat.ional costs or br.c.aus<' a fa D
l.i.\y .. . ..
IBC'ffll:>C?r or Otht>r i)a.rty may bt' av.;:ii}ablc:> [� rl'>criV<' m;1if'for:r_h_l7'. cusromrr.
.. .
,.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.i
i
.. 1
I
I
Pager lu,J..1.-:.:-;;.u, 117SS, ... ,..,,
MAILBOX IMPROVEMENT WEEK-Continued -�--�-
Exhibit C Exhibir O Th � Federal Highway Administr.ui�� has det�nnined tha� mailbox suppons· ·no than 4 inches by 4 mches· or a 4 Y.z-inch ct· wood post or·a 2-inch diarnet�r standard s,·:...:i!�·,.I . . b . .. .. 1.or-. a ummum pipe, une.d no more than 2-1 inc:his'' sh�uld safely break away if struck by a \·ehicle.�Tht (!la1lb4?x muse als� be securely attache·d to itl'Wft_·to prc:vem separauon when struck. Exhibits E and· j: on p age 12 are detailed .examples of mailbox · mountings and supports suggested by the FHW A. Boxes and supports should also be painted and free from rust.
NOCBUs and .All-Weather.Parcel Lockers
Contrad Delivery Routes ...
.. . During Mailbox Improvement Week. postmas-. :. lers/managers or their designees should also Contract del_i�ery route rostomer-s must use· ab ... .r)�:: .:r6:�ew Ndghborhood Delivery and Collection Box approved trad1uonal c.rural-typc or concempotary · · Umts (NDCB Us) and All-Weather Parcel Lockers design box as new or n-placement boxes. in their delivery area to identify any haurds ot ir regularities. Exhibit G on page 13 is a suggested
format for use in conducting the review. R.csults of General Requir•m•.nts The placement of mailboxes on both rural and
contract routes must be safe and convenient tor
earners. The boxes must be on the right-hand side
of the road in the carrier's travel direction so they·
can,;cleliver mail without leavin theiT conv nee. ·•
lS ru e espcoa y app 1es w ere traffic conditions
make it dangerous for the carrier to drive to the left
· in .order to reach the boxes. or when · doing so
would constitute a violation of traffic laws and reg
ulations (apanmcnt house or other mulcple dwell
.ings.:f.m be ocmpted from. this ·rule as described in
-DMM 156.312).
O.n new rural routes, all boxes must be on ·the
n hi-hand side of the road in the dire"ction of th
route me o travel. Box placement must conform
wnh state laws and highway regulations. Rural car
riers are subject 10 the same traffic laws and regula
tions as other motorists. Cus1omcrs must remove
obstructions, including vehicles. trash cal)�. �nd .
snow. that impede efficient delivery. Excepi.'�hen a
box is tcm ranl blocked carriers must have
access lo t c ox 'llo"lt out leaving the Ve"hicle unless authonzed to dismount.
Mailbox Supports
· Suppons for mailboxes should be of adequa&e
strength and size to support the box properly.
However, customers should a,•oid using massive
mailbox suppons that, when struck, could damage
,·chides and cause serious injurv to vehicle occu
.Pants. Hea\7 metal posts. concr�1e posts. and miJ
ccllaneous hems of farm equipment, such as mill:.
cans filled "it h concrete, are examples of potential·
ly dangerous supports. The ideal support is· an as
sembly th:u bends or falls awar Crom a striking vchi·
de. D'-t�i sections 156.531, )56.54, 157.32c, and
• 1 57.4 specify postal regulations regarding con·
s1ruc1ion and placement ofm;iilboxcs and supports
on rural and high\\"ay ct>ntr.act routes.
the review should be recorded.
Employees conducting lhe review must complete
Fonn 1624, Ddivn-y and Collection Equipment IJOTk
Request, for any equipment that poses a safety
hazard to postal · customers or employees. Use
Form 7380; MDC Supply R�quisilion, to request
Form 162-4 from the materid disuibution centers.
Equipment Review.Procedure
Employees should use the NDCBU and parcel
locker Equipment Checklist and Followup Review
i:rocedurc:, Exhibit G, when examining the condi
uon of NDCBU and parcel Ioele.er equipment. This
exhibit may be reproduced locally. They should:
I. List 1hc unit location. type. and manufacturer
in. the lefi·hand column (omit manufacturer if all
items are in order).
�- Assign each checklist ite� one of the following
r.ungs:
OK-Equipment docs not need auerition for
this item.
X-Equipmenl needs attention for this item.
NA-hem docs not apply to this particular
piece of equipment.
3. Examine the following i1ems
and annotate Ex-·
hibi1 G:
a. Equipment should be straight. vertical, and
lirml)· moun1ed. Auempt to shake 1he unit; i1
should no1 mol"e. If equipment is not firmly mount
ed. no1e whe1hcr it is the connection ar ground
le\·d 1h;i1 is loose or the �destal 10 cus1omcr com;
par1mcnts connection that needs auen1ion.
b. ChC'ck. \·isible welds. Make note of cracked,
broken, or rustC'd welds.
c. Obsen·e whether the carrier access door is
fockC'.d and secure. Open it and obsen·e that it is
no1 bo\\·cd or warped and 1ha1 the door and locking
b;ar opcra1e smoothly. With carrier access door(s)
open, notic-c if restraining de\•ices pre,·ent the door .·"
POSTAL BULLETIN
Exhibit E
11"
s1::cr,0N ,. ·A
•• 7. 3�r---,
, 1 2 • 7 1 8 , 19 '1 8 �
Wood Filler (Fir) Clo,np awollablt: .....,..
1 •
1 ovtomobil• tailpipe I /4 fittings Dre told
r
A 2- 114" • 3 1lz 110111
1 114 • 42 1/z" Stool Pipe
r� .ts� .�-.. � ..
Steel Pape
48"--------i
42"
I l/4" a ll3 112"
Stiel Pipe
CANTILEVER MAILBOX SUPPORTS
Exhibit F
SPACING FOR MULTIPLE POST INSTALLATION
SINGLE AND DOUBLE MAILBOX INSTALLATIONS
: • 1 •
21566, 5-15-86, Page 5
,R--........ ;.,, .. ti -�·-
= ·=-;: a·
R'\v:l•rl v·! a:1
Pall1' INCU"'MD PAIQl:ll9
IECONOARY HIGHWAY
:1 sz· a.1-11' I ur I a:-1
• 'IWCIL.tND•ND•MQGICCf
COU..ECTOR HIQHW�Y
b Jr a IR' I icl ,rl£:\n:1 wl vi A' I
IICUND•MIDWI-NGP...-.
MAJOR HIGHWAY
B I B lvlv�wlvlvl
l'QIIWIMD .. •IUlf .. NDP.NUllfa
PRIMARY HIGHWAY
TYPICAL CROSS SECTIONS
NOTES: REPER TO MASTER Pl.AN OF BIKEWAYS FOR
8TREET1I REQUIRING BIC'ICI.E FACIUTIEII.
. ADDIJIONAL RIGHTOFWAYMAYBEREQUIRED
TO MEET AAA. ACCEll81BILIIY REQUIREMeNTS
AT BUS STOPS AND DRIVE APPROACHES.
.... �
'{.c�
\. . '\
' (
�>- ......�....
.... ..� I� • /"
'\.
'\. / t!-.
"/ '¢, . .....
ORANGE
ii
, �t, I J IRWIE
I .. ,
I·
/+ ;>(
-1',r
,1
.. ..
'\, ( ' I
-�\
�
er
�<t.�
EiDEK
. is §L ---�. -- --
q, / �
6!.IIRIL -............................. ............................................................................ ...... t\HlflNRP?YMISJPN
Roll.SI. .......,a.,'IKI
Ru.51Hllllt10.1114
Ru.ll'""'llc,(wrktZJ,,tll
Ru.lO'MR ...,....,..,,. \171
h!lhAi,-1&111111 ,.,u.,n:t
n11.,en.:20 ackib1111.1111
Ru.PC,'JHI Dddnt11. UH
A..a.GN74C .IUnll'D.1117
Rd.GP-TI'� ,lllft1\l,.U11'
..... Ra ... �:n'.'111'1
R-. ,c.:ra.,s OcWt1t I. 1111
Rn,p.uac:: O...l.1111
RILa,..as:a Jwr\li,t,Ul.!I
Rc.GNl-11 .,.,..,, •• uu
fld.pe.a1-44 Odcb .. 24,1111
MciOINl��'D.1U4
...... ��1.1117
AU.� ........... U,2000
1111.GPoGU •Jl(lnlbMa,:zoos
LEGEND
-au.a.,,1�2.,ICJ
11-.1t-t1,SqiCwr1:Mnia.1114•
1'u.lW'I Od ..... 2:1,1111
R.11..11-11 Ocklllr11,1n,
,..._,J.CJ ..wi2.U"1s
11u.1•1-a ....._,,s,,m
lkl.JC.144�11.1111
11-.n-a ,Mts.11n
Ka. '1H4 ,Mt s. 1m
11.,,'n,m DlcitnDw11,U71
11-. n-,n NrMrrkrU. un
"-'.IJ.IQ ....._'21,1111
llca.U-lllqlllfflMl'11.UIS
llu.Q.'11 '*""Vl.1111
.... A-17 Mnflll,1112
lld.lWI _...,S.\IM
.... ., .... .,.....,..,..,.
lllc&.'1-1 F11:rV111S.2G01
llu.U.S Odl0Ct11.:IOOS
-
0 MA.JOR(104'R/W)
PRIMARY (80' RJW)
SECONDARY {7Z' R/W)
COLLECTOR (60' R/W)
� RIGHTTURNLANE
t'Lo"1Wf�.:.,a:r=:��
CllY OF COSTA MESA, CALIFORNIA
MASTER PLAN OF HIGHWAYS
AMENDED OCTOBER 18, 2005
GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT 05-5
$(/0-+"/,"%&'*(",)"#,+/(+/.